A STUDY ON TASK AND EGO ORIENTATION AND SELF

INDIANJOURNALOFPHYSICALEDUCATIONSPORTSMEDICINE&EXERCISESCIENCE

ISSN0976-1101Vol-18,SpecialIssue(2)

1

A STUDY ON TASK AND EGO ORIENTATION AND SELF-

ESTEEM AMONG COLLEGE ATHLETES

Dr. Yogamaya Panda

Lecturer in Psychology, Bhadrak Autonomous College, Odisha

ABSTRACT

The objective of the present investigation was to study the task and ego orientation and self-

esteem among college athletes. A total number of 80 college athletes (male = 35 and female =

45) of Odisha were included as subjects for the purpose of the study. All the subjects were tested

on the psychological variables, i.e., task and ego orientation and self-esteem. Task and ego

orientation of the subjects were measured by using Task and Ego Orientation in Sport

Questionnaire (TEOSQ) by Duda & Nicholls, (1992). To measure the self esteem level of the

athletes, Rosenberg’s (1965) Self-esteem scale was used. T-test was applied to find out the

significance difference between task oriented college athletes and ego oriented college athletes

on self-esteem. Result revealed that task oriented college athletes differed significantly from ego

oriented college athletes on self-esteem.A

KEY WORDS: Task orientation, Ego orientation, self-esteem

INTRODUCTION

Achievement goal orientation theory has been one of the key motivational theories that have

been successfully employed in both education and sport to explain behavior (Nicholls, 1984).

Achievement goal theory assumes that the individual is an intentional, goal directed organism

that strives to demonstrate ability or competence in an achievement setting (Kristiansen, Roberts

& Abrahamsen, 2007). There are two specific achievement goals identified by achievement goal

theorists such as (Nicholls, 1984), namely task and ego goal orientation. According to

(Pensgaard and Roberts, 2003), when an athlete is task-oriented or generally associated with

desirable or adaptive achievement behavior, his or her primary goal is to demonstrate mastery of

the task in hand. That individual’s perceptions of ability would be typically self-referenced; that

is there would be an interest in learning and self-development, and their focus would on

improving and working hard or putting forth maximum effort to the task with little or no concern

for the outcome. Previous studies within sport contexts have found that task orientation is a

positive predictor of pro-social behaviours (Kavussanu, 2006). For example, (Malete’s, 2006)

research found that task orientation and perceived sport ability were important predictors of

Botswana youth participation in sports, while Papaionnou, Bebetsos, Theodorakis,

Christodoulidis and Kouli (2006) identified that task orientation, intrinsic motivation and

perceived athletic competence predicted sport and exercise participation 7 to 14 months later.

According to Nicholls (1989), because the major concern of the task oriented individual is to

improve at the task , perceptions of competence and consequently high self-esteem may be more

easily maintained than they would for an ego oriented person. In contrast, in ego orientation,

perceived competence and accompanying feelings of self-esteem are dependent on how the

individual’s performance compares to that of others, which is not always one’s control. Because

the ego oriented individual’s self-esteem is contingent upon other- referenced accomplishment,



2

feelings of competence and self-esteem may be more difficult to be maintained under conditions

of high ego orientation (Kavussanu & Harnisch, 2000).

This study aims to study task and ego orientation and self-esteem among college athletes.

METHODOLOGY

This study was conducted on 80 college athletes from different colleges in Odisha . All the

athletes had participated in different National and State level competitions and have more than 3

to 4 years of experience in athletics. The age of the subject ranged between 17 to 20 years (mean

age = 18.5 years).

Task and ego goal orientations were measured using the Task and Ego orientation questionnaire

TEOSQ, (Duda, 1992). Duda has reported that (Cronbach, 1951) alpha coefficient have ranged

between .81 and .86 for the task orientated subscale and between .79 and .90 for the ego oriented

subscale. Test-retest reliability over a 3 week period has been reported at = .68 for the task

oriented subscale and at = .75 for the ego oriented subscale. Furthermore, these subscales have

been shown to be independent constructs based on their reported correlation (r = .03) (Duda,

1989). Factorial and Convergent validity have been shown for this measure as well.

The Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) is a 10-item questionnaire used to assess personal

self-esteem levels (Rosenberg, 1965). Participants read each item and then circle whether they

agree or disagree with the statement. This is measured on a 4-point Likert scale, ranging from

“strongly agree” to “strongly disagree”. Scores range from zero to 30, with higher scores

indicative of higher self-esteem. Specifically, scores of 0 to 14 indicate low self-esteem, scores

of 15 to 25 indicate normative self-esteem, and scores of 26 to 30 indicate high self-esteem. This

standardized measure has been proven to be valid and reliable in assessing self-esteem

(Heatherton & Wyland, 2003). This instrument is also a valid measure for assessing self-concept

(Wylie, 1989).

The instruments used in this present study were complied and printed out in English. The

respondents filled up the questionnaire individually in the presence of the researcher in their off

practice hours.

FINDINGS AND RESULTS:

To find out the significance of mean difference between task oriented college athletes and ego

oriented college athletes on self-esteem, t-test was applied. The results are presented in table - 1

below.

Table – 1:

Group Self- Esteem

Mean Std. Deviation N t- Value

Task Oriented 22.04 5.51 45 2.91

Ego Oriented 18.08 6.42 35

Note: N= 80, df = 78, p<.01**

Athletes were classified as task oriented and ego oriented based on their score on task and ego

oriented questionnaire. The t-test was found to be (2.91) with df = 78 which is significant at .01



3

level of significance. It means the self –esteem of task oriented college athletes are found to be

more compared to ego oriented college athletes.

From the result it is showed that there is a significant difference between task oriented and ego

oriented college athletes in self-esteem (P<.01). It means task oriented college athletes are found

to be having more self-esteem compared to the ego oriented college athletes. The reason could be

due to the fact that in case of task oriented athletes are found to be hard working, and their aim is

to improve their present performance compared to their previous performance.

On the other hand in this study athletes who are ego oriented found to having less self-esteem

compared to the task oriented oriented athletes. The reason could be sue to the fact that the ego

oriented athletes evaluate competence from a normatively referenced standpoint and derived

feeling of adequacy from the demonstration of superior ability over others. In a state of ego

involvement the focus while performing is on the adequacy and demonstration of one’s athletic

ability and people feel successful when they have outperformed others (especially with less

effort). Ego involved individuals focused on competition success, gaining recognition,

establishing superiority over others, and a belief in natural ability rather than hard work. Ego

involvement implies that superiority over others is the goal. When ego involved learning and

personal skill development are insufficient bases for the perception of high competence.

CONCLUSION

In summary there is a need to identify the goal orientation of each athletes accurately and

training should be planned accordingly. This is true for the task oriented athletes that they

achieve more success which results in having high self-esteem compared to the ego oriented

athletes. Therefore, in sport, identification of goal orientation of the athletes will be more helpful

for the trainers to train the athletes accordingly.

REFERENCES

Baumeister, R. F., Campbell , J. D., Krueger, J.I., & Vohs, K.D. (2003).Does high self-

esteem cause better performance, interpersonal success, or healthier lifestyles?

Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 4 (1). pp. 1-44.

Branden, (1990). Branden, N. (1990). What is self-esteem? Paper presented at the

International Conference on Self-esteem, Asker/Oslo, Norway, August 9th (Report No.

CG 022 939). (ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 325783).

Cronbach, L.J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal structure of tests.

Psychometrika,16, 297-334.

Duda, J.L. (1992). Motivation in sport setting. A goal perspective approach. In G.

Roberts (Ed), motivation in sport and exercise ( pp. 37-91).Champaign, 11: Human

Kinetics.

Duda, J.L., & Nicholls,J.G. (1992). Dimensions of achievement motivation in

schoolwork and sport. Journal of Educational psychology, 84 (3), 290-299.

Heatherton, T. F., & Wyland, C.L. (2003). Assessing self esteem. In Lopez, S.J. &

Snyder, C.R. (Eds.), Positive psychological assessment: A handbook of models and

measures (pp. 219-233). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.



4

KINEMATIC DIFFERENCES AMONG THE

PLAYERS/REPETITIONS AND BETWEEN THE GENDER IN

REGARD TO LEFT LEG SPLIT SQUATS FOR LOWER

EXTREMITIES WITH 15 RM LOAD

Umesh Kr. Ahlawat, Dhananjoy Shaw

INTRODUCTION

Lower extremity acts as base of support in walking, running and jumping. Only concentrating on

upper extremity workout is a mistake. In human body the largest and longest muscles are located

in lower extremity namely largest muscle is Gluteus Maximus and longest muscle is Sartorius.

Largest and longest muscles are essential in movements performed in day to day activities and in

sports and games. Regular lower extremity exercise increase and develops strength in bones,

improves balance, stamina, economy in movement and also decreases the risk of injuries. A

strong lower extremity helps to slow the physical weakness that is the part of aging process and

maintain stamina, balance and confidence [1]

.

METHODOLOGY

Ten (10) healthy intervarsity sportsperson engaged in different sports were randomly selected as

sample or subject for this study. The inclusion criteria for this study was sample with age ranged

from 17 to 25 years and with at least intervarsity level sports participation as their achievement.

The sample consists of five male and five female. The weight of the subjects was 68.1±14.98

kilogram. The exclusion criterion for the subjects was those sportsperson who suffered a knee

injury in past or showed symptoms of discomfort in knee during performance of LLSS. Each

subject had performed LLSS with 15 RM load for 15 repetition and was recorded with a digital

video camera using two dimensional methods independently. Before participating in the study

each participant was explained about the proper technique of LLSS to be followed. 15 RM was

determined by using trial and error method for each subject independently. The video data was

analysed for selected variables using KINOVEA 0.8.21 software for 2D analysis. Ankle joint,

knee joint and hip join were marked for measuring angles of extension and flexion of knee joint.

Total time taken to perform each repetition was taken in seconds, time for each repetition were

recorded in different clocks. Angle of flexion and extension movement of knee joint of each

repetition was measured and recorded. The measurements of the selected variable in LLSS

namely angle variables and temporal variables have been described in fig. 3.

Table 1: Abbreviations of Selected Variables.

S.No. Abbreviation Variables

1. MKFR (Degree) Maximum Knee Flexion Repetition Wise

2. MKER (Degree) Maximum Knee Extension Repetition Wise

3. TTDMR (Sec) Time Taken For Downward Movement Repetition Wise

4. TTUMR (Sec) Time Taken For Upward Movement Repetition Wise

5. TTTR (Sec) Total Time Taken Repetition Wise



5

For statistical analysis mean, standard deviation, coefficient of variance (in the conducted study

the coefficient of variance (C.V.) equal to or more than ten percent considered as heterogeneous

otherwise homogeneous), ‘t’ test and ANOVA were computed, hypothesis was tested at 0.05

level of significance.

FINDINGS AND RESULTS

Table 2: Kinematic Description of LLSS.

Repetitions

S.No Variables 1 2 3 4 5

M±SD M±SD M±SD M±SD M±SD

1 MKFR 94.4±9.33 96.4±9.03 97.1±8.96 99.9±7.59 97.9±7.92

2 MKER 163.7±12.57 164.8±12.63 166.2±9.42 165.5±10.37 165.1±9.76

3 TTDMR 1±0.26 1.06±0.31 1.12±0.34 1.22±0.48 1.12±0.35

4 TTUMR 0.90±0.25 0.83±0.20 0.86±0.17 0.89±0.27 0.90±0.24

5 TTTR 1.90±0.47 1.90±0.48 1.98±0.50 2.11±0.69 2.02±0.59

Repetitions



1 MKFR 96.9±5.72 100.8±8.36 100.3±5.66 100.1±5.47 101.6±6.55

2 MKER 165.3±10.07 165.6±10.19 164.8±12.63 162.7±12.29 166.7±12.02

3 TTDMR 1.11±0.39 1.15±0.43 1.14±0.35 1.25±0.35 1.13±0.33

4 TTUMR 0.91±0.27 0.91±0.28 0.87±0.17 0.94±0.25 0.95±0.21

5 TTTR 2.02±0.63 2.07±0.67 2.02±0.51 2.18±0.58 2.08±0.52

Repetitions



1 MKFR 99.8±5.53 100.6±7.83 101±5.23 102.4±5.23 100.5±5.60

2 MKER 165.7±13.50 164±12.75 165.9±12.30 165.8±11.32 166.2±10.83

3 TTDMR 1.18±0.42 1.19±0.37 1.18±0.32 1.19±0.34 1.38±0.53

4 TTUMR 0.96±0.25 1.01±0.31 0.97±0.24 0.97±0.24 0.95±0.39

5 TTTR 2.15±0.64 2.20±0.67 2.16±0.54 2.16±0.57 2.34±0.64

S.No Variables M S.D C.V

1 MKFR ∑∑ 99.31 1.55 1.56

2 MKER ∑∑ 165.2 1.30 0.79

3 TTDMR ∑∑ 1.16 0.07 5.92

4 TTUMR ∑∑ 0.92 0.05 5.92

5 TTTR ∑∑ 2.08 0.07 3.59



6

Note: N = 10, MKFR and MKER measurements in degree, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR

measurements in seconds. MKFR = Maximum Knee Flexion Repetition Wise, MKER =

Maximum Knee Extension Repetition Wise, TTDMR = Time Taken For Downward Movement

Repetition Wise, TTUMR = Time Taken For Upward Movement Repetition Wise, TTTR = Total

Time Taken Repetition Wise S.D. = Standard Deviation, M = Mean, C.V. = Coefficient of

Variance and ∑∑ = Grand Mean, standard Deviation and Coefficient of Variance.

According to the findings of table 2, the kinematic description (variables) of LLSS namely

MKFR, MKER, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR demonstrated and irregular trends following the

repetitions. The grand mean and standard deviation of 15 repetitions of the variables namely

MKFR reported mean and standard deviation 99.31 ± 1.55 with C.V. 1.56, MKER reported mean

and standard deviation 165.2 ± 1.30 with C.V. 0.79, TTDMR reported mean and standard

deviation 1.16 ± 0.07 with C.V. 5.92, TTUMR reported mean and standard deviation 0.92 ± 0.05

with C.V. 5.92 and TTTR reported mean and standard deviation 2.08 ± 0.07 with C.V. 3.59

which suggest that repetitions are homogenous in regard to MKFR, MKER, TTDMR, TTUMR

and TTTR variables. It has been observed that the C.V. ranged from 0.79 to 5.92, further highest

was observed in the variable namely TTDMR and TTUMR followed by TTTR, MKFR, and the

least was MKER.

Table 3: Coefficient of Variance (C.V.) of LLSS.

Repetitions

S.No Variable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V.

1 MKFR 9.88 9.37 9.23 7.60 8.09 5.90 8.29 5.64

2 MKER 7.68 7.66 5.67 6.27 5.91 6.09 6.15 7.66

3 TTDMR 26.00 29.25 30.36 39.34 31.25 35.14 37.39 30.70

4 TTUMR 27.78 24.10 19.77 30.34 26.67 29.67 30.77 19.54

5 TTTR 24.74 25.26 25.25 32.55 29.21 31.19 32.37 25.25

Repetitions

S.No Variable 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V. C.V.

1 MKFR 5.46 6.45 5.54 7.78 5.18 5.11 5.57

2 MKER 7.55 7.21 8.15 7.77 7.41 6.83 6.52

3 TTDMR 28.00 29.20 35.59 31.09 27.12 28.57 38.41

4 TTUMR 26.60 22.11 26.04 30.69 24.74 24.74 41.05

5 TTTR 26.61 25.00 29.77 30.45 25.00 25.92 27.35



7

Note: N = 10, MKFR, MKER, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR measurements in percentage.

MKFR = Maximum Knee Flexion Repetition Wise, MKER = Maximum Knee Extension

Repetition Wise, TTDMR = Time Taken For Downward Movement Repetition Wise, TTUMR =

Time Taken For Upward Movement Repetition Wise, TTTR = Total Time Taken Repetition

Wise, C.V. = Coefficient of Variance.

According to the finding of table 3, the Coefficient of Variance of LLSS selected angle and

temporal variables namely MKFR, MKER, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR demonstrated and

irregular trends following the repetitions. It has been observed that in the variable namely MKFR

the C.V. ranged from (5.11% to 9.88%), MKER the C.V. ranged from (5.67% to 8.15%),

TTDMR the C.V. ranged from (26.00% to 39.34%), TTUMR the C.V. ranged from (19.54% to

41.05%) and TTTR the C.V. ranged from (24.74% to 32.55%). It is concluded that the

comparison (C.V.) among the players demonstrated homogeneity in regard to angle variables

namely MKFR and MKER but heterogeneity for the remaining temporal variables namely

TTDMR, TTUMR, and TTTR..

Table 4: Descriptive Statistics of Selected Variables of LLSS of Male and Female

Sportsperson

Variables SEX N Mean Std. Deviation Std. Error Mean

MKFR Male 75 98.7333 7.51095 .86729

Female 75 99.8933 6.65272 .76819

MKER Male 75 156.9067 8.50782 .98240

Female 75 173.3333 5.90999 .68243

TTDMR Male 75 .9715 .34085 .03936

Female 75 1.3628 .31908 .03684

TTUMR Male 75 .8419 .23295 .02690

Female 75 1.0191 .23144 .02672

TTTR Male 75 1.8133 .55249 .06380

Female 75 2.3819 .45882 .05298

N=75 (Male = 5, Female = 5), Repetitions = 15.

In the table 4, the mean and standard deviation (M±SD) in regard to selected angle and temporal

variables namely MKFR, MKER, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR have been documented.



8

Table 5: Comparison Among the Selected Variables of LLSS Between Male and Female

Sportspersons (Independent Samples Test)

N=75 (Male = 5, Female = 5), Repetitions = 15, *= Significant at 0.05 level of significance

According to table 5, the selected angle variable namely MKER (t = -13.733) have been

found to be statistically different at 0.05 level whereas the remaining angle and temporal variable

namely MKFR (t = -1.001) TTDMR (t = -7.259), TTUMR (t = -4.673) and TTTR (t = -6.856)

found to be statistically not different at 0.05 level of significance.

Table 6: Analysis of Variance Among the Repetitions of LLSS.

Variables Sum of

Squares

df Mean

Square

F Sig.

MKFRM Between Groups 347.867 14 24.848 .390(NS) .973

Within Groups 3826.800 60 63.780

Total 4174.667 74

MKERM Between Groups 325.947 14 23.282 .278(NS) .995

Within Groups 5030.400 60 83.840

Total 5356.347 74

TTDMRM Between Groups .367 14 .026 .191(NS) .999

Within Groups 8.230 60 .137

Total 8.597 74

TTUMRM Between Groups .426 14 .030 .509(NS) .919

Variables Levene's

Test for Equality

of Variances

t-test for

Equality

of Means

F Sig. t df

MKFR Equal variances assumed 1.920 .168 -1.001 148

Equal variances not assumed -1.001 145.873

MKER Equal variances assumed 9.757 .002 -13.733 148

Equal variances not assumed -13.733* 131.928

TTDMR Equal variances assumed .416 .520 -7.259 148


TTUMR Equal variances assumed .013 .908 -4.673 148


TTTR Equal variances assumed 1.054 .306 -6.856 148




9


Total 4.016 74

TTTRM Between Groups 1.180 14 .084 .236(NS) .998


Total 22.588 74

MKFRF Between Groups 475.547 14 33.968 .728(NS) .738

Within Groups 2799.600 60 46.660

Total 3275.147 74

MKERF Between Groups 114.667 14 8.190 .199(NS) .999

Within Groups 2470.000 60 41.167

Total 2584.667 74

TTDMRF Between Groups 1.228 14 .088 .834(NS) .630


Total 7.534 74

TTUMRF Between Groups .400 14 .029 .481(NS) .935


Total 3.964 74

TTTRF Between Groups 1.250 14 .089 .374(NS) .977


Total 15.578 74

Note: N = 10, MKFRM/F = Maximum Knee Flexion Repetition Wise Male/Female, MKERM/F

= Maximum Knee Extension Repetition Wise Male/Female, TTDMRM/F = Time Taken For

Downward Movement Repetition Wise Male/Female, TTUMRM/F = Time Taken For Upward

Movement Repetition Wise Male/Female, TTTRM/F = Total Time Taken Repetition Wise

Male/Female. MKFRM, MKERM, MKFRF and MKERF measurements in degree, TTDMRM,

TTUMRM, TTTRM, TTDMRF, TTUMRF and TTTRF measurements in seconds, NS = Not

Significant at 0.05 level of significance.

From the analysis of table 6, it was found that selected variables of LLSS are insignificant at

0.05 level, while compared among the repetitions.

CONCLUSIONS

The comparisons among the players of each repetition demonstrated heterogeneity in regard to

temporal variables namely, time taken for downward movement repetition wise (TTDMR), time

taken for upward movement repetition wise (TTUMR) and total time taken repetition wise

(TTTR) of LLSS. The comparison among the players of each repetition demonstrated

homogeneity in the angle variables namely maximum knee flexion repetition wise (MKFR) and

maximum knee extension repetition wise (MKER) of LLSS. The Comparison between male and

female sportspersons reveals significant difference in regard to angle variable namely MKER of

LLSS. The Comparison between male and female sportspersons reveal insignificant difference in

regard to angle and temporal variable namely MKFR, TTDMR, TTUMR and TTTR of LLSS.

The comparison among the repetitions reveals insignificant difference (i.e. movement constancy)

in regard to variables namely MKFR, MKER, TTUMR, TTDMR, and TTTR of LLSS.



10

REFERENCES

Available at http://healthyliving.azcentral.com/importance-lowerbody-strength- 435.html;

retained on 20th Aug., 2017.

Pascal Schutz, R. L. (2014). Joint Angles of the Ankle, Knee, and Hip and Loading

Conditions During Split Squats. Human Kinetics Journals, 373-380.

Petr Stastny, M. L. (2015). Does the Dumbbell-Carrying Position Change the Muscle

Activity in Split Squats and Walking Lunges? Journal of Strength and Conditioning

Research, 3177–3187.

Robert G. Lockie et. al. (2017). Between-Leg Mechanical Differences as Measured by

the Bulgarian Split-Squat: Exploring Asymmetries and Relationships with Sprint

Acceleration. Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute (MDPI), 65.

Chun-Hao Chang, C.-Y. C.-C.-S. (2016). Effect of different tibia angles to loading of

knee during split squat. 34 International Conference of Biomechanics in Sport (pp. 251-

254). Tsukuba: Conference Proceedings Archive.

Samantha K. Andrews et. al. (2016). The Interaction of Fatigue and Potentiation

Following an Acute Bout of Unilateral Squats. Journal of Sports Science and Medicine

(JSSM) , 625-632.

Codorean Horea, C. I. (2016). Functional rehabilitation of the knee joint after cruciate

ligament reconstruction in the football players - recovery in therapy room. Journal of the

Romanian Sports Medicine Society, 2792-2797.

Available at http://weighttraining.guide/exercises/barbell-bulgarian-split-squat/; viewed

on 21 Jan., 2018.

Available at http://www.sport-fitness-advisor.com/muscular-endurance.html; viewed on 7

Jan., 2017.



11

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON FOOT PRESSURE

DISTRIBUTION OF VRIKSHASANA BETWEEN VISUAL AND

NON-VISUAL YOGIC PRACTICE 1Kiran Kumari,

2Dr.Vinita Bajpai Mishra,

3Shivani Ojha

1&3M.P.Ed Students,LNIPE, Gwalior,

2Assistant Professor, LNIPE,Gwalior.

ABSTRACT

The present study was aimed at comparative analysis of Foot Pressure Distribution on single leg

balancing asana in eyes open and eyes closed. The study was conducted on 15 male students

from LNIPE Gwalior, age ranging from 18-25. Data were collected on BTS P- Walk

(Baropodometric Pressure Platform) on Vrikshasana in eyes open and eyes closed. All subjects

were asked to performed single-leg balancing asana in eyes open and eyes closed to measure the

C.O.P Distance and Average speed on pressure platform .Data was recorded for 10 seconds,

when subjects were on the pressure platform in both conditions i.e. eyes open and eyes closed. It

was hypothesized that there would be significant difference in eyes open and eyes closed. Paired

T- test was employed for the analysis of result at 5% level of significance. Finally, significant

differences were found in eyes open and eyes closed. In eyes closed selected variables were

found significantly higher than eyes open with mean and SD of visual (183.89±37.36) and non-

visual (567.03±263.78) of COP distance and average speed of visual (18.24±3.63) and non-

visual (64.52±29.69) on the vrikshasana with the static foot planter pressure distribution of the

subjects on the pressure platform. Thus it can be concluded that centre of pressure distance and

average speed were changed in eyes open and eyes closed.

Keywords : Standing one leg asana, BTS P-WALK., C.O.P Distance, Average speed, eyes open,

eyes closed.

INTRODUCTION

In biomechanics, balance is an ability to maintain the line of gravity vertical line from center of

mass of a body within the base of support with minimal postural sway. Sway is the horizontal

movement of the center of gravity even when a person is standing still.

Yoga is a group of physical, mental, and spiritual practices or disciplines which originated in

ancient India.

One-legged poses give us a chance to find our center of gravity and dance around its edges.

Create a sense of fluid stability. Concentrate on keeping your head, trunk, pelvis, and both of

your legs balance. while balancing on one leg like Vriksha sana (Tree Pose) and Ardha

Chandrasana (Half Moon Pose) demand our full, wakeful attention in a way that other standing

poses do not. Balance poses can required a deep sense of calm and alertness. When lifting one

leg while standing on the other leg, it can help to not only stabilize the pelvis, waist and ribcage,

but also to change their shape as required so that the muscles operating on the leg have room to

move (www.sensational-yoga-poses.com/stability-in-yoga-poses.html).

Pedobarography is the study of pressure fields acting between the plantar surface of the foot and

a supporting surface. Used most often for biomechanical analysis of gait and posture.



12

Pedobarography, also known as plantar dynamic pressure distribution measurement . If you work

on your single leg balance every day, you’ll find not only will you be able to stand with eyes

closed, but also be able to begin to rotate left and right with your eyes closed.

There is no research to show that your poor balance will result in injury, but there is research to

show that those with a number of lower extremity injuries do have poor balance.

This present study is to examine the comparison of foot pressure distribution during standing

postures between visual and non-visual yogic practices.

RESEARCH QUESTION

Whether all one-legged standing as anas in closed eyes have significance difference or not.

Methods and Materials

SELECTION OF SUBJECTS

For the purpose of the study 15 male subjects were selected from LNIPE, Gwalior aged ranges

from 18-25

DESIGN OF THE STUDY

On command subjects were mount on the pressure platform and take the final position for

Vrikshasna then data were recorded for 10 sec. in static position.

VARIABLES MEASURES

Stabiolometric evaluation:

A. C.O.P distance

B. Average speed, which analysed in eyes open and eyes closed with the help of BTS P- walk

(Baropodometric Pressure Plate)

RELIABILITY OF THE DATA

To acquire valid measurement , the tool which was used for the purpose of the present study is

Baropodometric pressure platform available at the research laboratory of Lakshmibai National

Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior, and the reliability was established by the

manufacturers. All measurements were taken by the research scholar under the supervision of

experts so, the data collection for the present study was considered reliable.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE TEST

For the collection of the data the 15 male subjects, age 18-25, were selected purposively from the

yoga practice group of Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior. Total

observation and collection of the data was done in a day. Each subjects were instructed to

performed Vrikshasana or single-leg balancing asana on the pressure platform with bare foot. All

15 subjects performed in two different condition, one time with the eyes open and other time

with eyes closed and focus on a point so that their body and mind more balance. The subjects

have to stand in static position on the platform upto ten seconds for getting the data of pressure

by the foot.

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Paired T test was applied for the analysis of results at 5% level of significance as the same

subject were tested repeatedly in eyes open and eyes closed.



13

FINDINS AND RESULTS

The result of the study presented numerically comparison of the foot pressure distribution of

Vrikshasanas between visual and non-visual yogic practice. Paired T-test was used to find out

significant difference of selected variables with the static foot plantar pressure distribution of the

subjects. The level of significant was set at 0.05.

Table 1. Mean and SD of selected variables of C.O.P. Distance.

Paired Samples Statistics

Mean N Std. Deviation Std. Error Mean

Pair 1 Cop 183.8933 15 37.36860 9.64853

Cop 567.0333 15 263.78065 68.10787

Table 2. results of t-test of COP Distance

Paired Differences

Mean S.D Std. Error

Mean

t Df Sig.

(2-tailed)

Pair 1 cop - cop -383.14 272.299 70.30733 -5.45 14 0

Table 3. Mean and SD of selected variables of average speed

Table 4. Results of t-test of average speed

Finding of the present study shown that the majority of the players have minimum sway in open

eyes standing asanas as compared to closed eyes because maximum contraction of the muscle

take place in open eyes.the significant difference were found in Stabilometric variables (C.O.P.

Distance and Average speed).There are many factors which affects the balance and stability of

an individual like proprioception, kinesthetic sense, environmental, thoughts, fatigue,

somatosensory tracts (pain, temperature, vibration, fine touch) etc. Among these factors more

focus is on propiroceptions which measures the accuracy of joint angle replication and provides

information to the brain as to the position, location, orientation and movement of the study.

Proprioception is our sense and awareness of the position of our body part and is closely linked

to balance. On the basis of previous research the study is supported by the(journal of

Paired Differences T df Sig.

(2-

tailed) Mean Std.

Deviation

Std.

Error

Mean

95% Confidence

Interval of the

Difference

Lower Upper

Pair

1

avarage

speed -

average

speed

-

46.28000

26.66719 6.88544 -

61.04780

-

31.51220

-

6.721

14 .000

Mean N Std. Deviation Std. Error Mean

Pair 1 avarage speed 18.24 15 3.63471 0.93848

average speed 64.52 15 29.69276 7.66664



14

biomechanics, 2016). Proprioceptive training is realized throughout tasks that included the

establishing and maintenance of various positions on balance boards of different dimensions,

working surfaces and the size of the backbone(Adriana ljubojevic et al.,2012). This study in eyes

open in Vrikshasana balancing asana had less sway in central of pressure distance and average

speed due to more concentration on a point and maximum contraction of the muscle. When eyes

areclosed there is no way of proprioception because eyes worked as balance point for the

subjects. Similarly when eyes were closed then reference point goes away.

CONCLUSION

The present study shows that eyes closed have higher centre of pressure distance and average

speed then eyes open. So, it may be concluded that sway distance and average speed varies with

different situations on pressure platform due to proprioception, environmental conditions,

kinesthetic sense, thoughts, fatigue, somatosensory tracts and etc.

REFERENCE

Jerrold Petrofsky*, Iman Akef Khowailed, Brittney N Burtnett, Marina R Korkar and

Brittany M Kinn

D A Winter PhD, PEng Winter, David A., “Biomechanics and Motor Control of Human

Movement”, ThirdEdition John Wiley $ Sons, Inc.,(2005).

Department of Kinesiology, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada

www.sensational-yoga-poses.com/stability-in-yoga-poses.html

Toshiaki Tanaka, Hidekatsu Takeda , Takashi Izumi, Shuichi Ino & Tohru Ifukube Pages

997-1010 | Published Online: 10 Nov 2010.

http://www.engagingmuscles.com/2011/07/11/more-on-proprioception-biomechanics-

and-running-in-minimal-shoes-part-1.

http://www.sensational-yoga-poses.com/stability-in-yoga-poses.html



15

THE INFLUENCE OF DIFFERENT BODY WEIGHT DOMINANCE

ON COORDINATION AMONG ADVANCE JUDOKA

*Vijendra Yadav & **Dr. Birendra Jhajhariya * PhD Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior

** Assistant Professor, LNIPE, Gwalior

ABSTRACT:

The purpose of this study is to find the relationship between body weight dominance on

coordination among advance judo players. For this study 20 male judoka from LNIPE, Gwalior

age 19-24, weight 69.35±10.82, height 168±4cm were purposively selected for the study. It was

hypothesized that there is relationship between body weight and coordination among judo

players. Statistical analysis under taken with the help of SPSS 20 Pearson correlation was used to

check the relationship between body weight and coordination. The result was significant at 0.05

so it is concluded that there was significant relationship between different body weights with

coordination among advance judo players.

KEYWORDS: coordination, judoka, body weight

INTRODUCTION

Judo is generally considered as a sport which combines strength and endurance. In this sport,

with predominance of open movement habits, an important role is played by coordination

abilities. A judoka has to perfect complementary throws with a single grip in order to use attacks

in three to four directions and be effective during a bout (Calmet, Trezel, & Ahmaidi, 2006).

Judo is a sport characterized by numerous sport-specific techniques, i.e. by a large repertoire of

technical elements and a variety of exercises practiced in exceptionally changing conditions.

Furthermore, judoka’s movements must be quick and precise enough to ensure the effectiveness

of the fighting technique used. As a result, understood as a sport with the highest level of

coordination complexity (Hirtz & Starosta, 1991; Starosta, 2006).

METHODOLGY

Twenty male judoka, age 19 to 24 yrs, were purposively selected from Lakshmibai National

University of Physical Education, Gwalior,(M.P.),India. The subjects were approximately

undergone a similar kind of training regime and approximately having a similar kind of schedule

off the ground in terms of diet, life style, studies, daily activities like sleeping hours etc. Keeping

in mind the feasibility criteria and the specific purpose of this investigation, the researcher have

taken body weight as a independent variables and –front back and left-right coordination as a

dependant variable. Senso-balance machine was used for data collection which is totally

software based.

Data was collect in Exercise Physiology Laboratory of L.N.I.P.E. Gwalior. All the necessary

information pertaining to the requirement of the testing procedure was imparted to subjects. To

make the research finding more authentic, positive attitude towards investigation was

emphasized.



16

FINDINGS AND REULTS

The data analysis was done through IBM 20 SPSS statistics (20th

version).

Table 1 showed the mean and standard deviation of body weight, left-right and front-back

coordination of judoka.

Table 1

Descriptive Statistics

Mean Std. Deviation N

Body Weight 69.35 10.83 20

Left_Right 9.61 2.72 20

Front_Back 9.90 2.59 20

Table 2

Correlations

body_weight left_right front_back

body_weight Pearson Correlation 1 .747**

.786**

Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000

left_right Pearson Correlation .747**

1 .831**

Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000

front_back Pearson Correlation .786**

.831**

1

Sig. (2-tailed) .000 .000

**. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).

The analysis of the present study showed that the relationship of body weight and coordination

of left-right and front-back was found to be significant at 0.05 level of significance, as the

calculated r between body weight and left_right is 0.747, body weight and front_back is 0.786.

The current study showed that there is significant relationship between body weight and

coordination. These results might be due to in judo an important factor to consider for powerful

movement and in particular importance for judo, which is a highly skill-based sport, is the

coordination. An athlete may have the physical capacity to produce force explosively, but

without the muscular and motor coordination required he would not be able produce the

powerful movements.

The coordination of the muscles and nervous system has large effect on the body’s ability to

generate power and therefore is a warranted attribute to focus on in training.

Sports performance of judo contestants, apart from specific psychological predisposition profiles,

depends on a combination of technical skills, which include levels of coordination, strength,

speed and endurance, and tactical skills that perform an overriding function with respect to the

previously mentioned physical features and technical skills (Lech & Sterkowicz, 2004).

Therefore, the degree of technical and tactical excellence of judo contestants might be

determined, up to a point, by their levels of coordination. Although favorable correlations were

found between body weight and coordination, our study has demonstrated that the body weight

was directly connected with the level of coordination.



17

The current findings and those obtained in the studies of adults (Lech, et al., 2007) demonstrated

that the ability to react fast as measured with time reaction tests was found to be of great

importance.

CONCLUSION:

The highest level of coordination was found between Body weight and left_right among Judokas.

The highest correlation factors were observed among body weight ad front_back among judokas.

REFERENCES

Calmet M, Miarka B, Franchini E. Modeling of grasps in judo contests. International

Journal of Performance Analysis in Sport 2010; 10 (3): 229-240.

Hrysomallis C. Balance ability and athletic performance. Sports Med 2011; 41(3): 221-

232.

Lech, G., Jaworski, J., Ljach W., & Krawczyk, R. (2011). Effect of the level of

coordinated motor abilities on performance in junior judokas. Journal of Human Kinetics,

30, 153-160.

Miarka, B., Panissa, V.L.G., Ferreira, U.J., Del Vecchio, F.B., Calmet, M., & Franchini,

E. (2012). A comparison of time-motion performance between age groups in judo

matches. Journal of Sports Sciences, 30(9), 899-905.

Starosta, W. (2003). Koordynacyjne zdolności motoryczne. [Coordinative motor abilities.

In Polish.] Warszawa: Instytut Sportu



18

RELATIONSHIP OF SELECTED ANTHROPOMETRICAL AND

MOTOR FITNESS VARIABLES TO PERFORMANCE

OF KHO KHO PLAYERS

Muhammed Arshaq CK* Research Scholar, School of Physical Education and Sports Sciences, Kannur University

Dr Maria Martin** Associate Professor, Mary Matha Arts and Science College, Mananthavady

ABSTRACT

The study was designed to examine the relationship of selected anthropometrical and motor

fitness variables to performance of kho kho players. The investigator randomly selected a total of

fifty (N = 50) intervarsity level men Kho Kho players in different Kerala universities. There age

group ranged between 17 to 24 years. The following physical fitness and anthropometric

variables were selected for this study. Body weight, Stretch Stature, Arm length, Leg length,

Thigh girth (anthropometric variables) Speed, Explosive strength, Agility, Speed Endurance,

Strength endurance, abdominal strength (motor fitness variables). Standardized test items were

used to collect the relevant data. Statistical techniques such as descriptive statistics and Pearson

product moment correlation were computed to statistically analyse the data. The study revealed

that speed endurance, abdominal strength, agility, speed has significant positive correlation to

performance of kho kho players. Whereas insignificant negative correlation with stretch stature,

arm length, leg length and thigh girth. Also shown insignificant positive correlation with weight,

calf girth, and explosive strength.

Key words: Kho Kho, Anthropometry, Motor fitness, Performance

INTRODUCTION

Sports performance is the result of a combination of performance factors. Physical,

physiological, psychological, anthropometrical, biochemical and so on adds to the performance

of a player. Knowing what the most related factors to performance are will help the coaches or

sports scientists to have a better talent identification process for the concerned game.

Kho kho is a very fast agile speed endurance indigenous sport. It had its origin in India long ago.

Being a game of Indian origin much foreign sports scientists has not addressed the performance

demands of the game. It’s a need of the time to understand how the selected anthropometrical

and motor fitness variables affect the performance.

Keeping in mind the significance of study the researcher made an attempt to examine the

relationship of the selected variables to performance of kho kho players.

METHODOLOGY

The investigator was randomly selected a total of fifty (N = 50) intervarsity level men Kho Kho

player in different universities in Kerala. There age group ranged between 17 to 24 years. The

following physical fitness and anthropometric variables were selected for this study. Body

weight, Standing height, Arm length, Leg length, Thigh girth these are the anthropometric

variables. And the following are the motor fitness variables. Speed, Explosive strength, Agility,

speed endurence, Strength endurance, Abdominal strength. The standardized tests and

equipments were used .



19


To analyse the collected data descriptive statistics and Pearson product movement correlation

were computed using SPSS 21 version.

Table 1 Descriptive statistics for selected variables

Range Minimum Maximum Mean SD

Performance 2.00 6.00 8.00 7.50 .76

Body Weight 16.00 51.00 67.00 59.60 4.30

Stretch Stature 19.00 155.00 174.00 168.65 5.10

Arm length 14.00 61.00 75.00 68.45 4.67

Leg length 14.00 75.00 89.00 83.55 3.80

Thigh girth 8.00 30.00 38.00 34.05 2.48

Calf girth 12.00 49.00 61.00 53.65 3.74

Speed .54 6.25 6.79 6.54 .20

Explosive strength .54 2.01 2.55 2.31 .13

Agility 1.63 10.03 11.66 10.79 .55

Speed Endurance 5.46 35.14 29.68 32.41 2.73

Strength endurance 9.00 20.00 29.00 24.85 2.79

Abdominal strength 22.00 37.00 59.00 50.25 6.95

The table 2 shows mean value of the scores and standard deviation of the selected variables.

Pearson’s product moment correlation was used to find out the relationship of selected

anthropometric and motor fitness variables to performance of intervarsity level Kho - Kho

players. The analysis of data shown that speed, agility, strength endurance, abdominal strength

and speed endurance variables had a significant positive correlation to performance. In the case

of weight, calf girth and explosive strength were positively correlated to performance but the

relationship has not much significance. Also there was insignificant negative relationship for

height, arm length, leg length and thigh girth to performance.

Table 2 Coefficient of correlation for anthropometric and motor fitness variables to performance

Anthropometric variables Coefficient of correlation Significance

Weight 0.32 0.64

Height -0.11 0.06

Arm length -0.03 0.17

Leg length -0.42 0.31

Calf girth 0.32 0.21

Thigh girth -0.21 0.08

Speed 0.33* 0.04

Explosive strength 0.29 0.07

Agility 0.36* 0.02

Strength endurance 0.41* 0.04

Abdominal strength 0.35* 0.02

Speed Endurance 0.68* 0.03

*significant at 0.05 level



20

Kho - Kho is a sport which demands rapid movement and fitness. The result of the study reveals

the relationship of selected motor fitness variables and the performance of Kho – Kho players.

Speed and agility shows a positive correlation to the performance. It may be because of the

nature of the game, the game demands quick reactions and speed movements for both running

and chasing. These characteristics of the game will influence the speed and agility of the players.

In the case of speed and strength endurance, the result shows a strong positive correlation. It may

be because of the game needs continuous quick movements in short period of time and there is

no time for taking long rest during the game. This will influence the players muscle groups and it

will turn to stronger. Abdominal strength of the players also shows a positive correlation it may

be due to the nature of the game needs continues sit, stand and quick running movements while

in the time of chasing. This will make a great effect on the abdominal muscles. Those

movements put pressure on the abdominal, hamstring and glut muscle. The result shows a

negative correlation of height, arm length, and thigh girth. Naturally Kho - Kho players are short

and lean body type. When the height increases the centre of gravity will be decreased. This will

affect the reaction ability of the players. The results of the study is in agreement with the results

of the study conducted by Jermy, Josh and Pivarnik (2004).

CONCLUSION

Kho - Kho is a sport which demands rapid movement and fitness. Over all the present study

shows speed, agility, strength endurance, abdominal strength and speed endurance variables had

a significant positive correlation to performance. In the case of weight, calf girth and explosive

strength were positively correlated to performance but the relationship has not much

significance. Also there was insignificant negative relationship for height, arm length, leg length

and thigh girth to performance.

REFERENCE

Knous Jermy, Ode Josh ,James M.Pivarnik, FACSM “Effect of a Collegiate Basketball

Season on Anthropometric Physiological Variabless”, Journals on Medicine and Science

in Sports and exercise ,volume 36(5) supplement May 2004,p S 207.

H.Harrison Clarke, “Relationship of Strength and Anthropometric Measures to Physical

Performance involving Trunk and Legs” Research Quarterly 28 (October 1957)

Jae Kenneth Ellenburg, “The Predictive Value of Selected Physical Variables in

determining Competitive Performance in High School Basketball”, Dissertation Abstracts

International 31 (April 1971), p 5174.



21

ASSESSMENT OF LEADERSHIP STYLES AMONG PHYSICAL

EDUCATION STUDENTS

Jesmy Jose* , Maria Martin Joseph

**

* PhD Scholar, Department of Physical Education, Kannur University, Kerala

**Associate Professor, Mary Matha Arts and Science College, Mananthavady, Kerala

ABSTRACT

Leadership is the process whereby an individual influences a group of individuals to achieve a

common goal. The study identifies the leadership styles which are dominating in the physical

education field. For this, total 122 students of physical education courses were selected from

various colleges in Kerala. Leadership style questionnaire constructed by Don Clark in 2004 was

used as the tool. The questionnaire contains 18 questions which measures 4 leadership styles;

detached leader, team leader, socially oriented leader and authoritarian leader. The statistical

technique used for the study was percentage analysis. The result of the study reveals that most of

the students have the characteristics of team leader. They are very good in making relationships

and also dedicated to achieve the team goal. Some of them shows socially oriented leaders and

very little number show detached and autocratic leadership. We can improve the leadership

qualities by giving them proper opportunities to act as a leader and also by motivating them to

take part in the leadership training courses.

KEYWORDS: Detached Leader, Authoritarian Leader, Socially Oriented Leader

INTRODUCTION

Teachers are great facilitators, motivators, leaders and companions. Persuading students to learn

is a Herculean task. And the success of an effective and efficient teacher lies in his skills to

persuade students to learn. In physical education, as any field of education, teacher needs to be

charismatic and at times are considered role model by students. The teacher should influence the

students to engage in physical education classes. The leader or the position of a leader is

determined by the authority. But the effectiveness of the leadership is determined by the

leadership skills or collectively called as leadership style.

Mainly three styles of leaderships are there. The styles are differentiated on the basis of nature of

the leader. The leader who is acting like Hitler will be known as autocratic leader. He will not

consider his teammates suggestions. Just opposite to the autocratic leadership known as laissez

faire. In this leader is in a dummy position. He will not do anything to achieve success.

Democratic leadership is the remaining style. As the name indicates this type is the most desired

and successful leadership style. In this study the researcher differentiates the leadership style in

four types; socially oriented leader, detached leader, authoritarian leader and team leader. These

classifications are made by evaluating the subject’s dedication for achieving the tasks and also

the ability to making and relationships and respecting others.

Teacher’s leadership style significantly affects the academic performance of the students

(Yildrim et al., 2008). In India since most of the times physical educators are the only promoters

of physical education, he should possess better leadership skills to serve his purpose. It is of great

importance to develop the best leadership styles among the physical education majors, so that he

would have a successful career. Training on leadership skills are one among the essential

component of physical education professional preparation curriculum. Keeping in mind the



22

importance of identifying the leadership style and nurturing it, the researcher examined the

leadership styles prevalent in physical education professional students of Kerala.

METHODOLOGY

Purposive sampling technique was used to select the samples. For the study 122 subjects were

selected from various physical education colleges in Kerala. Leadership style questionnaire

constructed by Don Clark in 2004 was used as the tool. The questionnaire contains 18 questions

which measures 4 leadership styles; detached leader, team leader, socially oriented leader and

authoritarian leader. In that questionnaire the appropriate style was identified by relating their

relationship aspects and also the efforts made by them to achieve their goals. Detached leader

means low in task and low in relationships on the other side team leader means high in

relationships and also high in task. Remaining authoritarian leader means low in relationship but

high in task. The socially oriented leader is just opposite to the authoritarian leader, having good

relationships but poor in achieving task. The statistical technique used in the study was

percentage analysis.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The data on leadership style of physical education students were collected and calculated in

frequency and percentage distribution.

Table 1: frequency and distribution of leadership styles in total subjects

Leadership style Frequency and percentage

Team leader 105 (86.06%)

Socially oriented leader 8 (6.55%)

Authoritarian leader 5 (4.09 %)

Detached leader 4 (3.27%)

From table 1 it is evident that among the 122 physical education students, 86.06% students

possess team leader type leadership style. Only 6.55% of students have the characteristics of

socially oriented leadership. Very few of the students show the qualities of authoritarian and

detached leadership (5 and 4 respectively).

The student with the team leader characteristics are very good in making relationships and also

very dedicated to achieving the aims in all the situations. They can motivate their followers to

achieve the goals and they are always keeping their creative mind. If the teacher or coach is

lacking these qualities then he cannot perform his task well. So this nature will make the players

and other persons who are working in this field more creative and adjustable in every situation. It

is also an important quality of a democratic leader or team leader. According to behavioral

theory, people can become leaders through the process of teaching and observation. This may be

the reason behind most of the students shows the qualities of a team leader.



23

Figure 1: Graphical representation of leadership styles in physical education students

Table 2: Gender wise comparison of leadership style in physical education students

Boys Girls

Leadership style Frequency and percentage Leadership style Frequency and

percentage

Team Leader 59 (85.5%) Team Leader 46 (86.79%)

Authoritarian Leader 4 (5.79%) Authoritarian

Leader 1 (1.88%)

Socially Oriented Leader 5 (7.24%) Socially Oriented

Leader 3 (5.66%)

Detached Leader 1(1.44%) Detached Leader 3 (5.66%)

Table 2 shows that the gender was not a factor which determines the leadership quality. Many

believe that females are not much good in leading a group or making good decisions in crucial

situations. But the survey reveals that there is no much role in gender in the student’s leadership

quality. Among the 69 boys 62 of them shows the characteristics of team leader. Out of 53 girls

43 of them are good team leader. Only slight difference occurs in the authoritative style

leadership, where 4 boys show the authoritarian style instead of 1 girl. It is because of generally

the boys think that they are superior to all. All others must obey them. This mentality may be the

reason behind this result. The same results were obtained in the case of socially oriented leaders

and detached leaders.

86%

7% 4% 3%

Leadership Styles in Physical Education students

team leader

socially oriented leader

authoritarian leader

detached leader



24

Figure 2: Graphical representation of gender wise comparison of leadership styles

CONCLUSION

Leaders are made not born. Behavioral theories believe that people can become great leaders

through the process of teaching, learning and observation. If we are giving importance in the

leadership quality of our coaches and physical education teachers, we must give very much

attention in their preparing period that means learning period because the students understands

the value or role of a good leader in that period itself. In fact, coaches and other leaders can alter

their styles and behavior to match the demands of a situation. So we must include the leadership

training courses or leadership developing activities in their academic periods. The survey reveals

that there is no need to worry about the leadership quality of our future teachers or coaches. With

the qualities of a team leader the physical education teachers can motivate the students to

participating in physical activities and also make them aware of the importance of the physical

activity in daily life.

REFERENCES

Weinberg, R. S., & Gould, D. (2011) Foundations of sport and exercise psychology.

USA: Human Kinetics.

Paul, A.D. (2016) The psychology of effective coaching and management. New York:

Nova science publishers.

Clark, D.R. (2004). Concepts of leadership. Retrieved from

http://nwlink.com/~donclark/leader/leadcon.html on 13/02/2018 2.55PM.

http://www.nyc.gov/html/weareny/downloads/pdf/student_leadership_course-

teaching_leadership_and_activiti.pdf retrieved on 14/02/1018 10.18 am

Yildirim, O., Acar, A. C., Bull, S., & Sevinc, L. (2008). Relationships between teachers'

perceived leadership style, students' learning style, and academic achievement: a study

on high school students. Educational Psychology, 28(1), 73-81.

86%

6% 7%

1%

Leadership Style in Boys

team leader

authoritarianleader

sociallyoriented

detachedleader

87%

5% 6% 2%

Leadership Style in Girls

team leader

detached leader

socially orientedleader

authoritarian

http://www.nyc.gov/html/weareny/downloads/pdf/student_leadership_course-teaching_leadership_and_activiti.pdf%20retrieved%20on%2014/02/1018%2010.18

http://www.nyc.gov/html/weareny/downloads/pdf/student_leadership_course-teaching_leadership_and_activiti.pdf%20retrieved%20on%2014/02/1018%2010.18



25

EFFECT OF EIGHT WEEK YOGA PROGRAM ON SELECTED

PHYSIOLOGICAL VARIABLES OF RURAL SENIOR CITIZENS

Seemant Kumar Dubey1, Kalpana Sharma

2

1D.P.B.S. (PG) College, Anoopshahr, Bulandshahr (UP) INDIA

Email: [email protected]

2Amity School of Physical Education & Sports Sciences, Amity University, Noida, INDIA.

Email: [email protected]

ABSTRACT

Yoga is an oldest system or education based on higher philosophical knowledge and a spiritual

concept of man, for the harmonious development of the body and mind. It recognizes the

necessity of developing healthy, vital and well controlled body for the attainment of a high order

of mental life. This study was focused the effect of Yoga Practices through common yoga

protocol on senior citizen of rural area. This protocol started with Prayer and followed by

Sadilaja, Yogaasana, Kapaalabhaati, Pranayama, Dhyana and end with Sankalpa. Yoga practices

organized alternate day, total 45 minutes and up to eight weeks for 24 senior citizens. The results

of the study indicate that eight week yoga programme brought significant improvement in the

physiological variables of vital capacity, peak expiratory flow rate and resting heart rate, while

there was no any significant improvement shown in the physiological variables of basal

metabolic rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure of rural senior citizen. Yogic disciplines

with its Asanas, Pranayama and meditation is a way to good health. This ancient therapy helps in

treating diseases, which eventually improves personal efficiency and assists in achieving mental

peace.

Key Words: Yoga, Senior Citizen, Basal metabolic rate

INTRODUCTION:

Medical research in last some years has uncovered so many physical and mental benefits through

Yoga practices. Anyone over 60 has grown used to living their life with different expectations to

the way they have to live their life right now. They have probably always been very busy and are

accustomed to the idea that one has to work, to do something useful and to keep busy. In today's

society they now have to find their way into the 'spare time' culture and to learn to enjoy 'doing

nothing'. They have to find other aims and a new purpose to life. Yoga can help them in this

transitional process of finding a place in today's society and a reason for living through body

awareness, breath awareness and relaxation, preventing stiffness in the joints, and mental

alertness and awareness. Yoga can help to slow down the process of ageing in the body, even to

reverse this process. Once one is aware of how to manage this process, and of the capabilities

one has, subtle qualities can appear such as wisdom, tranquility and maturity.

In 2700 BC, Yoga was considered as an "immortal cultural outcome" of the Indus Saraswati

Valley Civilization and has proven itself to cater to both physically and spiritual uplift of

humanity. The presence of Yoga is commonly available in folk culture and traditions. Though

Yoga was being practiced in the pre-Vedic period, Maharishi Patanjali systematized the existing

Yogic practices, its meaning and its related knowledge through Patanjali's Yoga Sutras. After

Maharishi Patanjali, many sages and Yoga masters preserved and developed well-documented

practices through various researches and various tactful literatures about Yoga. It has spread all

over the world by the teachings of eminent Yoga sages and Yoga masters from the ancient times.



26

METHODOLOGY: This study was focused the effect of Yoga Practices on senior citizen of rural area of Anoopshahr

Tehsil. The researchers administrated the common yoga protocol as a research tool for this study.

This protocol started with Prayer (2 Minutes) and followed by Sadilaja (6 Minutes),

Yogaasana (18 Minutes), Kapaalabhaati (3 Minutes), Pranayama (6 Minutes), Dhyana (8

Minutes) and end with Sankalpa (2 Minutes). Yoga practices organized alternate day, total 45

minutes and up to eight weeks for 24 senior citizens. The experimental group underwent to these

yoga practices for eight weeks from 5:30 am to 6:30 am. Based on the review of past studies and

in consultation with the experts in the field of study it was decided to explore the improvement in

selected physiological variables in rural senior citizen as subjects, by administering the yoga

practices with pre and post evaluation.

2.1. Selection of Variables

The researchers reviewed the available literatures pertaining to this study from internet, books,

journals, periodicals, magazines and research papers. The Study limited to the following

physiological variables:

2.2. Yoga Practices/Programme:

The Common Yoga Protocol given by Ministry of AYUSH, Government of India to awareness

of Yoga. In which, Yoga Practices describe in systematic and proper manner for all age groups.

The common yoga protocol was used in this study.

Table 2: Yoga Training Programmme and Timing

Sr.

No. Activity Components Duration

1 Prayer Meditative Posture with Namaskara Mudra and ending

with Yoga Mudrasana 2 minutes

2

Sadilaja /

Chaalan Kriyas/

Loosening

Practices

Neck, Shoulders,

Trunk& Knees movements 6 minutes

3 Yoga Asana

A. Standing Postures

(i) Taadaasan, (ii) Vrikshaasan,(iii) Pada-hastaasana /

Uttaanaasana,(iv) Ardha Chakraasana,(v) Trikonaasana

B. Sitting Postures

(vi) Bhadraasana/Baddha konaasan

(vii) Vajrasana/Veerasana

(viii) Ushtraasana ( Ardha for bigginners)

(ix) Shashankaasan , (x) Utthana Mandukasana

(xi) Marichyaasana/Vakraasana

C. Prone Lying Postures

(xii) Makaraasana,(xiii) Bhujangaasana

(xiv) Shalabhaasana

18

minutes



27

D. Supine Lying Postures

(xv) Setubandhasana, (xvi) Utthanapaadaasana

(xvii) Ardha Halasana,(xviii) Pavana Muktaasana

(xix) Shavaasana

4 Kapaalabhaati 3 cycles of 40 strokes each,

Each cycle will be followed deep breathing

3 minute

5 Pranayama

(i) Nadi Shodhana / AnulomaViloma Pranayama (5

rounds )

(ii) Sheetali Pranayama (5 rounds )

(iii) Bhraamari Pranayama (Bhramari Rechaka) (5

rounds)

6 minutes

6 Dhyana/

Meditation

Meditative Posture (eyes closed)

and hands in Jnana / Gyana Mudra 8 minutes

7 Sankalpa

I commit myself to always be in a balanced state of mind.

It is in this state that my highest self-development

reaches its greatest possibility. I commit to do my duty to

self, family, at work, to society, and to the world, for the

promotion of peace, health and harmony.

2 minutes

2.3. Statistical Techniques:

To find out the significance between the pre and post test means experimental groups the ‘t’ test

was applied for evaluation of the rural senior citizen of physical fitness variables.


Comparison of physiological variables in pre and post training periods and the effect of eight

week yoga practice of rural senior citizen are shown here. The Calculation of mean and ‘t’ value

of physiological variables between the pre and post periods of the experimental group were

furnished in table 3

Table 3: Computation of ‘t’ Ratio Between The Pre and Post Tests on Physiological

Variables. *Significance at 0.05 levels

Sr. No. Physiological Variable Test Mean σd ‘t’ Ratio

1 Vital Capacity Pre 4.640

1.306 2.518 Post 5.326

2 Peak Expiratory Flow Rate Pre 283.750

57.697 3.567 Post 326.666

3 Basal Metabolic Rate Pre 1432.333

9.309 1.805 Post 1428.833

4 Resting Heart Rate Pre 78.333

3.326 3.427 Post 75.958

5 Blood Pressure

Systolic Pre 139.666

5.259 1.444 Post 138.083

Diastolic Pre 94.833

7.035 1.989 Post 91.916

*Paired ‘t’ test applied due to both pre and post data has been taken from the same population.



28

The table 3 show that the obtained mean value in physiological variables of vital capacity, peak

expiratory flow rate, basal metabolic rate, resting heart rate, systolic and diastolic blood

pressure of pre and post test scores of experimental group were 4.640 & 5.326, 283.750 &

326.666, 1432.333 & 1428.833, 78.333 & 75.958, 139.666 & 138.083, 94.833 & 91.916

respectively. The value of σd of these physiological variables respectively 1.306, 57.697, 9.309,

3.326, 5.259 and 7.035.

The obtained ‘t’ ratio is 2.518, 3.567, 1.805, 3.427, 1.444 and 1.989 respectively. The tabulated

value is 2.069 at 0.05 level of confidence for the degree of freedom 1 and 23. The obtained ‘t’

ratio of vital capacity, peak expiratory flow rate, resting heart rate was 2.518, 3.567 and 3.427

respectively, is greater than the tabulated value, while the obtained ‘t’ ratio of basal metabolic

rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure was 1.805, 1.444 and 1.989 respectively, is lesser than

the tabulated value.

The results of the study indicate that eight week yoga programme brought significant

improvement in the physiological variables of vital capacity, peak expiratory flow rate and

resting heart rate, while there is no any significant improvement shown in the physiological

variables of basal metabolic rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure of rural senior citizen. The

finding of vital capacity shows significant improvement similar to six week yoga programme

study done by Singh and Pandey (2017) and eight week yoga practices study done by Sekhon

and Shelvam in 2016. Findings of peak expiratory flow rate also similar with the study on six

week Kapalabhati programme done by Dinesh et al. (2013). The study of Rayat Sunil (2015) on

12 week yoga programme also show significant improvement in the physiological variables of

vital capacity, peak expiratory flow rate and resting heart rate of male students.

CONCLUSION:

There were rural senior citizen show significant improvement in physiological variable like vital

capacity, peak expiratory flow rate and as well as in resting heart rate, but basal metabolic rate,

systolic and diastolic blood pressure were not improved through eight week yoga programme.

EFERENCES:

Dinesh, T., Gaur, G.S., Sharma, V.K., Madanmohan, Harichandra, K.K.T., and

Grrishma, B. (2013). Effect of 6 Weeks of Kapalabhati Pranayama Training on Peak

Expiratory Flow Rate in Young, Healthy, Volunteers. Scholars Academic Journal of

Biosciences (SAJB) 1(4):111-114.

Rayat, S. (2015). Effect of Yoga on Selected Physical and Physiological Variables of

Physical Education Students. IOSR Journal of Sports and Physical Education (IOSR-

JSPE. 2(4):18-24.

Sekhon, B.S. and Shelvam, P.V. (2016). Effect of Selected Yogic Practices on Vital

Capacity among University Men Students. International Journal of Science and

Research (IJSR) 5(5):306-307.

Sathish, M. (2013). Effect of Yogasana Practice on Physical Fitness Variables of

College Obese Students. International Journal of Innovative Research & Development.

2(1):1-7.

Singh, K. and Pandey, S.K. (2017). Effect of Yoga on Vital Capacity of Female

Students. International Research Journal of Physical Education and Sports Sciences.

3(3):1-4.



29

EFFECT OF PLYOMETRIC TRAINING ON EXPLOSIVE

STRENGTH OF SWIMMERS

Amit Tomar, (Ph.D. Research scholar of University of Delhi)

Vaibhav Saxena, (Ph.D. Research scholar of University of Delhi)

Dr. Tarak Nath Pramanik, (Assistant Professor I.G.I.P.E.S.S Delhi)

ABSTRACT

The aim of the study was to investigate the Effects of Plyometric Training on Selected Physical

Fitness Variables in Swimmers. Total sample size is 60. The subjects were randomly assigned to

two equal groups of Thirty each and named as Group ‘A’ and Group ‘B’. Group ‘A’ underwent

plyometric training and Group ‘B’ underwent no training. The data was collected before and

after six weeks of training. The data was analysed by applying Dependent‘t’ test technique and

the level of significance was set at 0.05. The result revealed significant effect in increasing the

explosive strength among the training group swimmers whereas the group which hasn’t shown

any increase in their respective explosive strength.

Keywords: Plyometric Training, Swimmers, Physical Fitness and Explosive strength

INTRODUCTION

The swimming is one of the most popular Olympic sports, with several distant events in

butterfly, back, chest, freestyle and individual mix. In addition to these individual events, four

swimmers can participate in a free season or in the intermediate season. Swimming each stroke

requires special techniques, and in butterfly it requires bit high level skill.

The swimmers, who completed 20 to 25 minutes of plyometric exercises, centered twice a week

on the lower body, showed greater improvements in speed, acceleration and jumped than those

who had not done any plyometric exercises as part of their training. The National Federation of

State Secondary Schools states that research shows that plyometric exercises can improve group

performance by up to 15 percent because exercise increases maximum strength and allows

swimmers to push a greater distance from the block. The Explosive power built up by

Plyometrics allows the swimmers to run faster through the water when they come into the pool.

This means that swimmers performing plyometric exercises will make a faster transition from

the starting block to the pool.

The main goal of swimming is to get the swimmer out of the starting block as fast as possible

and with the greatest dynamics that can be developed. As a result of the start of the pool can be

considered as an Explosive event with a required movement pattern High power generation in a

short time. The grip start technique is carried out from the front lock in the fixed position with

the hands. Traditional Plyometric Training that use Depth acceleration and friction as as over

lighter during such dynamic activity Jumps and Limits. These activities extract that leg stage

with traditional weight Training activities or training methods.

The purpose of the study was to investigate the effect of plyometric training on Explosive

Strength of Swimmers



30

METHODOLOGY

For the present study 60 male Swimmers from Delhi district of Different Schools were selected

as subjects at random and their age ranged from 14 to 17 years. For the present study pre test –

post test randomized group design which consists of control group and experimental group was

used. The subjects were randomly assigned to two equal groups of thirty each and named as

Group ‘A’ and Group ‘B’. Group ‘A’ underwent plyometric training for six weeks and Group

‘B’ underwent no training. The performance of explosive strength was measured by Sargent

jump test (Vertical jump) which is a reliable and valid test for measuring explosive strength. The

data was analysed by applying Dependent‘t’ test to find out the impact of plyometric training on

explosive strength among Swimmers. The level of significance was set at 0.05.

Plyometric workout for swimmers that starts with the routine calls for swimmers to do 10

Burpees, an intense move that requires squat position with your hands on the ground. Kick your

feet back into a plank position, while keeping your arms extended. Immediately return your feet

into squat position. This routine continues with 8 Lateral jumps, which require the swimmer to

start in a regular Stand like you’re going to do a squat. Feet should be shoulder width apart,

hands in front of your chest, with no break between movements. Next, swimmers do 8 meter

Broad jump, Explosive throw your body up and forward, lower between a quarter and a half

squat and drive as powerfully as possible off the ground while simultaneously throwing your

arms forward as forcefully as possible. The move should be quickly repeated with no rest

between jumps.


The findings pertaining to descriptive ststistics and ‘t’ test between experimental group and

control group on explosive strength among Swimmers for pre-post-test respectively have been

presented in table No. I and II respectively.

Table 1. Descriptive statistics of pre training and post training vertical jump data for

measuring explosive strength

Group Pre training Post Training

Mean±SD Standard

Error of

Mean

Mean±SD Standard

Error of Mean

Control Group 17.6±3.25 0.59 17.7±3.51 0.64

Experimental Group 16.58±3.31 0.6 17.28±3.3 0.60

Table II. t-ratio of Mean Gains & between Pre and Post Test Scores of vertical jump

(explosive strength)

*Significant at 0.05 level

Group Pre-test mean Post- test mean Mean diffrence t Ratio

Control group 17.6 17.7 0.075 0.52

Exper mental group 16.58 17.28 0.69 3.75*



31

The results of table II indicates that the t ratio of control and experimental group are 0.52 and

3.75 respectively. The obtained t-ratio (3.75) is significant at 0.05 level of significance in

experimental group whereas t-ratio (0.52) of control group was insignificant. The results of this

study showed that the Plyometric training has a significant effect in increasing the explosive

strength among 14-17 age group swimmers.

The findings of our study reveal that the Plyometric Training is a significant way to increase the

explosive strength. The reasons of our findings lies in the core of Plyometric movement in which

the two types of contraction (concentric and eccentric) occurs simultaneously which is known as

stretch reflex movement. While doing the Plyometric movement the muscles undergo sudden

eccentric contraction before the concentric contraction, which in turn increases their total force

output as the stretch force of the muscles generated by eccentric contraction adds up to the

maximum force generating ability of that muscle while doing the concentric contraction.

CONCLUSIONS

It is concluded that Plyometric training has a significant effect in increasing the explosive

strength among the training group of swimmers whereas the group which hasn’t got the training

hasn’t shown any increase in their respective explosive strength.

REFERENCES

Barrow, M. H., McGhee, R. (1979). A practical approach to measurement in physical

education. Philadelphia:

Lea and Febiger, Edition-3rd

Chu, D. (1992). Jumping into Plyometrics. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Spurrs, R.W., Murphy, A.J., Watsford, M.L. The effect of plyometric training on distance

running performance. Eur J Appl Physiol. 2003;1–7.

Kubo, K., Morimoto, M., Komuro, T. et al, Effects of plyometric and weight training on

muscle-tendon complex and jump performance. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 2007; 1801–1810.

Behrens, M., Mau-Moeller, A., Bruhn, S. Effect of plyometric training on neural and

mechanical properties of the knee extensor muscles. Int J Sports Med. 2014; 101–109.

Malisoux, L., Francaux, M., Nielens, H. et al, Stretch-shortening cycle exercises: an

effective training paradigm to enhance power output of human single muscle fibers. J

Appl Physiol. 2006; 771–779.



32

MOMENTOUS STAMPING OF MARTIAL ARTS

TO PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING

*Dr. Dominic Thomas, **Dr. K. Abdul Rahiman

*Principal, SES College, Sreekandapuram, Kannur University,

** Rahiman Associate Professor of Physical Education, Keyi Sahib Training College, Taliparamba,

Kannur University

ABSTRACT

The doctrines and ideology of psychological well being proposes a novel way to recognize and

appraise people's behaviors, manner of management styles, attitudes, interpersonal capacities and

skills and personal abilities and their innate potentials. Psychological well being is an important

consideration in human possessions, management, personal and inter-personal relations and other

services, and much more… It is one of the most prominent aims which individuals as well as

societies attempt for. It is the feeling of contentment, happiness, satisfaction work together with

the experiences acquires during one’s life situations.

This investigation examined the association of Kalarippayattu; the traditional form of Indian

martial art participation to psychological well being. The study was conducted at College level

students of north Kerala and compared the psychological attributes of well being of Traditional

martial arts participants with non-participants of boys and girls.

PWBS formulated by Dr. Devendra Singh Sisodia and Pooja Chaudhary was the tool used to

collect the data. The scale covers Satisfaction, Efficiency, Sociability, Menatal Health and Inter

Personal relations, finally summed up with over all performance. Two hundred students of

Martial arts participants and non participants from among colleges of north Kerala were analyzed

for the study during classroom situation. Data sheets were supplied and analyzed with the help of

scoring keys.

The results of the study were subjected to percentile analysis and finally compared the range of

psychological well being of martial art participants with non participants of boys and girls by

applying statistical treatment ‘t’ ratio. The conducted study establishes that the martial art

participation is the best activity to improve psychological well being at College level. Level of

significance chosen was 0.5.

Key words: Kalarippayattu; the traditional form of Indian martial art

INTRODUCTION

Psychological well being acts as a primitive force and condition for every human being for

guiding and acting and acting better. It is nothing but the means in which everyone evaluates

their lives. The identical portion of the same is an information based estimation of one’s life that

is when a person becomes conscientious and puts evaluative judgments about one’s satisfaction

with his behaviours and their lives with full drive. Psychological well-being leads to desirable

outcomes that happen impulsively. In most cases people who attain high score in psychological

well-being later perform better at work than people who score low in well-being. It is also found

to be related to physical health. In addition, it is frequently observed that what a society measures



33

will in turn influence the things that it seeks. If a society takes great effort to measure

productivity, people in the society are likely to focus more on it and sometimes even to the

detriment of other values(ebs.org.2015).

The route of mental growth is responsible for the development of an individual’s all round

capacities and mental or intellectual abilities like sensation, perception, imagination, memory,

reasoning, understanding, intelligence, generalization, interpretation, language ability,

conceptual ability, problem solving ability and decision making ability. The mind of a kid,

during his growing stage or school age, has a balanced understanding of problems. He has a

much better sense of analysis what a conceptual problem is. He can sensibly analyze a problem

and he is able to compact with the environment in a flexible, efficient and systematic manner.

The socializing influence of exer-dance cannot be denied although there must constantly be kept

in mind the fact that the kind of socialization which takes place depends upon the kind of

leadership that accompanies the social participation. It has been somewhat unfortunate; it is now

realized that man is to be taken as a whole and physical participation in exer-dance type activities

and martial arts is not merely concerned with his physical strength and capabilities. It develops

courage to stand against challenges and to face life evenly. It moulds man’s personal and group

relationship.

There is persuasive information that attests to the unique nature of children with respect to their

prosperity for physical activity. Rowland (1998) suggests a biological basis for the differences in

activity patterns between children and adults. It is further noted that children are inherently

active because it is physical movement that provide them with the necessary information

required by the central nervous system for stimulation. It is claimed, socially, that purposeful

engagement in any type of physical activity with coordinated module has the potential to

engender in young people positive social behaviour and to address as number of contemporary

social issues relating to problematic youth behaviour.

Many studies have been conducted so far to reveal the influence of martial arts participation and

exercise involved dances on emotional stability and mental steadiness. It is a proved that, there

is an association between emotional well being and martial arts participation. As a result of the

participation in martial arts, all muscular and nerve impulses will be more activated for better

sensation and consciousness. Purpose of the study was to assess how the martial arts

participation influences the youth in psychological well being . PWBS (Psychological Wellbeing

Scale developed by Dr. Devendra Singh Sisodia and Pooja Choudhary was used to collect the

data. The inventory covers five aspects of psychological well being, exclusively, Satisfaction,

Efficiency, Sociability, Mental Health and Inter personal relations. Two hundred students of

kalaripayattu participants and non participants from among colleges of north Kerala were

analyzed for the study during classroom situation. Data sheets were supplied and analyzed with

the help of scoring keys.

The collected data were tabulated and presented here to interpret the psychological well being

and thereby to compare these qualities among martial arts participants and non participants.



34


BOYS GIRLS

Category Classification Martial arts

participants

Non-

participants

Martial arts

participants

Non-

participants

No

of

sub

ject

s %

No

of

sub

ject

s %

No

of

sub

ject

s %

No

of

sub

ject

s %

Psychological

well being

Very Low 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Low 01 2 5 10 3 6 08 16

Moderate 08 16 27 54 12 24 29 58

High 35 70 14 28 28 56 11 22

Very High 06 12 4 8 7 14 2 4

Total 50 100 50 100 50 100 50

Table 1 indicates the status of boy students of martial arts participants on psychological well

being. No students were placed in the ‘very low’ category among kalaripayattu participants and

non-participants. 2% participants and 10% non-participants were belonging to ‘Low’

classification of psychological well being. 16% participants and 54% non-participants were

belonging to ‘Moderate’ category. 70% kalaripayattu participants and 28% non-participants were

belonging to ‘High’ category, 12% martial arts participants and 8% non-participants were

occupied in the ‘Very High’ categories. The status of girl students of martial arts participants on

psychological well being. No students were placed in the ‘very low’ category among participants

and non-participants. 6% kalaripayattu participants and 16% non-participants were belonging to

‘Low’ classification of psychological well being. 24% participants and 58% non-participants

were belonging to ‘Moderate’ category. 56% participants and 22% non-participants were

belonging to ‘High’ category, 14% participants and 4% non-participants were occupied in the

‘Very High’ categories.

Table 2 SCORES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING

Depiction Martial arts

participants

Non-

participants

Martial arts

participants

Non-

participants

No. of Subjects 50 50 50 50

Mean scores 216.32 204.28 223.36 211.66

Standard deviation 11.86 12.9 12.76 13.99

Difference between

means

12.04 11.7

Degrees of freedom 98 98

‘t’ value 4.87* 4.63*

*significant at 0.05 level (P<0.05)



35

From table 2, it is seen that the mean scores of psychological well being among boys with

standard deviations. The mean score of student participants in kalaripayattu on psychological

well being was 216.32 with standard deviation 11.86 where as the mean score of non-participants

was 204.28 with standard deviation 12.9 The obtained ‘t’ ratio was 4.87. Since P<0.05 it can be

concluded that there is a significant difference in psychological well being between athletes and

non-athletes among college level students (boys). It is seen that the mean scores of psychological

well being among girls with standard deviations. The mean score of girl student martial arts

participants on psychological well being was 223.36 with standard deviation 12.76 where as the

mean score of non-participants was 211.66 with standard deviation 13.99. The obtained ‘t’ ratio

was 4.63. Since P<0.05 it can be concluded there is a significant difference in psychological well

being between kalaripayattu participants and non-participants among college level girl students.

Figure-I : SCALES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING

The scrutiny and findings of the data related to this study revealed that, student participants in

Kalaripayattu; both boys and girls have performed better in most cases of subscales of

psychological well being. The over-all well being of student participants is better than non

participants among college students of north Kerala.

With martial arts participation, a child has the opportunity to interact with other and have more

experience with inter personal relationships. Psychological well being incorporates the important

aspects of inter personal relations and skills, self satisfaction, sociability , Efficiency, Mental

health etc. Participation in martial arts provides a strong platform to bond with new challenges

and life situation and thereby improving relationships with peers, adults at varied situations.

Indian type martial arts also allow children to take on leadership roles, handle adversity and

improve their time management. All this, naturally, leads the young men to improve their

psychological wellbeing and all other related qualities.

0 0 0 0 2 6

10 16 16

24

54

58

70 56 28

22 12 14 8 4

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Martial arts Participants(Boys)

Martial arts participants(Girls)

Non participants (Boys) Non participants (Girls)

Very High

High

Moderate

Low

Very low



36

CONCLUSION

Most of the studies on mental health strongly put forward the platform that the success in any

human Endeavour is dependant on one’s mental health, sociability and psychological well being

in addition to the other specific traits and skills. The ability for successful deal with daily

environmental demands ultimately influences ones over all psychological well being.

REFERENCES:

Chuan TA Chao, “Foreign language Anxiety and Emotional Intelligence: A study of EFL

Students in Taiwan”, 2003.

Dr. H.M Kasinath, Advanced Educational Psychology, VPG, Gadag, 2000.

J. C Aggarwal, Essentials of Educational Psychology, VPH ltd. New Delhi, 2001,p.115

www.2.bc.edu/-roya/htm. www.ebs.org 2015.

http://www.2.bc.edu/-roya/htm



37

A COMPARATIVE STUDY ON KICKING LEG ANGULAR

KINEMATICS OF INSTEP KICK BETWEEN MALE AND

FEMALE SOCCER PLAYERS

Shaybal Chanda* Prof. Sumanta Kumar Mondal** *Research Scholar (ICCR), Department of Physical Education, Visva-Bharati, [email protected]

** Professor, Department of Physical Education, Visva-Bharati, W.B. , India. [email protected]

ABSTRACT

The most powerful kick in football is Instep Kick. Understanding the kinematic factors of

kicking leg in an instep soccer kick is important in particular since it plays a major determinant

role in execution of an accurate and powerful kick. Initially using random technique 10 boys and

10 girls soccer players and their age was between 16 years to 22 years old were selected, then the

best 5 performances from each group was finally selected for the study. All the players

represented Bangladesh national soccer team at least for once age groups to senior level. Video-

graphic technique was use for collecting kinematic data from Sagittal plane using Cannon

EOS7D camera placing by the same side of kicking leg perpendicularly 3.20 meter away from

the ball and at 1.13 meter of height. Girls’ hip joint angles of kicking leg were found slightly

higher than the boys in all three phases GC, BC & FT. Girls mean and SD of displacement of hip

joint angle was higher than the boys. Angular mean velocity of the kicking leg at ball contact

was found higher in the boys. Close similarity was observed in kicking leg knee joint angle at

GC and BC. Mean displacement of the knee angle was higher in boys. No statistically significant

difference was found among boys and girls in kicking leg ankle angle mean displacement ground

contact to ball contact. Boys mean angular velocity of kicking leg knee at ball contact was three

times higher than the girls. Kicking leg ankle angle of boys GC to BC reduced slightly where as

for girls it was increased. No statistical significant difference was found between the two groups

in kicking leg ankle mean displacement ground contact to ball. Velocity of kicking leg ankle

angle at ball contact was higher in girls but no significant difference was observed between the

groups. Though the boys mean ball velocity was little less than double in compared to girls ball

velocity but statistically no significant difference was found due to scattered data. There was

very little difference in total velocity of kicking leg i.e. hip joint angle, knee joint angle and ankle

joint between boys and girls.

Keywords: Kinematics, Angular Displacement, Angular Velocity, Ball Velocity.

INTRODUCTION

The most powerful kick in football is Instep Kick. It refers to the laces of the boots it keeps the

ball low, powerful and on target to makes easier to make a score. Ball is kicked comfortably and

almost vertically at the back of the ball with the instep of the foot. For a desired performance toe

of the foot must be down, knee should be placed over the ball, the body should be compact and

chest over the ball and follow-through also need to be in the straight line in the direction of the

kick and short. All these will depend on the placement of the non-kicking foot that is alongside

the ball.

Kinematics is a division of classical mechanics that explains the motion of points, bodies

(objects), and systems of bodies (groups of objects) without considering the mass of each or the

forces that created the motion. It is how forces act on masses falls within kinetics. Understanding



38

the kinematic factors of kicking leg in an instep soccer kick is important in particular since it

plays a major determinant role in execution of an accurate and powerful kick.

In the above studies different kinematic issues of instep soccer kick have been studied but no

single study addressed the comparison of kinematics of soccer instep kick between male and

female focusing specifically on kicking leg. Therefore, it is the purpose of this study is to

establish comparative relationship of kicking leg in soccer instep kick between male and female

players; to investigate supporting kinematic factors and to find ratio difference in kicked ball

velocity between the two genders.

METHODOLOGY

Players were between 16 to 22 years of age.10 female and 10 male players from 17 years

Bangladesh National Women’s team camp at Kamalapur Stadium, Dhaka and BKSP, Dhaka

respectively were selected randomly those who have played for their national teams at any age

group to senior level and best kicks performed by 5 players of each group were selected for the

study and best of three trials. All the players performed the Instep kick 3 times and the best kick

was shorted for the study and from the 10 players of each group 5 best subjects were selected

from each gender group. Video-graphic technique was use for the collection of kinematic data. In

this study video clips were collected on Sagittal plane from camera placed by the same side of

kicking leg. Cannon EOS7D cameras were used to collect video data those are capable of

capturing 55 frames/ second.

Two cameras were placed 3.20 meter away from the kicking spot on the frontal or coronal plane

and one on sagittal plane 5 meter from kicking spot and all set at the height of 1.13 meter. In this

study video clips were collected only from southern camera only. Pro-trainer standard version

2D motion analysis software Kinovea was used to convert video clips into kinematic numerical

data of angular velocity of kicking leg (i.e. Hip angle, Knee angle and Ankle angle), velocity of

kicked ball, angular displacements of hip angle, knee angle and ankle angle joints and angle of

hip, knee and ankle at (a) final ground contact with the non-kicking leg, (b) ball contact with the

kicking leg and (c)maximum follow through.

In the purpose of statistical analysis scholar adopted statistical tools like: Mean, Standard

Deviation, t-test, Ratio and Product moment correlation.


Graph: 1. Kicking Leg Hip Angle

Graph: 2. Kicking Leg Hip Angle Displacement .

Ground Contact to Ball contact

236.72 236.78 5.65 11.48

301.90 306.86

5.52 3.67

350.80 367.42

30.38 47.47

θ0

Ground Contact Ball Contact Follow-through

Boys_G_Contct to…

Girls_G_Contct to…

t

65.18

70.08

0.2775

4.55 8.23

θ˚/Sec

R_Hp_Dis_SD R_Hp_Dis_M



39

Above graph stats hip joints angle for both the gender found similar at Ground Contact (GC)

2360 , Ball Contact (BC) boys 302

0 and girls 307

0, and Follow-through (FT) small difference

boys 3510 and girls 367

0, with SD in FT boys and girls had higher difference that is 30

0 and 47

0,

girls also had little higher SD of110 at GC. Table one of correlation also shows perfect positive

linear correlation.

It is observed from the table that mean-displacement at hip joint between boys and girls were

successively 70.080/sec and 65.18

0/sec and SD of girls was 8.23

0/sec higher than boys. An

independent samples t-test was used to check relationship between girls and boys ground contact

to ball contact phase displacement t (8) = 0.2775, p<0.05, but no significant difference was found

(Boys M=65.180/Sec; Girls-70.08

0/Sec)

Graph: 3. Kicking Leg's Hip Joint Angular Velocity

Graph-3 illustrates that hip joint mean velocity of kicking leg at ball contact was found with

closer difference boys 606.500/sec

2 and girls 584

0/sec

2, girls SD was 68.57

0/sec

2 is higher than

the boys 48.580/sec

2; t=0.7557, P<0.05 is no significant difference between boys and girls at

knee joint angle was found.

Graph: 4. Kicking Leg Knee Angle

Boys at BallContact

Girls at BallContact

t

606.50 584.00

0.7557 48.58 68.57

θ˚/

sec2

KL_Hp_A_V_M KL_Hp_A_V_SD

83.80 86.40

4.97 14.54

140.60 138.00

11.01 6.96

153.40 174.00

38.04 9.67

0.00

50.00

100.00

150.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

350.00

400.00

450.00

θ˚ Follow-through

Ball Contact

Ground Contact



40

Kicking leg knee angle mean between boys and girls were height at FT 153.400 & 174

0

respectively. At BC very close angle of boys and girls respectively 140.600 and 138

0. Highest SD

observed in boys at FT 38.040 whereas SD of girls was highest at GC 14.54

0. And correlation

table shows that there is strong positive correlation of 0.97 between boys and girls.

Graph: 5. Kicking leg Knee angle Displacement Ground contact to Ball contact

Kicking knee displacement mean for boys was 56.800/sec and for girls 51.60

0/sec. But standard

deviation among girls was fount 16.320/sec is higher than boys 13.14

0/sec. There was no

significant difference between male and female displayed at knee joint from GC to BC t (8) =

0.5941, P<0.05.

Graph: 6. Mean Angular Velocity of Kicking Leg knee at Ball Contact

Graph stats that angular velocity of kicking leg knee at ball contact for boys were 1314.670/sec

2

and girls 430˚/sec2 much less. Boys also had higher SD of 187.73˚/sec where as girls hand

136˚/Sec2; an independent samples t-test was used to check the differences between boys and

girls knee angles t (8) = 2.735, p<0.05 found significant difference (Boys M = 1315˚/sec2; Girls

M =430˚/sec2.)

Graph: 7. Kicking Leg Ankle Angle

0.00 20.00 40.00 60.00

KL_K_Dis_M

t

56.80 13.14

0.5941

51.60 16.32

θ˚/sec Girls Boys

0.00

2000.00

Boys Girls t

1314.67 430.00

2.735 187.73 135.99

θ˚/

sec2

KL_Kn_Ag_V_M KL_Kn_Ag_V_SD

127.60 131.00 9.81

8.83

121.40 141.20

12.01 9.98

120.00 113.80

16.94 32.04 θ˚

Ground Contact Ball Contact Follow-through



41

Graph above suggests that boys GC 127.600, BC 121.40

0 and FT 120

0. On the other hand girls

GC 1310, BC 141.20

0, and FT 113.80

0. Boys SD were little higher at GC 9.81

0, BC 12.01

0 and

half at FT 16.94 0

compared to girls GC 8.830, BC 9.98

0 and FT 32.04 is almost double from the

boys.

Graph: 8. Kicking Leg Ankle Displacement Ground Contact to Ball Contact

Kicking leg ankle mean displacement ground contact to ball contact graph shows that girls mean

ankle angle displacement 130/sec higher than boys’ 8.20

0/sec. Girls also showed higher SD

13.870/sec where as boys SD was 8.98

0/sec. There was no significant difference found between

the two groups t (8) = 0.5343, p<0.05.

Graph: 9. Mean Velocity of Kicking Leg Ankle Angle at Ball contact

Graph above demonstrate that the girls velocity of kicking leg ankle angle at ball contact was

108.330/sec

2 that was higher than boys 77

0/sec

2. Girls had higher SD value of 115.62

0/sec

2 and

on the other hand, their counterparts had 90.050/sec. t (8) = 0.6454, p<0.05 suggests there was

no significant difference between boys and girls at ankle velocity during ball contact.

Graph: 10. Ball Mean Velocity

Boys Girls t

8.20 13.00

0.5343

8.98 13.87

θ˚/

Sec

KL_Ak_Dis_M KL_Ak_Dis_SD

Boys

Girls

t

77.00

108.33

0.6454

90.05

115.62

0/s

ec2

KL_Ak_Ag_V_SD KL_Ak_Ag_V_M

Boys

Girls

T

4282.30

2677.60

0.0019

727.85

302.83

cm/sec2

Ball_V_SD Ball_V_M



42

Table: 1. Ratio of Ball velocity between Boys and Girls

Ratio of Ball velocity between Boys and Girls (cm: millisecond)

Boys Girls

Ratio 7.06:1 4.58:1

Ball’s mean velocity graph exhibits that boys’ ball velocity 4282.30 cm/sec2 was nearly double

than that of girls’ ball velocity 2677.60 cm/sec2. Boys had higher SD of 727.85 cm/sec

2 and on

the other hand girls hand SD of 302.83 cm/sec2. No significant difference was found between

two groups t (8) = 0.0019, p<0.05. And ratio table-3 depicts that ball velocity ration against time

was for Boys 7.06:1 cm/sec. and Girls 4.58:1 cm/sec.

Graph: 11. Kicking Leg Hip + Knee+ Ankle Angel Total Velocity

Kicking leg’s Hip + Knee+ Ankle Angel total angular velocity was higher in boys 1012.020/sec

2

and girls 1040.240/sec

2 though these are very close. But ball velocity of the boys was nearly

double 4282.30 cm/sec2 and girls had 2677.60

0/sec

2.

RESULTS

Boys and Girls both the groups should an incremental increase in kicking leg hip joint angle GC,

BC & FT but Girls hip angle remained all the way little higher than the boys. SD values of hip

joint angle of girls were found higher than their counterpart.

Girls’ hip joint angle mean difference was 60 less from the boys. Boys’ SD of hip joint angle

displacement was half in compared to the Girls SD.

Mean angular velocity of hip joint angle of kicking leg of boys was 230/sec

2 higher from girls.

Boy SD was 200/sec

2 less than girls also. No significant difference was found between the groups

t=0.7557, P<0.05.

At all three phases of GC, BC & FT both the groups showed incremental increase and except FT

difference between the kicking leg knee angle found close but in FT girls knee angle was approx

200 higher. Highest SD was found in boys’ knee angle at FT.

Kicking leg knee joint angle displacement found 50/sec higher in boys where as girls showed

little more SD from boys by 30/sec. No significant difference between male and female displayed

at knee joint from GC to BC t (8) = 0.5941, P<0.05.

995.00

1000.00

1005.00

1010.00

1015.00

1020.00

1025.00

1030.00

1035.00

1040.00

1045.00

0.00

500.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

2500.00

3000.00

3500.00

4000.00

4500.00

Boys Girls

θ˚/

sec2

cm/s

ec2

Ball Velocity

KL_Total_V



43

Mean angular velocity of kicking leg knee at ball contact was observed three time higher in boys

13150/sec from girls. Nearly 50

0/sec

2 of higher SD was found in the boys. An independent

samples t-test was used to check the difference between boys and girls knee angles t (8) = 2.735,

p<0.05 found significant difference (Boys M = 1315˚/sec2; Girls M =430˚/sec

2.

Boys and girls performed gradual decrease in angle mean of kicking leg angle except at BC girls

showed little irregularity with higher angle. Girls SD 320 at FT was found that is double than that

of girls.

Girls kicking leg ankle mean displacement ground contact to ball contact was found 50/sec

higher than the boys and almost the same happened with SD. No significant difference was

found between the two groups t (8) = 0.5343, p<0.05.

Velocity of Kicking Leg Ankle Angle at Ball contact was higher in girls by 210/sec

2 and SD also

by approx 150/sec

2.

Boys mean ball velocity 4282.30 cm/sec2 was little less than double in compared to girls ball

mean velocity 2677.60 cm/sec2. Boys had higher SD of 727.85 cm/sec

2 too and on the other hand

girls hand SD of 302.83 cm/sec2.

There was very little difference in total velocity of kicking leg i.e. hip joint angle, knee joint

angle and ankle joint angle together in boys 1012.020/sec

2 and girls 1040.24

0/sec

2 but ball

velocity of the boys was nearly double 4282.30 cm/sec2 from the girls had 2677.60

0/sec

2.

Girls hip joint angle of kicking leg were found slightly higher than the boys in all three phases

GC, BC & FT may be because of anatomical reason i.e. girls pelvic joint is wider than boys,

since all of the girls were well grown.

Probably due to anatomy of pelvic joint girls mean and SD of displacement of hip joint angle

were found higher than the boys.

Angular mean velocity of the kicking leg at ball contact was found higher in the boys may be

because of heavier and stronger hip joint muscles in compared to the girls.

Closer similarity was reviled in kicking leg knee joint angle at GC and BC but boys and girls

made FT with comparatively higher difference in angle as because girls Centre of Gravity (CG)

is lower than the boys thus need to come in ground contact early.

Since strength and size of leg muscles in boys is higher thus they produced little higher knee

angle mean displacement. There were no big difference in mean and SD value between boys and

girls at kicking leg Knee angle Displacement Ground contact to Ball contact thus no significant

difference was found.

Three times higher mean angular velocity of kicking leg knee at ball contact was observed

among the boys may be because of stronger quadriceps muscles of thigh in compared to the girls

that difference was statically significant.

Kicking leg ankle angle of boys GC to BC reduced slightly where as for girls it was increased.

Girls SD at FT ankle angle showed double from their counterpart.

Kicking leg ankle angle mean displacement ground contact to ball was scrutinized, no significant

difference was found between the two groups t (8) = 0.5343, p<0.05 may be because of highly

scattered data as witnessed by SD.



44

Velocity of kicking leg ankle angle at ball contact was higher in girls by 210/sec

2 may be because

of higher flexibility of joint. No significant difference was observed between the groups as

because data was highly scattered in both the groups as SD witness boys SD 900/sec

2 and girls

SD 1160/sec

2.

Boys mean ball velocity 4282.30 cm/sec2 was little less than double in compared to girls ball

velocity 2677.60 cm/sec2 but statistically no significant difference was found because of highly

scattered data as SD found for boys and girls 727.85 cm/sec2 and 302.83 cm/sec

2 respectively.

There was very little difference in total velocity of kicking leg i.e. hip joint angle, knee joint

angle and ankle joint angle together in boys 1012.020/sec

2 and girls 1040.24

0/sec

2 but ball

velocity of the boys was nearly double 4282.30 cm/sec2 from the girls had 2677.60

0/sec

2. This

might happened as because momentum is the product of Mass and Velocity and boys are higher

in body weight; on the other hand, Torque is the product of Force and Length of Moment Arm

and in this case kicking leg length of the boys is longer than girls.

CONCLUSIONS

Girls’ hip joint mean angles of kicking leg was found slightly higher than the boys in all three

phases GC, BC & FT. Girls mean and SD of displacement of hip joint angle was found higher

than the boys. Angular mean velocity of the kicking leg at ball contact was found higher in the

boys. Close similarity was reviled in kicking leg knee joint angle at GC and BC but boys and

girls made FT with comparatively higher difference in angle. Boys produced little higher knee

angle mean displacement than the girls. No statistically significant difference was found among

boys and girls in kicking leg ankle angle mean displacement ground contact to ball. Three times

higher than the girls mean angular velocity of kicking leg knee at ball contact was observed in

the boys. Kicking leg ankle angle of boys GC to BC reduced slightly where as for girls it was

increased. Though girls kicking leg ankle mean displacement ground contact to ball was slightly

higher but no statistical significant difference was found between the two groups. Velocity of

kicking leg ankle angle at ball contact was higher in girls but no significant difference was

observed between the groups. Though the boys mean ball velocity was little less than double in

compared to the girls ball velocity but statistically no significant difference was found due to

scattered data. There was very little difference in total velocity of kicking leg i.e. hip joint angle,

knee joint angle and ankle joint angle together between boys and girls, though girls were at upper

hand but ball velocity of the boys was nearly double from the girls.



45

REFERENCES

Ahsan, M. (2008). A study of linear and angular kinematic analysis of soccer instep and

inside instep foot kicks of different level players. University. Retrieved from

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in:8080/jspui/handle/10603/61886

Augustus, S., Mundy, P., & Smith, N. (2017). Support leg action can contribute to

maximal instep soccer kick performance: an intervention study. Journal of Sports

Sciences, 35(1), 89–98. https://doi.org/10.1080/02640414.2016.1156728

Clagg, S. E., Warnock, A., & Thomas, J. S. (2009). Kinetic analyses of maximal effort

soccer kicks in female collegiate athletes. Sports Biomechanics, 8(2), 141–153.

https://doi.org/10.1080/14763140902752106

Kapidžić, A., Huremović, T., & Biberovic, A. (2014). Kinematic Analysis of the Instep

Kick in Youth Soccer Players. Journal of Human Kinetics, 42, 81–90.

https://doi.org/10.2478/hukin-2014-0063

Katis, A., Kellis, E., & Lees, A. (2015). Age and gender differences in kinematics of

powerful instep kicks in soccer. Sports Biomechanics, 14(3), 287–299.

https://doi.org/10.1080/14763141.2015.1056221



46

CROSS SECTIONAL STUDY OF MINIMUM MUSCULAR

FITNESS OF SCHOOL GIRLS CHILDREN

Awadhesh Kumar Singh1, Dr. Barkha Bhardwaj

2 Dheerendra Singh3

1 Assistant Professor, DNPG College, Gualothi, Bulandshahr, UP.

2 Assistant Professor, Department of Physical Education, S.V.S. University, Meerut, U.P.

3PET, KVS, Manandragarh, Chhattisgarh.

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the study was found out minimum muscular fitness of school girls children. For

the purpose of the study, 60 female students, age 10-15 years, were selected randomly from

Simpkins School Agra U.P.. To find out the minimum muscular fitness Kraus -Weber test were

employed. The test contained six test item (Strength of the abdominal plus psoas muscles,

Strength of the abdominal minus psoas muscles, Strength of the psoas and lower abdominal

muscles, Strength of the upper back muscles, Length of back and hamstring muscles, Strength of

back and hamstring muscles). Percentile scale was applied to calculate the collected data. The

overall result of the present study on Kraus- Weber test indicate 69.35%of the school girls

children had passed in all the six test item and 30.65% could not pass in all the test item .When

the researcher consider each item of the test then the result show that in case of Strength of the

abdominal plus psoas muscles75.66% were passed and the 24.34% were failed in this test item,

in the same manner Strength of the abdominal minus psoas muscles 70.65% were pass and

29.35% , Strength of the psoas and lower abdominal muscles 64% and 36% , Strength of the

upper back muscles76.55 and 23.45%, Length of back and hamstring muscles95.66%and 4.34% ,

Strength of back and hamstring muscles35.66 %and 64.44% were failed.

KEYWORDS: kraus weber test, minimum muscular fitness, school girls

INTRODUCTION

Muscular fitness is one of the most important components of physical fitness. Many of the health

hazards and most of the disorders could be checked by maintaining a certain level of fitness. A

level of strength and flexibility measure of particular key muscular groups is necessary for the

function of the body below which the health of the individual seems to be in danger. A battery of

six muscular strength tests was prepared by Kraus and Hirchland after 18 years of clinical

experience and is a pass or fail test with one 'fail' on any of its six test items constituting a whole-

test failure. It was reported that those who failed in these tests appeared to be sick, emotionally

imbalanced and having constant strain in them.

A shift occurred in the 1900s when teachers became physical educators who emphasized sport

participation to promote the critical objectives of education, including physical fitness.

Unfortunately, physical fitness was secondary to sport and games. During the 1940s, 50s, and

60s public schools underwent intense scrutiny. The fitness status of World War II inductees was

so poor that the armed forces blamed the schools for emphasizing sports at the expenses of

physical fitness. About one- third, or 3 million, of the men examined for the Armed Services

failed their examinations because of physical and mental reasons. In 1943, the head of the

physical recreation program of the U.S. Army called for sport and play to be deemphasized and

replaced with an intense physical training program. A study of the fitness status of American

children as reported by Kraus and Hirschland, who based their results on a series of minimal



47

muscular fitness tests, found that 58 percent of American school children failed these tests,

whereas only 9 percent of European children failed the same tests. About the same time, the

release of scientific evidence that demonstrate a high degree of atherosclerosis found in autopsy

examinations of American soldiers during the Korean conflict sent shock waves through the

physical fitness and health professions.

It has been well documented that girls are less physically active than boys [3, 4, 6, 11]. For

example, one study analyzed cross-sectional PA data from the 2003–4 and 2005–6 National

Health and Nutrition Examination Survey with youth ages 6–19. The study found that females

spent significantly less time in daily moderateto-vigorous PA compared to males [27]. In another

study, 27.9% of adolescent girls were sedentary compared to 10.6% of adolescent boys.

Additionally, girls were more likely to play low-to-moderate intensity sports, while boys tended

to play high-intensity sports [28]. Given the reciprocal relationship between physical fitness and

PA, and given the gender disparity in PA, it is of great importance to investigate what physical

fitness components contribute most significantly to boys’ and girls’ PA levels in different PA

settings.

METHODOLOGY

For the purpose of the study, 60 female students, age10-15 years, were selected randomly from

Simpkins School Agra U.P.. To find out the minimum muscular fitness Kraus -Weber test were

employed. The test contained six test item (Strength of the abdominal plus psoas muscles,

Strength of the abdominal minus psoas muscles, Strength of the psoas and lower abdominal

muscles, Strength of the upper back muscles, Length of back and hamstring muscles, Strength of

back and hamstring muscles)The tests were administered in the form described by Clarke (1967).

Usually the scoring of each item is graded from pass/fail basis in addition to range of scoring

from zero to ten. Percentile scale was applied to calculate the collected data.


Result on percentage wise data analysis on minimum muscular fitness variables

Table-1: Percentage wise result on Kraus Weber Minimum Muscular Fitness Test of school girls

Variables pass fail

Strength of the abdominal plus psoas muscles 75.66 24.34

Strength of the abdominal minus psoas muscles 70.65 29.35

Strength of the psoas and lower abdominal muscles 64 36

Strength of the upper back muscles 76.55 23.45

Length of back and hamstring muscles 95.66 4 .34

Strength of back and hamstring muscles 35.66 64.34

Table-2 Overall result on Kraus Weber Test of School Girls Children

Variable Pass Fail

Composite score of all the six items 69.35 30.65

From the above result the researcher can attribute that the school from where the subject were

consider was situated in rural area for that their life style not dependable on machine like the

urban student life style. As a result of physical exertion and life style of rural student ,minimum



48

muscular fitness was developed among themselves, then that of urban people and all the students

were belonging to the middle class family, and they were not only engaged in the school but also

they play different type of recreational games during the leisure time. The researcher found that

in school curricular each class has a period of physical education class which may develop their

minimum muscular fitness.

CONCLUSION

Selected minimum muscular fitness appears to be good among school children in Simpkins

School Agra. The school going girls children have been found to have the high percentage of

pass in Kraus Weber Tests.

REFERENCES

Kraus H, Hirschland R. Minimum muscular fitness of the school children. Research

Quarterly 1954; 25: 178-188.

Mathews DK. Measurements in physical education. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders

Company.

Kraus H, Hirschland R. Muscular fitness tests and health. J Health Physical Education

and Recreation 1953; 24: 17.

For M, Janet A. Result of testing Iowa school children for health and fitness. J I!ealth

Physical Education and Recreation 1955; 26: 20

H. Kraus and R.P. Hirschland, “Minimal Muscular Fitness Test in School Children”,

Research Quarterly 25 (1954): 177-88.



49

CARDIOVASCULAR PROFILE AND ITS ASSOCIATION WITH

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, BODY COMPOSITION, SLEEP

DURATION AMONG INDIAN ADOLESCENTS 1Tahir Ramzan Bhat, Ph.D. Scholar L.N.I.P.E. Gwalior, India

2Prof. S. Mukherjee, Professor L.N.I.P.E. Gwalior, India

ABSTRACT:

The purpose of the study was to assess the relationship of physical activity, sleep duration and

body composition with cardiovascular profile. A total of Two hundred forty (240) healthy male

students age ranging from 16-19 years were recruited for this study and basic information and

details about life style were taken via questionnaire and personal examination.The lifestyle of a

person includes meal frequency, sleep duration and physical activity. These factors were

analyzed along with body mass index, weight, waist circumference, Pulse rate, Systolic blood

pressure, Diastolic blood pressure and Pulse pressure. BMI was calculated as the weight (kg)

divided by the square of height in meters (M2). Waist circumference was measured at the

midpoint between the lower costal margin and the iliac crest to the nearest 0.5 cm at the end of

normal expiration. Cardiovascular was measured by using digital blood pressure monitor (Omron

Healthcare Inc., USA). Unpaired t-test was used to see the difference existed in BMI and

Cardiovascular profile between Meal frequency, ASDN and ISDN and One-way ANOVA was

used to study if any significant differences (P<0.05) existed in the BMI and cardiovascular

Profile between the high, moderate and low physical activity groups. Pearson’s correlation

coefficient was determined to assess the relationship of physical activity with the BMI and

cardiovascular profile.

Keywords: Meal frequency, Sleep Duration, Physical activity.

INTRODUCTION:

In recent years, there have been significant transitions in the lifestyle of people across continents

and especially in the developing countries like India due to accelerated industrialization and

globalization. However, an alarming consequence of these transitions is the rise in the prevalence

of cardiovascular risk factors like sedentary lifestyle and obesity amongst the children and

adolescents. Studies from various communities across India indicate increasing prevalence of

hypertension amongst the children and adolescents. An increase body weight and sedentary

lifestyle show strong associations with hypertension amongst the children and adolescents.

Health professionals across the globe have been involved in understanding the pathophysiology

of high blood pressure amongst children and adolescents with sedentary lifestyle and increase

body weight or adiposity. A number of pathophysiological changes like increase sympathetic

activity, decrease arterial elasticity and hyperinsulinemia associated with increase body mass and

unhealthy lifestyle have been implicated in the pathogenesis of hypertension. However, not much

is reported about the causal relationship of lifestyle and body composition with blood pressure in

the Indian children and adolescents. Studies also report that differences exist in the

aetiopathogenesis of disease across varied ethnic populations and age groups

Recent studies in various populations indicate that lifestyle is one of the potential risk factor

predisposing the youth to obesity and cardiovascular risk factors. Since there is a significant rise



50

in obesity among the Indian youth and because researches indicating the role of lifestyle in

development of obesity and cardiovascular risk among Indian population are scant, the current

study was therefore undertaken to assess the relationship of lifestyle, body composition with

cardiovascular profile among adolescents.

METHODOLOGY:

A randomized study was done on 240 voluntarily participating Kashmiri adolescents of age

group 16-19 years. The participants were grouped into seven categories a. Meal frequency≤3 b.

Meal frequency>3 c. Adequate Sleep Duration at Night (≥ Seven hours, ASDN) and d.

inadequate Sleep Duration at Night (< Seven hours, ISDN) and Physical activity status (i.e. PA-

R = 1, PA-R = 2 to 3, PA-R ≥ 4) reported by the participants. The participants were later

assessed for in terms of BMI, body weight, waist circumference, pulse rate, systolic blood

pressure, diastolic blood pressure and pulse pressure.

Meal Frequency: The participants were asked to report the number of times they eat in a day

(inclusive of breakfast, lunch, dinner, snacks). Sleep Duration at Night: The participants were

asked to self-report the number of hours for which they slept during most of the nights in a week.

Sleep duration of more than or equal to 7 hours per night was considered as Adequate Sleep

Duration at Night (ASDN) and sleep duration of less than seven hours was considered as

Inadequate Sleep Duration at Night (ISDN). Physical Activity Status: The participants were

judged for their physical activity status using NASA/Johnson Space Center Physical Activity

Rating. Body Mass Index: BMI was calculated as the weight (kg) divided by the square of height

in meters (M2). Waist circumference was measured at the midpoint between the lower costal

margin and the iliac crest to the nearest 0.5 cm at the end of normal expiration. The pulse rate

and blood pressure were measured by using the HEM-907 (Omron Healthcare Inc, USA) digital

blood pressure monitor with an appropriate size cuff, from the dominant arm, with the subject

seated quietly for at least 5 min. The average of three readings was recorded for analysis. Pulse

pressure (PP) was calculated from the average values of SBP and DBP using the formula shown

below:

PP = SBP - DBP


Descriptive statistics and Pearson’s correlation coefficient was used to determine correlationship

between dependent and independent variables.

Table-1 Body composition and cardiovascular profile with meal frequency among adolescent

Variable Meal Frequency ≤ 3 (123) Meal Frequency > 3 (117) t-value p-value

Body weight 49.67±10.51 52.27±11.93 1.78 .218

Body mass Index 18.09±1.80 18.87±3.38 1.94 .185

Waist circumference 66.14±6.76 66.45±8.57 0.307 .073

Pulse Rate 80.08±11.97 80.63±10.95 .367 .363

Systolic blood pressure 115.73±10.83 115.23±10.59 .362 .240

diastolic blood pressure 73.48±7.93 72.97±8.16 .494 .489

pulse pressure 42.17±7.63 42.19±8.20 .025 .392



51

Table-2 Body composition & cardiovascular profiles with sleep duration at night among

adolescent

Variable ASDN (N=172) ISDN (N=68) t-value p-value

Body weight 48.61 ±9.80 56.83 ± 12.63 4.81 .055

Body mass Index 17.88 ±2.61 19.96 ± 3.76 4.16 .021*

Waist circumference 65.14 ±6.60 69.20 ±9.34 3.27 .007**

Pulse Rate 79.61 ±11.68 82.23 ±10.77 1.66 .369

Systolic blood pressure 115.26 ±10.46 116.05 ±11.33 0.498 .683

diastolic blood pressure 73.12 ±8.14 73.50 ±7.79 0.329 .577

pulse pressure 42.03 ±7.97 42.55 ± 7.74 0.468 .842

ASDN - Adequate Sleep Duration at Night (> 7 hours) ISDN Inadequate Sleep Duration at Night (< 7 hours)

Table-3

Body composition and cardiovascular profile with physical activity level among adolescent

Variable Low PA-G

(N=23)

Moderate PA-G

(N=139)

High PA-G

(N=78)

F-

Value

Sig.

Body weight 49.93±14.28 51.17±11.65 50.82±9.64 .126 .882

Body mass Index 18.41±3.26 18.50±3.29 18.43±2.77 .017 .983

Waist circumference 67.04±8.50 66.25±8.04 66.15±6.79 .124 .884

Pulse Rate 81.26±11.03 80.01±11.36 80.69±11.89 .166 .848

Systolic B.P. 109.13±11.10** 117.01±10.43* 114.66±10.40 5.93 .003**

diastolic B.P. 69.17±7.89* 74.05±8.18* 72.96±7.49 3.79 .024*

pulse pressure 39.86±8.18 42.79±8.41 41.61±6.66 1.68 .202

Table-4

Relationship of body composition with cardiovascular profile among adolescent

Variable Pulse Rate Systolic B.P. diastolic B.P. pulse pressure

Body weight -.041 .204** .070 .187**

Body mass Index -0.024 0.287** 0.059 0.123**

Waist circumference -0.055 0.174** 0.075 0.143*

(* P - value < 0.05, ** P - value < 0.01)

The findings of the Table-4 reveals that body composition did not show any significant

correlationship with resting pulse rate. However, body composition showed the strongest

positive correlationship with SBP followed by Pulse Pressure, DBP. BMI came out to be the

strongest positive correlate for SBP followed in a decreasing order by PP and DBP. However,

WC is found to be the strongest correlate of SBP followed by Pulse Pressure. The strongest

positive correlate for PP was found to be Weight followed by WC, and BMI.



52

Since meal frequency is not found to show any significant impact on the body composition in

this adolescent population, it probably therefore does not show any significant effect on

cardiovascular profile.

The current study shows that sleep duration does not affect the Body weight, PR, SBP, DBP and

PP in the adolescents. This is probably because of the finding that there is no significant effect of

sleep duration on the resting Sympathetic activity, which is considered to be one of the potential

mechanism through which sleep deprivation predisposes individuals to hypertension. These

results are contradictory to the findings in other studies conducted in adolescents as reported by

Sampei et al and Javaheri et al. A major reason for this discrepancy could probably be the fact

that the subjects in the current study have been grouped into ISDN and ASDN groups based on

the sleep duration reported by the subjects themselves and was not actually measured. Therefore

the amount of time reported for sleep may not be the actual time, as the subjects reported sleep

duration to be the duration from the time the subjects went to bed and woke up in the morning

which does not necessarily involve sleep.

The current study does not show any significant effect of Physical activity status on the Body

Composition and cardiovascular determinants of PR and PP. Similar findings have also been

reported earlier regarding the role of physical activity in lowering the blood pressure where no

relationship was found between physical activity and blood pressure (Brage et al, Rizzo et al,

Kvaavik et al and Soudarssanane et al). however, reports are also available that indicate a

marginal blood pressure lowering effect of physical activity in adolescents (Leary et al, Gidding

et and Fasting et al)

Enough evidence has been found from the current study which indicates a significant effect of

body composition on various cardiovascular determinants of blood pressure in the adolescent

population.

CONCLUSION:

Sleep duration and body composition start affecting the cardiovascular determinants of blood

pressure in the adolescents at an age as early as late adolescence.

Inadequate sleep duration does not influence the resting blood pressure of adolescents during the

late adolescence but it does predispose them to hypertension by causing a rise in adiposity, a rise

in vascular reactivity and a fall in vascular dispensability which are considered to be risk factors

for hypertension.



53

REFERENCES:

WHO. Diet, Nutrition and Prevention of Chronic Diseases. Report of a WHO

Consultation. WHO Technical Report Series 916. Geneva: World Health Organization,

2003.

Sampei M, Dakeishi M, Wood DC, Murata K. Impact of total sleep duration on blood

pressure in preschool children. Biomed Res. 2006 Jun; 27(3):111-5.

Javaheri S, Storfer-Isser A, Rosen CL, Redline S. Sleep quality and elevated blood

pressure in adolescents. Circulation. 2008 Sep 2; 118(10):1034-40.

Rizzo NS, Ruiz JR, Hurtig-Wennlof A, Ortega FB, Sjostrom M. Relationship of physical

activity, fitness, and fatness with clustered metabolic risk in children and 99 adolescents:

the European youth heart study. J Pediatr. 2007 Apr; 150(4):388- 94.

Kvaavik E, Klepp Kl, Tell GS, Meyer HE, Batty GD. Physical fitness and physical

activity at age 13 years as predictors of cardiovascular disease risk factors at ages 15, 25,

33, and 40 years: extended follow-up of the Oslo Youth Study. Pediatrics. 2009 Jan;

123(1):e80-6.

Gidding SS, Barton BA, Dorgan JA, Kimm SY, Kwiterovich PO, Lasser NL, Robson

AM, Stevens VJ, Van Horn L, Simons-Morton DG. Higher self-reported physical activity

is associated with lower systolic blood pressure: the Dietary Intervention Study in

Childhood (DISC)._Pediatrics. 2006 Dec; 118(6):2388-93. 100



54

COMPARATIVE STUDY OF SELECTED BREATHING

TECHNIQUES AND PRANAYAMA ON VITAL CAPACITY,

BREATH HOLD CAPACITY OF FEMALE ATHLETES

Nagle, Pooja, 1 , Gaurav, Lalitha

2

1BPEd, M.A(Yoga)., LNIPE

2 Asst. Professor, Department of Yogic Sciences, LNIPE

INTRODUCTION

The other form of breath regulatory practice is Pranayama. Pranayama means the systematic way

of exhalation, inhalation and retention. Pranayama is a Sanskrit word alternatively translated as

“extension of the prana (breath or life force)” or “breath control.” The word is composed from

two Sanskrit word: prana meaning life force (noted particularly as the breath), and either ayama

(to restrain or control the prana, implying a set of breathing techniques where the breath is

intentionally altered in order to produce specific result) or the negative form ayama, meaning to

extend or draw out (as in extension of the life force). Pranayama is the conscious awareness of

breath: the life force that both energizes and relaxes the body. It is a yogic discipline with origins

in ancient India.

The Indian tradition of Hatha yoga makes use of various pranayama techniques. The 15th

century Hatha Yoga Pradeepika is a key text of this tradition and includes various forms of

pranayama such as breath retention techniques termed kumbhaka and various body locks

(bandha). Other methods of pranayama include ujjayi breath (“victorious breath”), bhastrika

(“bellow breathing”) and nadishodhana (“balancing breath”), bhrahmari (“resonating breath”)

and so on. Pranayama consist of four discernible stages:

1. Puraka (inhalation)

2. Abhyantara kumbhaka (the mindful pause after inhalation or positive breath hold capacity).

3. Rechaka (exhalation).

4. Bahya Kumbhaka (the mindful pause after exhalation or negative breath hold capacity).

METHODOLOGY

The purpose of the study is to compare the effect of selected breathing techniques and selected

methods of Pranayama upon the vital capacity and breath hold capacity of collegiate female

athletes of L.N.I.P.E, Gwalior (M.P.0

The follow up period was limited to 8 weeks only.

The study was further restricted to measure of below mentioned pulmonary functions only

1.Vital capacity

2. Breath holding capacity

Inhale breath holding capacity (positive breath hold capacity)

Exhale breath holding capacity (negative breath hold capacity)



55

40 female athletes with 18-25years did be randomly selected from Lakshmibai National Institute

of Physical Education. All subjects were randomly be assigned into one interventional group

(treatment 1group -breathing techniques) and one control interventional group (treatment 2 group

-Pranayama) each consisting of 20 students. The groups were treated with different training

program Viz, selected breathing techniques and selected methods of pranayama in a duration

span of 30 to 45 minutes for 8 weeks Keeping the feasibility criterion in mind, especially in the

case of availability of instruments and equipment, the following variables did be chosen:

Vital capacity, Breath holding capacity, Inhale breath holding, Exhale breath holding

The training did be conducted for a period of eight weeks excluding the time consumed for

conducting the assessment did be done after completion of eight weeks separately for both

treatment 1 and treatment 2 group.

RESULTS AND FINDINGS

To find out the comparative effect of eight week of training among the groups i.e. interventional

group (TREATMENT 1 GROUP) and control interventional group (TREATMENT 2 GROUP),

the data was analysed by analysis of co-variance (ANCOVA) test. The level of significance was

set up on 0.05 level. The following are the tables of observation, descriptive and inferential

obtained and discussed:

Table No:1 : Table showing the sample size of the female athletes belonging to the two

treatment groups chosen

Value Label N

treatment_group 1.00 breathing techniques group 25

2.00 pranayama group 25

Table No:2 Table showing descriptive statistics of negative breath hold capacity of female

athletes belonging to breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group) -both the

treatment groups

Dependent Variable: negative breathhold capacity_post

treatment_group Mean Std. Deviation N

breathing techniques group 23.7600 6.96587 25

pranayama group 23.5200 7.26361 25

Total 23.6400 7.04435 50



56

Table No:3 Summary of one way ANCOVA of final scores of negative breath hold capacity of

female athletes belonging to breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group)

considering the baseline scores as covariate

Tests of Between-Subjects Effects

Dependent Variable: negative breath hold capacity_post

Source Type III Sum

of Squares

df Mean

Square

F Sig.

Negative breath hold

capacity_pre (covariate)

730.572 1 730.572 20.195 .000

treatment_group

.290 1 .290 .008 .929

Error 1700.228 47 36.175

Total 30374.000 50

Corrected Total 2431.520 49

a R Squared = .301 (Adjusted R Squared = .271)

From the table no: 3, it is evident that the f value for the treatment being 0.290 is non-significant

with df = 1/47. It indicates that the adjusted mean scores of negative breath hold capacity of the

subjects belonging to breathing techniques group (BT Group) and Pranayama group (P group)

do not differ significantly considering the initial scores of negative breath hold capacity as the

covariate. Thus the null hypothesis, stated, “There shall be no significant difference in the

adjusted mean scores of negative breath hold capacity of the female athletes belonging to

Breathing Techniques and Pranayama group considering the initial scores of negative breath hold

capacity as the covariate” is accepted. Therefore it may be concluded that the female athletes

whether perform breathing techniques or pranayama will have more or less similar beneficial

effect on negative breath hold capacity. This shall reduce the myth of magical effect of

Pranayama being the lone procedure to enhance breath related assessments

Table No:4 Table showing descriptive statistics of vital capacity of female athletes belonging to

breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group) -both the treatment groups

Dependent Variable: vita lcapacity_post

treatment_group Mean Std.

Deviation

N

breathing

techniques group

2.5760 .40649 25

pranayama

group

2.c6680 .55657 25

Total 2.6220 .48457 50



57

Table No:5 Summary of one way ANCOVA of final scores of vital capacity of female athletes

belonging to breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group) considering the baseline

scores as covariate


Dependent Variable: vita lcapacity_post

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares

Df Mean

Square

F Sig.

vitalcapacity_p

re

4.566 1 4.566 31.400 .000

treatment_grou

p

.063 1 .063 .434 .513

Error 6.834 47 .145

Total 355.250 50


a R Squared = .406 (Adjusted R Squared = .381)

From the table no: 5, it is evident that the f value for the treatment being 0.434 is non-significant

with df = 1/47. It indicates that the adjusted mean scores of vital capacity of the subjects

belonging to breathing techniques group (BT Group) and Pranayama group (P group) do not

differ significantly considering the initial scores of vital capacity as the covariate. Thus the null

hypothesis, stated, “There shall be no significant difference in the adjusted mean scores of vital

capacity of the female athletes belonging to Breathing Techniques and Pranayama group

considering the initial scores of vital capacity as the covariate” is accepted. Therefore it may be

concluded that the female athletes whether perform breathing techniques or pranayama will have

more or less similar beneficial effect on their vital capacity. This shall reduce the myth of

magical effect of Pranayama being the lone procedure to enhance lung capacity and respiratory

assessments

Table No:6 Table showing descriptive statistics of vital capacity of female athletes belonging to

breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group) -both the treatment groups

Dependent Variable: positive breath hold capacity_post

treatment_group Mean Std. Deviation N

breathing techniques group 43.9200 17.20930 25

pranayama group 34.8400 12.54884 25

Total 39.3800 15.59551 50

Table No:7 Summary of one way ANCOVA of final scores of positive breath hold capacity of

female athletes belonging to breathing techniques (BT Group) and Pranayama (P group)

considering the baseline scores as covariate



58


Dependent Variable: positive breathold capacity_post

Source Type III Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig.

postivebreathholdcapacity_pre 5657.716 1 5657.716 50.849 .000

treatment_group 569.003 1 569.003 5.114 .028

Error 5229.484 47 111.266

Total 89457.000 50


From the table no: 7, it is evident that the f value for the treatment being 5.114 is -significant

with df = 1/47. It indicates that the adjusted mean scores of positive breath hold capacity of the

subjects belonging to breathing techniques group (BT Group) and Pranayama group (P group)

differ significantly considering the initial scores of positive breath hold capacity as the covariate.

Thus the null hypothesis, stated, “There shall be no significant difference in the adjusted mean

scores of positive breath hold capacity of the female athletes belonging to Breathing Techniques

and Pranayama group considering the initial scores of positive breath hold capacity as the

covariate” is accepted. Therefore it may be concluded that the female athletes performing

breathing techniques will have more beneficial effect on their positive breath hold capacity.

Astonishingly breathing techniques used in yoga therapy modules have served better than the

traditional Pranayama techniques in enhancing the positive breath hold capacity

CONCLUSION

This study had a unique purpose of identifying the comparative analysis upon the effect of

breathing techniques with Pranayama on the breath assessments like vital capacity, positive

breath hold capacity, and negative breath hold capacity. The F value obtained through pre post

comparison between the group were non significant on negative breath hold capacity and the

vital capacity. Interestingly this shows that the breathing techniques used in yoga therapy

modules shall serve as supplement for the traditional pranayama techniques. It is obvious that

both the techniques enhance vital capacity and breath hold rates, yet breathing techniques were

not found less than pranayama in its efficacy. The positive breath hold capacity had significant

differences and the breathing technique grouo was more benefited in it than the Pranayama group



59

REFERENCES

Manapure, S.P. (2011). Effect of selected breathing techniques on respiration rate and

breath holding time in healthy adults: International journal of applied and

paramacetical technology, 2(3)

Singh savita, (2012). Effect of yoga practices on pulmonary function test including

transfer factor of lung for carbon monoxide (TLCO) in asthma patients.” : Indian

journals of physiology and pharmacology.

Gupta s.s and sawane.m(2012), A comparative study of the effects of yoga and

swimming on pulmonary functions in sedentary subjects: International journal

yoga.2012 jul-dec

Manaspure shivraj p and fadia ameet (2011), The effect of selected breathing

techniques on respiratory rate and breath holding time in healthy adults: International

Journal of Applied Biology and Pharmaceutical Technology. 2(3): 225-229.

Sarkar d. (2008), Effect of alternate nostril breathing exercise on cardiorespiratory

functions. Nepal medical college journal.



60

PREDICTING THE OUTCOME OF ICC CRICKET WORLD

CUP MATCHES

Shiny Raizada1, Amritashish Bagchi

1, Harishankar Menon

2 and Nayana Nimkar

3

1Assistant Professor, Symbiosis School of Sports Sciences, Symbiosis International (Deemed University), Pune

2Student, Symbiosis School of Sports Sciences, Symbiosis International (Deemed University), Pune

3Professor, Symbiosis School of Sports Sciences, Symbiosis International (Deemed University), Pune

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the study was to develop a model to predict the outcome of ICC Cricket World

Cup ODI matches (Limited Overs) on the basis of first innings data. These probabilities can

assist a team captain or management in considering a certain aggressive or defensive batting or

bowling strategy for the next innings. The data was collected from last two world cup

tournaments i.e. 2011 and 2015. Data of 98 matches were recorded, out of which 8 matches were

not taken into consideration due to three reasons which were 1. Match Abandoned 2. Match Tied

3. Matches resolved by Duckworth Lewis Method. The dependent variable selected for this study

was Match Outcome (Win/Loss). Team score, Total Wickets Lost, Toss, Runs Scored in

Powerplay, Wickets lost in Powerplay, Team Run Rate and the Total number of Dot balls were

selected as the predictor variables. For the purpose of this study only the first innings data was

used and in statistical technique Binary Logistic regression was used to predict the outcome of a

match (Win/Loss). It was found that the developed Logistic regression Model was significant.

According to the statistical significance of the predictor variables, they were numerically

weighted and can be used to predict the match outcome. Out of seven predictor variables only

the variable Team score was included in the prediction model with coefficient of determination

(R2) of .272 (Cox & Snell) and .363 (Nagelkerke). 72.2 % of match results were correctly

classified by the model.

Keywords: Cricket, ICC Cricket World Cup, Prediction model, Win and Loss

INTRODUCTION

Cricket is one of the many sport that require a sphere ball and a bat to play, with a different set of

rules, which makes this game unique and different from others. It has evolved over the years

starting from a test match followed by one day matches and from past few years T20 cricket has

taken a lot of attention. But still the ICC Cricket World Cup is the most prestigious tournament

of the all, which is a form of limited overs match (50 overs).

Studies have been done in cricket in terms of physiological, psychological or physical demands

of batsmen, wicket keepers, spinners and pace-bowlers in different format of play (Noakes, and

Durandt, 2000; Christie and King, 2008; Thelwell, Weston and Greenlees, 2007; Jo-Anne, 2012;

Weissensteiner, Abernethy, Farrow, and Gross, 2012; Bagchi and Raizada, 2015). Recently few

of the studies have focused on the performance analysis of individual players or a whole team by

calculating the effect size (Peterson et al., 2008a; Najdan, Robins and Glazier, 2014). But to the

best of my knowledge none of the studies have focused to develop a prediction model to predict

the outcome of the match on the basis of first innings match data.

Developing prediction models in sports could be one of the solutions to predict the match

outcome. It will help the team captain, coaches and team managers to make different tactics



61

during the half time. In Statistics, logistical regression is a popular method for predicting an

outcome (binary or multinominal) from a dataset in which one or more independent variables are

involved. These variables are also known as predictor variables and can be scale or categorical in

nature. In some cases, unstable parameters occur when the total number of Covariates is large or

highly correlated.

METHODOLOGY

Purpose of the study was to develop a model to predict the outcome of ICC Cricket World cup

matches on the basis of first innings data. The data was collected from last two world cup

tournaments i.e. 2011 and 2015 ICC Cricket World cup. Data of 98 matches were recorded, out

of which 8 matches were not taken into consideration due to three reasons which were 1. Match

Abandoned 2. Match Tied 3. Matches resolved by Duckworth Lewis Method. As one of the few

assumptions in logistic regression is that, it requires the dependent variable to be binary in

nature. Therefore, the dependent variable selected for this study was Match Outcome

(Win/Loss). Team Score (TS), Total Wickets Lost (TWL), Toss, Runs Scored in Powerplay

(RSP), Wickets lost in Powerplay (WLP), Team Run Rate (TRR) and the Total number of Dot

balls (TNDB) were selected as the predictor variables. All the data were collected from the

ESPNcricinfo website. For the purpose of this study only the first innings data was used and in

statistical technique Binary Logistic Regression was used to develop the prediction model.

Descriptive statistics was used to see the nature of data.

All the assumptions were taken care of before running the analysis. For this purpose Statistical

Package for Social Science (SPSS) version 24.0 was used. The level of significance was set at

0.05.

FINDING AND RESULT

Logistic regression does not have much key assumptions similar to linear regression and general

linear models that are based on ordinary least squares algorithms, such as linearity, normality,

homoscedasticity, and measurement level. Therefore, only the descriptive statistics (i.e. mean,

standard error of mean, standard deviation, skewness, kurtosis etc) was used to see the nature of

data and the correlation matrix was used to check the assumption of high multicollinearity

among the variables, which is one of the few assumptions that need to be fulfilled.

Table 1- Descriptive Statistics of all Scaled Variables

TS WL RSP WLP TRR TNDB

Mean 260.2111 8.1000 44.9889 1.3889 5.4058 145.4000

Std. Error of Mean 8.35919 .21379 1.54479 .11027 .13891 2.52591

Std. Deviation 79.30222 2.02817 14.65521 1.04607 1.31781 23.96289

Skewness -.376 -.751 .627 .784 .016 -.055

Std. Error of Skewness .254 .254 .254 .254 .254 .254

Kurtosis -.341 .075 .014 1.063 -.596 -.131

Std. Error of Kurtosis .503 .503 .503 .503 .503 .503



62

Table 2- Correlations Matrix

Toss TS TWL RSP WLP TRR TNDB

Toss Point Biserial correlation 1 .234* -.152 .016 .004 .246

* -.028

TS Pearson Correlation .234* 1 -.716

** .403

** -.490

** .969

** -.407

**

TWL Pearson Correlation -.152 -.716**

1 -.158 .342**

-.717**

.472**

RSP Pearson Correlation .016 .403**

-.158 1 -.439**

.454**

-.372**

WLP Pearson Correlation .004 -.490**

.342**

-.439**

1 -.461**

.319**

TRR Pearson Correlation .246* .969

** -.717

** .454

** -.461

** 1 -.568

**

TNDB Pearson Correlation -.028 -.407**

.472**

-.372**

.319**

-.568**

1

*. Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed).


One of the assumption in logistic regression is that there should not be high multicollinearity

among the independent variables. The above table of correlation matrix shows the correlation

coefficient between sets of variables and was used to check the multicollinearity assumption.

Although there is a significant correlation between the variables but none of the variable was

found to be highly correlated. And this was checked by calculating Variance Inflation Factor

(VIF) using SPSS. For all the variables the VIF value was 1, which means there was no

multicollinearity between the independent variables. Hence, we can continue with the logistic

regression analysis.

Table 3 - Omnibus Tests of Model Coefficients

Chi-square df Sig.

Step 1 Step 28.621 1 .000

Block 28.621 1 .000

Model 28.621 1 .000

As compared to -2 Log Likelihood value (i.e. 124.589) of the null model, the omnibus test of

model coefficients shows a significant decrease in the -2 Log Likelihood value (i.e. 95.967), it

means the developed model is significantly better fit than the null model.

Table 4 - Model Summary

Step -2 Log likelihood Cox & Snell R

Square

Nagelkerke R

Square

1 95.967a

.272 .363

a. Estimation terminated at iteration number 4 because parameter estimates

changed by less than .001.

Unlike linear regression in logistic regression there is no actual 𝑅2 (Coefficient of

Determination) value, which summarizes the proportion of variance in the dependent variable,

explained by the independent variable selected by the model. Higher the proportion better will be

the model. It can be seen from the above table that in the second model the value of Nagelkerke



63

𝑅2 is .363 and the value of Cox & Snell R-square is found to be .272. Both Nagelkerke and Cox

& Snell R-square values are the approximation of actual 𝑅2 value. The Nagelkerke 𝑅2 value was

considered for the developed model because in Cox & Snell R-square even for a "perfect" model

with categorical outcomes, it has a theoretical maximum value of less than 1. Nagelkerke 𝑅2 is

the adjusted version of the Cox & Snell R-square that adjusts the scale of the statistic to cover the

full range from 0 to 1 ("IBM Knowledge Center", 2018). The value of Nagelkerke 𝑅2 is .363

which means 36.3 % of the variability in the dependent variable is explained by the selected

independent variables.

Table 5 - Hosmer and Lemeshow Test

Step Chi-square df Sig.

1 3.629 8 .889

The Hosmer-Lemeshow test (HL test) is a goodness of fit test for developed logistic regression

model. It tests the null hypothesis that the fitted model is correct, which means the p – value

should be insignificant to reject the null hypothesis. In the above table, the p – value is .889

which is greater than .05. Hence the model fit is good, in other words the observed event rates

match the expected event rates in population subgroups.

Table 6 - Classification Tablea

Observed Predicted

MATCH RESULTS Percentage Correct

LOSS WIN

Step 1 MATCH RESULTS LOSS 27 16 62.8

WIN 9 38 80.9

Overall Percentage 72.2

a. The cut value is .500

The above table shows the summary of correct and wrong classification of the subjects in match

Outcome (i.e. Loss or Win) on the basis of the developed regression model. It unveils the

number of wins predicted by the logistic regression model compared to the number actually

observed and similarly the number of losses predicted by the logistic regression model compared

to the number actually observed. Overall 72.2 % of matches were correctly classified on the

basis of selected independent variables.

Table 7 - Variables in the Equation B S.E. Wald df Sig. Exp(B)

Step 1a TS .018 .004 19.093 1 .000 1.018

Constant -4.580 1.108 17.079 1 .000 .010

a. Variable(s) entered on step 1: Team Score.

The above table provides the regression coefficient (B), the Wald statistic (used to test the

significance of individual coefficients in the model) and the all-important Odds Ratio (Exp (B)).

“B” coefficients are also known as unstandardized coefficients and are used to develop the

regression equation (Bewick, Cheek & Ball, 2005). Only the variable team score is selected by

the model. Cricket is an unpredictable game where fortunes can change in a matter of time. The

result depends on many factors which works together and makes this game unpredictable. These

factors are fall of wickets in crucial situation/time, drop catch of a good batsmen, set batsmen

wicket, wrong decisions by umpire, whether condition change suddenly, pitch condition,

unexpected Run out and many more. One of the other reason that many of the variables were not



64

selected by the model is - in ICC World Cup the level of teams are not same, for example if

Canada won the toss against Australia, no matter whatever is the decision the chances of winning

the match against Australia is too less.

The unpredictable nature of this game can be understood by the following two events of cricket

timeline -

1983 WORLD CUP

In 1983, India won the ODI world cup under Kapil Devs Captaincy. It wasn’t the best team in

the tournament. It simply played the best cricket that fortnight (Ghosh, 2017). West Indies was in

its best form; they won the toss and selected to bowl first. In that era, they were considered to be

a team with world's best bowling attack. They bowled well and India got all – out at 183 runs,

which was not a good target against West Indies. India bowled extremely well, Amarnath and

Madan Lal (3–31) each took three wickets, and one memorable moment was the sight of Kapil

Dev running a great distance (about 18–20 yards) to take a catch to dismiss Richards, the West

Indies top scorer and regarded as one of the greatest batsmen of all time ("1983 Cricket World

Cup Final", 2018). And at the end India won the cup.

2017 ICC CHAMPIONS TROPHY

At the time of ICC Champions Trophy, India was the world No 1 in all formats. And in the ICC

Champions Trophy opening match of Group B India vs. Pakistan, Pakistan lost the first match by

124 runs, outclassed by India in all departments. But the results reversed in the final match of the

tournament. Even though in ICC Champions Trophy finals India won the toss and opted to bowl

first, it was Pakistan who turned out to be victorious at the end to clinch the trophy as they

defeated India by a huge margin of 180 runs (Alter, 2018).

REGRESSION EQUATION

Using regression coefficients (B) of the model shown in the table 7, the regression equation was

developed which is as follows:

Logit = -4.580 + .018 (Team Score)

Odds = 𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑖𝑡 = 𝑒−4.580+ .018 (Team Score)

P(Y) = 𝑜𝑑𝑑𝑠

1+𝑜𝑑𝑑𝑠

The above regression equation can be used to predict the match outcome (i.e. Win/Loss) of the

future ICC World Cup Cricket Matches on the basis of one predictor/ independent variables (i.e.

Team Score) of the first innings data. It will only explain 36.3 % of variability in the dependent

variable, the remaining percentage of the variability (63.7 %) may explain by some other

variables.

CONCLUSION

The developed Logistic regression Model was found to be significant. According to the statistical

significance of the predictor variables, they were numerically weighted and were used to predict

the match outcome. Only one variable i.e. Team Score out of seven variables is selected by the

model with coefficient of determination (R2) of .272 (Cox & Snell) and .363 (Nagelkerke). 72.2

% of match results were correctly classified by the model.



65

REFERENCES

1983 Cricket World Cup Final. (2018). En.wikipedia.org. Retrieved 11 February 2018,

from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1983_Cricket_World_Cup_Final

Alter, J. (2017). How Pakistan won the ICC Champions Trophy - Times of India. The

Times of India. Retrieved 11 February 2018, from

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/cricket/champions-trophy-2017/top-

stories/how-pakistan-won-the-icc-champions-trophy/articleshow/59214643.cms

Bagchi, A., & Raizada, S. (2015).Anthropometric and Physical Variables as Predictors of

Off-Spin Performance in Cricket: A Multiple Regression Study. International Journal of

Sports Sciences & Fitness, 5 (2), 314 – 322.

Bewick V, Cheek L, & Ball J. (2005). Statistics review 14: logistic regression. Crit Care,

9 (1), 112–8

Christie, C. J. & King, G. A. (2008). Heart rate and perceived strain during batting in a

warm and cool environment. International Journal of Fitness, 4, 33- 38.

Cricket Records | Records | ICC Cricket World Cup, 2010/11 | | Match results |

ESPNcricinfo. (2018). Cricinfo. Retrieved 1 January 2018, from

http://stats.espncricinfo.com/icc_cricket_worldcup2011/engine/records/team/match_resul

ts.html?id=4857;type=tournament

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1983_Cricket_World_Cup_Final

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/cricket/champions-trophy-2017/top-stories/how-pakistan-won-the-icc-champions-trophy/articleshow/59214643.cms

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/sports/cricket/champions-trophy-2017/top-stories/how-pakistan-won-the-icc-champions-trophy/articleshow/59214643.cms

http://stats.espncricinfo.com/icc_cricket_worldcup2011/engine/records/team/match_results.html?id=4857;type=tournament

http://stats.espncricinfo.com/icc_cricket_worldcup2011/engine/records/team/match_results.html?id=4857;type=tournament



66

COMPARISON OF LANDING IMPACT DURING COUNTER

MOVEMENT VERTICAL JUMP AMONG PLAYERS FROM

SELECTED SPORTS

Rahul Tiwari*, Dr. M D Ranga

**

* Research Fellow, Department of Biomechanics, SAI, NS NIS, Patiala

**Senior Scientific officer, Department of Biomechanics, SAI, NS NIS, Patiala

ABSTRACT

Counter movement jump (CMJ) on is a standard vertical jump test usually done on force

platform to measure ground reaction forces, which can be used to interpret number of important

parameters related to fitness, performance and injury prevention. Maximum landing force can be

normalized by body weight to obtain landing impact which is a direct indicator of fitness and to

find out injury probable. The purpose of this study was to compare the landing impact during

CMJ among players from Hockey, Fencing, Boxing and Wushu. The study was conducted on

231 players from all the mentioned disciplines. All the participants were part of Sports Training

Centre at Netaji Subhas National Institute of sports (NSNIS), Patiala. Each player performed

counter movement vertical jump (without arm swing) on force platform. Result of the study

indicate that hockey players recorded minimum ground reaction force while landing and Boxers

show the maximum. Landing impact basically shows the eccentric strength of the lower limb an

individual possesses, which is a trainable parameter.

KEYWORDS: Counter movement jump, vertical jump, landing impact, eccentric strength

INTRODUCTION

Jumping is a complex human movement that requires complex motor coordination between

upper and lower body segments. In particular, the propulsive action of the lower limbs during a

vertical jump has been considered particularly suited for evaluating explosive characteristics of

sedentary individuals and elite athletes (Markovic et. al., 2004). Also, since performance in most

individual and team sports depends on the athlete’s ability to produce force quickly (Newton and

Kraemer 1994), the use of reliable and valid testing procedures is beneficial for monitoring the

effects of training and for talent selection purposes.

Counter- movement jump (CMJ) (Markovic et al., 2004) measured by means of contact mats or

force plates are most reliable and widely accepted. The biomechanical characteristics of vertical

jumps allowed the possibility of studying contractile characteristics of individuals and the effect

of pre-stretch (Markovic et al., 2004). Force plates are commonly used in biomechanics

laboratories to measure ground forces involved in the motion of human or animal subjects (Cross

1999). A force plate is simply a metal plate with one or more sensors attached to give an

electrical output proportional to the force on the plate. The sensor can either be a strain gauge or

a piezoelectric element. The force plate is becoming a basic tool used in the study of jumping

activities, as it provides a direct measure of one of the principle components responsible for a

jump to occur – the force.

Standing vertical jump is becoming a popular test to perform on force platform to measure

ground reaction forces (Linthorne 2001). In a counter movement jump, the jumper starts from an

upright standing position, makes a preliminary downward movement by flexing at the knees and



67

hips, then immediately and vigorously extends the knees and hips again to jump vertically up off

the ground. A countermovement jump is an example of a movement that benefits from the

‘stretch–shorten cycle’ (Komi 2003). Many human movements such as running, jumping, and

throwing involve muscle actions in which the desired motion is preceded by a movement in the

opposite direction. The muscles are said to be ‘pre-stretched’ before shortening in the desired

direction. Experiments have demonstrated that a pre- stretch enhances the force production and

work output of the muscles in the subsequent movement (Linthorne 2001, Komi 2003).

METHODOLOGY

Purpose of this study is to compare the landing impact during standing vertical jump on force

platform with an objective to find out the injury probable in different discipline. A total of 230

players from all the mentioned disciplines participated in the study. All the participants were part

of Sports Training Centre at Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports (NSNIS), Patiala. Mean

weight and height of the participants are mentioned in table 1

Table 1: Number of players from each discipline with their body mass and height.

S. No. Discipline No. of Players Average Body mass (Kg) Average Height (cm)

1 Boxing 23 58.33 ± 13.19 167.3 ± 8.1

2 Fencing 61 62.38 ± 13.26 170.8 ± 7.5

3 Hockey 107 52.92 ± 9.20 164.2 ± 5.7

4 Wushu 39 48.94 ± 11.91 158.9 ± 4.3

Total 230 55.27 ± 12.23 165.3 ± 6.4

After finishing self-selected warm up for five minutes, players were instructed to perform

counter movement vertical jump (CMJ) on force platform. They were directed to perform CMJ

by keeping hands on their waist, so that the advantage of arm swing to generate momentum is

neglected and the jump is depended only on lower limb’s movements.

Peak vertical landing force (VGRF) was measured using data obtained from a force platform

(Kistler 9281EA, Switzerland) working with sampling frequency of 200Hz. Body Weight was

measured on the force plate, which was calibrated prior to each measurement. Peak vertical

landing force was obtained by identifying the highest value during the landing phase, which was

then normalize by body weight.

One-way analysis of Variance (ANOVA) was conducted to examine whether there was

significant difference among the groups. Significant effects were observed using Tukey post-hoc

test. An alpha level of p<0.05 was used as a criterion for significance in all statistical

comparisons.


The mean and Standard deviation (SD) of the results from CMJ are presented in Table 2. The

table shows the body weight of participants, maximum (peak) vertical force recorded while

landing and Landing Impact from different groups. Hockey players recorded minimum landing

impact followed by Wushu and Fencing. Players from Boxing recorded maximum landing

impact.



68

Table 2: Body Weight, Maximum Landing Force and Landing Impact of the players from group.

S. No Discipline Body weight (BW) (N) Max. Landing Force (N) Landing Impact (xBW)

1 Boxing 527.22 ± 129.39 3342.73 ± 1198.73 5.99 ± 2.15

2 Fencing 611.96 ± 130.11 3119.72 ± 1304.48 5.13 ± 1.91

3 Hockey 519.22 ± 90.34 2438.48 ± 1.45 4.70 ± 1.45

4 Wushu 480.10 ± 116.89 2236.00 ± 774.39 4.78 ± 1.62

Total (Average) 542.22 ± 119.97 2673.35 ± 1094.23 4.95 ± 1.72

Table 3: One Way ANOVA for Landing Impact among the group.

Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Ratio

Between Groups 34.49 3 11.50 4.027*

Within Groups 647.99 227 2.85

Total 682.47 230

*Significant at 0.05 level

df (3,227) = 2.65

The analysis revealed that the F-ratio was significantly significant (F=4.027), as obtained F-

ration was greater than the tabulated F-Value of 2.65 required for being significant at 0.05 level.

Tukey post hoc test was applied to find out the significance of difference between the paired

means, which is presented in Table 4, which shows Boxers recorded significant difference in

comparison to landing impact with hockey players and Wushu players. No significant difference

was found between other disciplines.

Table 4: Post Hoc Test (Tukey) for Landing Impact among the group

Group Mean difference p-value

Boxing Fencing 0.86 0.162

Hockey 1.29* 0.006*

Wushu 1.21* 0.033*

Fencing Boxing -0.86 0.162

Hockey 0.42 0.399

Wushu 0.35 0.737

Hockey Boxing -1.29* 0.006*

Fencing -0.42 0.399

Wushu -0.07 0.995

Wushu Boxing -1.21* 0.033*

Fencing -0.35 0.737

Hockey 0.07 0.995

* The mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level.

Hockey players are experiencing minimum VGRF followed by Wushu players, and Boxers are

experiencing maximum.

During the landing phase, an athlete is exposed to a considerable magnitude of ground reaction

force, particularly the landing impact at initial contact. Muscle groups of the lower extremity

work eccentrically (Hoffman et al., 2005). It has been well documented that unaccustomed



69

eccentric muscle action cause greater muscle damage than concentric muscle actions (Hori et al.,

2008 and Szymanki 2001). Furthermore, there are some unsubstantiated claims that landing

impact may cause injuries to the athlete, such as cartilage degeneration, stress fractures, and

tendinitis (Hori et al., 2008 and Humphries et al., 1995). Eccentric strength can be expressed in

general as the control of an individual to his muscles.

The high value of VGRF recorded by Boxers in present study indicate that they need to focus

much on lower body strength (in particular, eccentric) during training. The coaches, training staff

and players have to understand the fact that the maximum benefit of kinetic chain principle and

momentum transfer can be taken only with the sufficient leg strength. On the other hand, lower

VGRF recorded by Hockey players indicate, the regular involvement of lower limb strength

training in their regime. The nature of the sports, which involve running to tackle and carry the

ball also support the findings.

Impact forces along with the importance of eccentric action of lower limb muscles have

previously been studied when landing from different heights by many researchers. Some had

studied on drop landing (Seegmiller & McCaw, 2003; Pflum et al., 2004; Kernozek et al., 2005

and Chang et al., 2012) some on standing vertical jump (Dufek & Bates, 1990; Decker et al.,

2003; Kulas et al., 2006; Zhang et al., 2008; Blackburn & Padua., 2009; and Wallace et al.,

2010), While others on weighted vertical jump (Humphries et al., 1995; and Hori et al., 2008)

The mean peak GRF ranged from 2.19 to 4.91 times body weight during various mentioned

types of landing. Present study recorded higher peal VGRF than the above-mentioned researches.

CONCLUSION

The Boxers in the present study experience maximum landing impact, which is a clear indicator

of weak eccentric strength. Although boxers don’t really need any jumping activity during game

but nobody can deny the fact that momentum to punch in boxing starts from foot by transferring

VGRF. Lower value of landing impact is a true indicator of good eccentric strength, means less

chances of getting injury to ankle, knee and back.

REFERENCES

Blackburn JT, Padua DA. Sagittal-plane trunk position, landing forces, and quadriceps

electromyographic activity. Journal of athletic training. 2009 Mar;44(2):174-9.

Chang JS, Kwon YH, Kim CS, Ahn SH, Park SH. Differences of ground reaction forces

and kinematics of lower extremity according to landing height between flat and normal

feet. Journal of back and musculoskeletal rehabilitation. 2012 Jan 1;25(1):21-6.

Cross R. Standing, walking, running, and jumping on a force plate. American Journal of

Physics. 1999 Apr;67(4):304-9.



70

Decker MJ, Torry MR, Wyland DJ, Sterett WI, Steadman JR. Gender differences in

lower extremity kinematics, kinetics and energy absorption during landing. Clinical

biomechanics. 2003 Aug 1;18(7):662-9.

Dufek JS, Bates BT. The evaluation and prediction of impact forces during landings.

Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise. 1990 Jun;22(3):370-7.

Hoffman JR, Ratamess NA, Cooper JJ, Kang JI. Comparison of loaded and unloaded

jump squat training on strength/power performance in college football players. Journal of

Strength and Conditioning Research. 2005 Nov 1;19(4):810.



71

COMPARATIVE STUDY ON SOCIAL SUPPORT

AMONG VARIOUS SPORTS OF MALE

AND FEMALE ATHLETES

Sushmita Choudhaury1, Rahul Sonava2, Shipra Srivastava3

1. Master degree (LNIPE, Gwalior), 2. Master degree (LNIPE, Gwalior), 3.PhD scholars (Lnipe Gwalior)

ABSTRACT:-

The purpose of the study is to measure the social support among the three format of sports and

also to see which factor is dominating in the support. In this study 60 male and female were

taken from various types of sports and their age group was 18-23 years. The statistical tool used

in the study was Two way ANNOVA and it is been found that there is no significant difference

among male and female social support but the significant difference is been found in the family

group support comparing to other and friend group and combative sports have significant

difference comparing to indigenous games. Similarly no significant difference found in

combative sports and water sports at 0.05 level.

INTRODUCTION:-

The laurence of any athletes not only depend on dedication, hard work and on the athlete own

self. The athlete is built by the social support aspect also in which his coaches, family, peer

group, other teachers and many more supports leads the athlete to the path of success. The social

support is one of the important phenomena which lead the athlete to build as a strong personality.

This social support enhances all the psychological strength which an athlete need during the

competition or in the bouts. The social support raise many psychological factors like confidence,

motivation level, need for achievement, focus and many more in an athlete. Social support is

highly required for achieving success as because success is highly dependent on social support.

METHOD:-

This study of social support was done on questionnaire called as Multidimensional Scale of

Perceived Social Support (MPSS) developed by Zimet, Dahlem, Zimet & Farley in 1988. The

questionnaire is having twelve questions and this questionnaire measures other support, family

support and friends support of an athlete. The study was conducted on 60 athletes , age group18-

23 years of LNIPE campus in which male and female athletes of combative sports, water sports

and indigenous games were taken. For the study statistical tool applied that is Two way

ANNOVA.

SCORING:-

The study is based on questionnaire called as Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social

Support (MPSS) on 60 subjects.

To calculate mean scores:

Significant Other Subscale: Sum across items 1, 2, 5, & 10, then divide by 4.

Family Subscale: Sum across items 3, 4, 8, & 11, then divide by 4.

Friends Subscale: Sum across items 6, 7, 9, & 12, then divide by 4.

Total Scale: Sum across all



72

Table 2 Tests of Between-Subjects Effects

Dependent Variable: social support

Source Type III Sum of Squares df Mean Square F

Corrected Model

Intercept

ss 17.853 2 8.926 6.707

gm 15.122 2 7.561 5.681 1.00

ss * gm 6.497 4 1.624 1.220 2.00

Error 227.591 171 1.331

3.00

Total

game 1.00

Corrected Total

2.00

a. R Squared = .148 (Adjusted R Squared = .108)

Table 3 Post Hoc Tests

Dependent Variable: social support LSD

(I) subscale M D (I-J) Std. Error Sig.

other friend .0500 .21063 .813

family -.6417* .21063 .003

friend other -.0500 .21063 .813

family -.6917* .21063 .001

family other .6417

* .21063 .003

friend .6917* .21063 .001

Based on observed means.

The error term is Mean Square(Error) = 1.331.

*. The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

Game Multiple Comparisons

Dependent Variable: social support LSD

(I) game M D (I-J) Std. Error Sig.

combat sport indigenous .7083

* .21063 .001

swimmer .3125 .21063 .140

indigenous combat sport -.7083

* .21063 .001

swimmer -.3958 .21063 .062

swimmer combat sport -.3125 .21063 .140

indigenous .3958 .21063 .062

Based on observed means.

The error term is Mean Square(Error) = 1.331.




73

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION:-

The study shows that the social support has significant difference in combative sports and

indigenous sports and significant difference is been seen in family support comparing to other

and friend group as because family plays vital role in any sportspersons life comparing to the

other factors and friend group. As it is been found that combative sports is having more

popularity in world level comparing to the indigenous games as indigenous games are not so

famous too. Similarly the interest towards the games also goes down as urbanization is reducing

the trends of indigenous games and increasing the trend of combative sports. The family support

is always high in comparison to friends and other factors. It is because a child is first closer to his

family than friends and others. And after being an athlete family is more supportive than friends

and other.

RECOMMENDATION:-

1. This study can be conducted on different format of sports like team games and individual

sports.

2. This study can be conducted on different age group athletes.

3. This study can be conducted on particular gender also.

4. This study can be done on elite level of athletes like international players or Olympians and

etc.

REFERENCE:-

Jarvie Grant (2012) Sport, Culture and Society: An Introduction, second edition

Routledge Taylor and Francis Group publication London and New York.

Prettyman Spickard Sandra, Lampman Brian (2011) Learning Culture through Sports:

Perspectives on Society and Organized Sports Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Houlihan Barrie, Malcolm Dominic Sport and Society: A Student Introduction

SAGE. Copyright.

https://books.google.co.in/url?id=WQa_AAAAQBAJ&pg=PP1&q=http://www.rowman.com&clientid=ca-print-rowman_littlefield&linkid=1&usg=AFQjCNHXU8r7aprxcyiZwShK5lFL4VXdJw&source=gbs_pub_info_r

https://books.google.co.in/url?id=I6ZiCgAAQBAJ&pg=PA1&q=http://www.sagepub.co.uk&linkid=1&usg=AFQjCNHYWD-wWi_pBOTV1yvI8ZXgYKP8vA&source=gbs_pub_info_r

https://books.google.co.in/books?id=I6ZiCgAAQBAJ&printsec=copyright&source=gbs_pub_info_r



74

KINEMATIC ANALYSIS OF BADMINTON CROSS COURT

DROP SHOT

Mottakin Ahmed1 and Pradeep Kumar

2

1. PhD Scholar L.N.I.P.E.Gwalior

2. T.G.T. Presidium Gurgaon

ABSTRACT

The motive of the study was to explore the difference of selected kinematic variables in cross

court drop shot of Badminton between Intermediate and advance players. Videography technique

was used in order to check the performance of the subjects in performing skill cross court Drop

Shot. The Nikon D- 3100 camera was used which has frequency is of 30 frames per second. The

videograph was taken in the horizontal (sagital) plan. Three trial were given out of three best

performance was selected the selected phases were taken out from the video by using Kinovea

8.23 software. Through the software, angle of knee joint, angle of ankle joint, is found out from

the photographic sequence. The best performance in cross court drop shot was used as the

criterion measure for the study. The data was analyzed by using independent t test (Verma, 2012,

p.311) is used to find out the difference of the selected kinematic variables with the performance

cross court drop shot in badminton. The biomechanical variables were consisting of selected

angular kinematic variables i.e. Angle of knee joint, angle of ankle joint during point of contact

of cross court drop shot in badminton. In result it was found that angle of ankle joint and knee

joint plays a significance role in cross court drop shot in Badminton

Key words: Cross court, Sagital Plan, Knee joint, Ankle joint, Kinovea

INTRODUCTION

The Science of Sports Biomechanics is the quantitative based scientific analyze of proficient

athletic sports. It is the study of scientific method and mechanic to study the effect of various

focuses on the sports performer. Research involves investigating and testing the things and

formulating new theories and principles at high level of sports performance researchers

associated with discipline of Biomechanics. In sports, people study the analysis and

interpretation of the performance of athletes. There emphasis is to know the reason of their high

performance. Since biomechanics is essentially the science of movement technique (Gerald,

1984, p.9). Badminton is a Racket game played with shuttlecock over a net. Badminton is a court

game may be played indoors or outdoors. Drop shot is the stroke which hit the shuttle ant it flies

over the net very smoothly and land in nearby net. It is one of the most useful overhead strokes

unlike the other two clear and smash, it is a airy stroke, relying on deception and touch, don’t

required more power, for its success.

METHODOLOGY


Total ten no of male [N=10] badminton players out of which Five male [N=5] Right handed

Advance Badminton players (who represented intervarsity/state) and Five[N=5] male Right

handed intermediate badminton players who have been learning badminton since one year or

more(not played any tournament) of Lakshmibai National institute of Physical Education,

Gwalior from the Badminton match practice group were selected as the subject for the present



75

study and there range of mean age, mean height and mean weight were 19±.75 years,

169.9±4.55 cm and 63.4±6.55kg respectively.

EXPERIMENTAL FILMING PROTOCOL

Videography was used for the biomechanical kinematics analysis of Forehand cross court drop

shot. The camera that used for the study was a standard Nikon D3100 (with motor drive). The

video camera was organized on the tripod stand at the height of 1.05 mts. from the ground. The

video camera was placed perpendicularly at side line of badminton court the sagital plane at a

distance of 3.20 mts. The frequency of the camera was30 frames/second. The subjects performed

the skill three times and the best trail was used for the analysis.

FINDINGS

The results of the independent t test which were obtained in order to ascertain the difference of

selected angular kinematics variables i.e. Knee joint and Ankle joint are mentioned in table-1

Table-1: Descriptive statistic of selected angular kinematic variables of cross court drop shot

Variable

Std. Error

Group N Mean SD

Intermediate 5 165.20 10.23 4.57

KNEE JOINT

Advance

5 138.50 18.21 6.40

Intermediate 5 115.20 23.63 10.56

ANKLE JOINT

5 125.50 12.17 5.44

Advance 5

Table-1 reveals that mean and standard deviation of knee joint and ankle joint of Intermediate

Badminton players i.e., 165.20 ± 10.23, 115.20±23.63, and on the other hand mean and standard

deviation of Advance badminton players i.e., 138.50 ± 18.21, 125.80 ± 12.17, respectively. The

mean differences of both the group are also graphically represented in figure 1:

Table-2: comparative study of selected angular kinematic variables with cross court drop shot

Variables Levine’s Test for t-test for equality of Means

Equality of variance

F sig T df p-value

Knee joint 0.227 0.64 2.66 8 0.027*

Ankle joint 0.218 0.64 2.83 8 0.024*

The finding of table-3 showed the outcome of the Levine’s Test for Equality of Variances for the

homogeneity of the variance within group in which significance value in case of all angular



76

kinematic variable is greater than the level of significance [p>0.05] so in that case all selected

variables were not violated.

The outcome of the t test for equality of means in case all angular kinematics variable is less than

the level of significance [p<.05].researcher may conclude that null hypothesis is rejected at 5%

as t-value is significant. Hence researcher can reveal that angle of knee joint and angle ankle

joint plays significant role in to execute the cross court drop shot

DISCUSSIONS OF FINDINGS

The finding showed, the Angular kinematic variables showed significant difference in between

the angle at knee and ankle joint. It could be understood that to deliver cross court drop shot one

has to extend the knee joint and ankle joint which increases the lever of human body more the

height better the performance. Although, there is a significant difference between both (Knee

joint angle and Ankle joint) the variables but, it cannot be concluded that the angle at knee and

ankle joint is only the dominating factor to influence performance. So many other factors

mentioned above influence the technique of this particular skill directly or indirectly

REFFERENCES

Kurdson, D., “Fundamental of Biomechanics.” United Kingdom: Plenum Publisher.

(2003) pp.6-7.

Hochmuth, G., “Biomechanics of athletic Movement.” Sportsverloug; Berlin (1984) p.9.

Brahm, et al.,“Badminton hand book’’ Myer & Myer; UK (2010) pp.1-14.

Miller, D. et al.,“Biomechanics of Sports.” Henry Kempton; London (1973) pp. 119-120

James, G. H.,“The Biomechanics of Sports Techniques.” Englewood Cliffs N.J: Prentice

Hall Inc; UK (1993) p. 2.

Hussain, I., et al.”Video graphical analysis of short service in badminton.” Journal of

Education and Practice. 2(2), 2015: 104-111

Nagasa, et al.,”Smash motion analysis for Badminton from image” Processing of the

image electronic and visual computing workshop, kuching Malaysia (2012)

Huang, et al., “Analyze the performance of three different backhand overhead strokes.”

International journal of sports biomechanics. 2(3), 2006: 123-125



77

A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF GROUP COHESION BETWEEN

WINNERS OF WEST ZONE INTERVARSITY AND ALL INDIA

INTER ZONAL WOMENS FOOTBALL TEAMS

Ms Tenzing Norzom Bhutia, Ms Shweta Sen

ABSTRACT

The study was frame to compare the team cohesiveness between the women footballers, winners

of the West Zone Intervarsity and All India Inter Zonal (2017-18) teams. The subjects of the

study were the teams who procured the position of 1st,2

nd and 3

rd in the above tournament. The

study consisted of total 100 subjects (50 West Zone Intervarsity medalist and 50 All India Inter

Zonal medalist) with age ranges from 17-24 years (mean and standard deviation = 20.03 ±1.3).

Team cohesion was gauged by using the Group Environment Questionnaire (GEQ) by Lawrence

R. Brawley, Albert V. Carron and W. Neil Widmeyer (1987) . The descriptive statistic and

independent t-test was used as the statistical tool at 0.05 level of significance. The result of the

study showed that winners of the All India Inter Zonal team have higher team cohesion than the

winners of West Zone Intervarsity women footballers. Thus explaining that the team

performance does matter with the level of team cohesion and that it is one of the contributory

factors for achieving the victory.

INTRODUCTION

Teamwork is essential to life. It blends the talent and strength of individuals (Pat Riley,

Basketball Coach). Group cohesion is how much individuals need to add as an individual to the

gathering 's capacity to proceed as a work unit. Cohesiveness develops over time out of

interpersonal and group-level attraction, through collaboration, and as a result of a sense of

belonging. Where the word cohesion itself means sticking together. Festinger et al. (1950)

defined group cohesion as the sum of forces that influence members in whether to remain part of

a group. In sports it is a well established principle that a group with its individuals working

together is far more effective than the same individuals working independently of one another

(Cox 2000). A renounced Sport Psychologist defines group cohesion as “a dynamic process

which is reflected in the pursuit of goal” (Carron 1982). Within this, there are two further

dimensions of cohesion:

Task cohesion: the degree to which members of a team work together to achieve a specific and

identifiable goal.

Social cohesion: the degree to which members of a team like each other and enjoy

personal satisfaction from being members of the team.

While we talk of cohesion in team sport, football, the game played by eleven playing members

on each side usually is built with 20 plus members. In such sport with a team consisting many

individuals training together to achieve a common goal has to have positive attitude towards one

another and the goal to become successful. The well quoted line by Michael Jordan “talent wins

games, but teamwork and intelligence wins championships” amplifies the concept and necessity

of a good combination of task cohesion and social cohesion the dimensions stated above. Studies

so far has revealed the relationship of team cohesion and performance is positive but its

difference at certain level is rarely compared. Thus, the present study aim at comparing the team



78

cohesion between the winners of West Zone Intervarsity players and All India Interuniversity

(2017-18) women’s football team.

METHODOLOGY

For the study one hundred woman footballers were selected out of which fifty were the medal

holders of Inter University –west zone (Goa Uni., Mumbai Uni. and LNIPE) and fifty were the

medal holders of All India Inter Zonal Women’s Football (2017-2018) (Anamali Uni.,

Thiruvalluvar Uni. and Madras Uni.) were selected as the subjects. The age ranges from 17-24

years (mean and standard deviation = 20.03 ±1.3). The Group environment Questionnaire

(GEQ) by Lawrence R. Brawley, Albert V. Carron and W. Neil Widmeyer (1987) was used to

investigate the level of team cohesion among the different levels of University players. The GEQ

have four factors i) Individuals Attraction Towards Group – Social (ATG-S) ii) Individuals

Attraction Towards Group-Task (ATG-T) iii) Group Integration-Task (GI-T) and iv) Group

Integration-Social (GI-S) with total 18 items. The answer was optioned from score 1 to 9 with 1

being ‘strongly disagree’ and being ‘strongly agree’ to read the statement and give their views.

The subjects were asked to fill the questionnaire during the tournament days. The data thus

collected were computed using the SPSS software to calculate the independent t test to find out

the differences, if any between the women football players at different levels of Indian

University Games.

RESULTS

As determined earlier goal of this study is to compare the team cohesion between the different

level of winning teams, therefore the results this empirical investigation are presented in the

preceding tables.

Table 1 Descriptive Statistics on Group Cohesion

All India Varsity Winners

and West Zone Inter Zonal

Winners

N Mean Std.

Deviation

Std.

Error

Mean

Individual Attraction to

the Group-Social (ATG-S)

Inter Zonal winners 50 36.80 4.74 .67

west zone winners 50 32.70 7.49 1.06

Individual Attraction to

Group-Task(ATG-T)


west zone winners 50 27.68 6.00 .85

Group Integration-

Task(GI-T)



Group Integration-

Social(GI-S)

Inter Zonal winners 50 25.48 7.40 1.05




79

Table 1 represents that the mean score of 3 of the factors are greater in three factors of ATG-S,

GI-T and GI-T and almost equal in the GI-T factor.

Table 2

Table 2 represents that there is significant difference in three factors and not significant in

one factor.

DISCUSSION OF FINDINGS

The study was carried out on Women’s Football Teams with 50 players each from Inter Zonal

medal holders and West Zone medal holders from different Universities to compare the team

cohesiveness among the above said teams. After applying the standard questionnaire to obtained

response and statical treatment the result shows that there was significant difference in the three

factors of the GEQ i.e. Individual Attraction to Group-Social, Group Integration-Task and Group

Integration-Social proving that the winners of the All India Inter Zonal team had much higher

cohesiveness than the West Zone team members. Whereas there was no significant difference in

the Group Integration- Task among the two group of teams. Such result makes us look at the

study done by Lenk (1969) shows that the social cohesion was not important component in

achieving a successful performance, but in its contrast Carront et al. (2000) proves that both the

task and social cohesion contributes to the better performance. Referring to the latest study and

result obtained we understand that the team cohesion have been one of the important factor for

the winners of the All India Inter Zonal University to achieve the victory and the winners of the

West Zone Inter University not to achieve the medals at the same tournament. While for the

insignificant difference obtained we can say that because the winners of the West Zone Inter

University are also one of the teams who have been the highest achiever of the tournament, only

one step lower have a good score and equally indulges in the activity or task which aims to

achieve a team goal rather than working on personal improvement or growth. In toto we can say

that along with the physical factors like the fitness level, the skill level etc, psychomotor abilities

and other environmental factors the psychological factor (team cohesion) , also contributes

immensely.

t df Sig. (2-

tailed)

Mean

Difference

Individual Attraction

to the Group-Social

Equal variances assumed 3.270 98 .001 4.10000

Equal variances not

assumed

3.270 82.833 .001 4.10000

Individual Attraction

to Group-Task


Equal variances not

assumed

2.297 98.000 .024 2.76000

Group Integration-

Task

Equal variances assumed .125 98 .901 .20000

Equal variances not

assumed

.125 88.527 .901 .20000

Group Integration-

Social


Equal variances not

assumed

2.369 95.928 .020 3.80000



80

REFERENCES

Cox H. Richard (2000) ‘ Sport Psychology Concepts and Applications’, 5th

edition,

McGraw-Hill Humanities pp 329-335.

Onojaife Lauran, Kevin Pietersen: The Importance of team cohesion.

http://believeperform.com/coaching/teambuilding/kevin-pietersen-the-importance-of-

team-cohesion/

Brawley Lawrence R., Carron Albert and Widmeyer W. Neil (1987,9), Assessing the

Cohesion of Teams: Validity of the Group Environment Questionnaire.

https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/2b09/36579dec31e77580ce61b4af53cf15d81073.pdf

Lumen, Boundless Management. Factors Influencing Team Performance.

https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-management/chapter/factors-influencing-

team-performance/

Jarvis Matt (2004) ‘Sport Psychology’, Routledge Taylor and Francis Group London and

New York pp 89-94.

Weinberg Robert S., Gould Daniel (2015), ‘Foundations of Sport and Exercise

Psychology’, Human Kinetics pp 175-197.

Singh Agayajit (2013) ‘Sport Psychology for Coaches’, Khel Sahitya Kendra pp 277-280.

http://believeperform.com/coaching/teambuilding/kevin-pietersen-the-importance-of-team-cohesion/

http://believeperform.com/coaching/teambuilding/kevin-pietersen-the-importance-of-team-cohesion/

https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/2b09/36579dec31e77580ce61b4af53cf15d81073.pdf

https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-management/chapter/factors-influencing-team-performance/

https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-management/chapter/factors-influencing-team-performance/



81

PHYSIOLOGICAL PROFILE OF YOUNG INDIAN JUDOKAS

Subrata Dey1, Anupal

1, Snehangshu Biswas

2, Neha

3, Tambi Medabala

4

1.Research Fellow, 2. Junior Scientific Assistant, 3. Scientific Assistant , 4. Junior Scientific Officer

ABSTRACT

This study was the level of aerobic fitness and anaerobic power of young well trained judo

players. Judo is a weight-classified, high-intensity combat sport where the athlete attempts to

throw the opponent onto his/her back or to control him/her during groundwork combat. Total

twenty (N=20), (male-10; height 173.19±6.73cm, weight 78.04±15.06kg) and (female=10;

height 159.69 ±5.43cm, weight 59.11±7.95kg) volunteers were taken from sports person

belonging to Centre of excellence (COE) inmates of Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports,

Patiala. All the volunteers were in the age range of 18 to 28years.Aerobic fitness test by measure

20 m shuttle run test. Running based Anaerobic test (RAST) was used to measure the anaerobic

power of the players. Results indicated that the mean (SD) of relative maximum oxygen

consumption VO2 max (ml/kg/min) of judo male 55.22±4.8. But in the case of female combative

40.83 ±7.81. And the anaerobic power indexes (watts) like maximum power, minimum power

and average power was less as per international level. Fatigue index (FI) was also assessed.

Keywords: Combat sport, VO2 max, anaerobic power, fatigue index, training adaptation, judo

performance

INTRODUCTION

Competitive judo demands high-intensity intermittent actions, in which optimal physical

attributes are necessary in order to achieve technical-tactical development and success in combat

(Bohnnon, J. 2012 and Franchini et al., 2001). Actually, high training loads, which require

successful and coordinated actions, are applied to judokas in order to achieve high sport’s

performance. Since judo is a sport including weight categories (Artioli G et al., 2010) a major

training goal is the achievement of an optimal weight through the combination of restricted diet

and aerobic training, usually aiming to decrease fat mass rapidly (De Cree et al., 1993).

Competitive success in combat sports which originate from ancient skills such as judo, depends

on several factors among which we also find physiological characteristics.

The aerobic power (VO2 max) and capacity (indirectly evaluated by metabolic or ventilatory

thresholds) are considered relevant to the judo performance (Franchini et al., 2007; Muramatsu et

al.,1994), although conflicting evidence has been published concerning the influence of the

aerobic fitness variables on the judo-related performance (Borkowsky et al., 2001; Franchini et

al., 2005).

METHODOLOGY


The study was conducted on total twenty (N=20), (male-10; height 173.19±6.73cm, weight

78.04±15.06kg) and (female=10; height 159.69 ±5.43cm, weight 59.11±7.95kg) judo players.

The volunteers were taken from sports person belonging to Centre of excellence (COE) inmates

of Netaji Subhas National Institute of Sports, Patiala. All the volunteers were in the age range of

18 to 28 years. The measurements of morphological variables were done by adopting the

standard procedure.



82

MEASUREMENT PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS:

The physiological parameters like maximum aerobic capacity (VO2 max, ml/kg/min), and the

Anaerobic power parameters (watts) that is maximum power (Pmax), average power (Pavg.),

minimum power (Pmin) and fatigue index (FI) were also assessed.

The participants were subjected to 20 m. shuttle run test for indirect evaluation of their VO2 max

(Leger & Lambert, 1982). Running based Anaerobic test (RAST) was conducted as per standard

protocol to measure the anaerobic power (Adamczyk, 2011) of the judo players. All the values of

physical, physiological were expressed as mean and standard deviation.


Descriptive statistics of the anthropometric characteristics; age (year), height (cm) and weight

(kg) of young judokas are shown in Table 1. The mean Decimal age of male is 19.4±1.57 years

and for female is 21.8 ± 2.89 years. Which ranges from 18 to 28 years. The mean height of male

and female judokas are 173.19±6.73 cm 159.69±5.43 cm respectively. Whereas the weight of the

male and female judokas are 78.04±15.06 kg and 59.11±7.95 kg respectively.

Table 1: Mean and SD of physical parameters of male & female Judokas

AEROBIC CAPACITY

Maximal oxygen uptake (VO2 max) has been used as a measure of aerobic capacity in male and

female judokas.Results of the present study indicated that the mean (SD) of Relative maximum

oxygen consumption (VO2 max, ml/kg/min) of male judo players 55.22±4.8. But in the case of

female 40.83±7.81. The literature has reported VO2 max values between 43 and 65 ml/kg/min

(Aziz A et al., 2002). Male judokas had higher VO2,max values from 44–64 ml/kg/min than

females from 43–53 ml/kg/min) [De Cree et al., 1995; Degoutte F et al., 2004; Callister R et al.,

1991; Degoutte F et al., 2003 ]. This may be due to the nature of judo training, which is more

anaerobic rather than aerobic and does not consist to fan exercise stimulus for improvement of

the high level of VO2 max.

Table 2: Mean and SD of VO2 max (ml/kg/min) of male & female Judokas

Although the aerobic profile of judokas has been well documented by the aforementioned

studies, the chronic adaptations of aerobic capacity to judo training were less studied [De Cree et

al., 1995; Callister R et al., 1991 ]. There was a study supporting that judo training might induce

an increase of VO2max, where De Cree et al., reported a significant increase of VO2 max after

Subject Age (years) Height (cm) Weight (kg)

MALE (n=10) 19.4±1.57 173.19±6.73 78.04±15.06

FEMALE (n=10) 21.8±2.89 159.69±5.43 59.11±7.95

Subject VO2 Max ml/kg/min

MALE (n=10) 55.22±4.80

FEMALE (n=10) 40.83±7.81



83

six weeks of judo training in woman around 17–29 years. According to Tanaka 1993 there are

fewer reports in the literature of elite female cyclists, however VO2 max values have been

reported to be in the range of 3.05 L.min-1

to 3.52 L.min-1

.

Sbriccoli et al., (2007) studied on elite judo players. In their study the VO2 max of elite judo

competitor has been reported to be varying from 50 to 60 ml/kg/ min.

ANAEROBIC POWER

Combat category sports require fast and quick movements coupled with repeated fast punching

in boxing and explosive action in judo and therefore rely more on anaerobic power, followed by

intermittent sports (Football and Hockey), which require repeated short and long sprints and

explosive power.

Table 3 : Mean and SD anaerobic power parameters of male & female Judokas

Subject Anaerobic power parameters

Maximum power

(watts)

Minimum power

(watts)

Average power

(watts)

Fatigue

Index

MALE (n=10) 602.78±102.23 347.55±114.50 464.92±93.83 6.94±1.70

FEMALE

(n=10) 354.19±57.72 178.66±33.62 269.72±36.27 4.35±1.53

In the present study, the anaerobic power parameters (watts) for male judokas viz maximum

power, minimum power and average power were found 602.78±102.23, 347.55±114.50,

464.92±93.83 respectively. Whereas for the female judokas anaerobic power parameters (watts)

viz maximum power, minimum power, average power were found 354.19±57.72, 178.66±33.62,

and 269.72±36.27 respectively.

Anaerobic power reflects the ability of the adenosine triphosphate and phosphocreatine (ATP-

PCr) energy pathways to produce energy for muscle contraction. Studies by Sharp and

Koutedakis (1987) examined anaerobic power and capacity in elite gymnasts, rowers and judo

athletes. Several studies by Cipriano, (1993); Wolach, et al, (2000); Degoutte et al, (2003); have

looked at the physiological responses to a single judo contest but in reality, to become a

successful judo athlete, several judo contests must be fought in succession.

The fatigue index for both male and female judokas were found 6.94±1.70 and 4.35±1.53, which

is seems to be optimum. Fatigue index indicates the rate at which power declines for the athlete.

A low value (<10) indicates the ability for the athlete to maintain anaerobic performance. A high

fatigue index value (>10) indicates the athlete may need to focus on improving their lactate

tolerance.

CONCLUSION

The evaluation of physiological characteristics is an important part of the training process

because it gives information about the variables that need improvement and about the

effectiveness of a given training program. Physiological testing is commonly used to assess the

overall fitness level of the athletes and to set guidelines for individualized training. Athough

anaerobic power and aerobic capacity are considered relevant to judo performance, the available



84

data do not present differences among judo athletes from different competitive levels. So further

study is recommended with the large sample size so that physiological characteristics at

competitive levels can be compared. The values shown in this study are vital for training control.

It collaborates with the planning of training and maintaining the health of judokas. Coaches can

consider directions and guidelines; and can serve as support for their workouts. Physiological

parameters particularly anaerobic power and aerobic capacity interplay crucial role to find out

the relevant outcome of training and degree of adaptation in the Judokas.

REFERENCES:

Adamczyk, J. G (2011).The estimation of the RAST test usefulness in monitoring the

anaerobic capacity.The usefulness of the RAST test in athletics. Polish Journal of Sport

and Tourism, 18, 214-223.

Artioli, G.; Franchini, E.; Nicastro, H.; Sterkowicz, S.; Solis, M.Y.; Lancha, A.H. The

need of a weight management control program in judo: A proposal based on the

successful case of wrestling. J. Int. Soc. Sports Nutr. 2010, 7, 1–5. [CrossRef] [PubMed]

Aziz, A.; Tan, B.; Teh, K.C. Physiological responses during matches and profile of elite

pencak silat exponents. J. Sport Sci. Med. 2002, 1, 147–155.

Bohannon, J. The science of judo. Science 2012, 335, 1552.

Bonitch-Góngora, J.G.; Bonitch-Domínguez, J.G.; Padial, P.; Feriche, B. The effect of

lactate concentration on the handgrip strength during judo bouts. J. Strength Cond. Res.

2012, 26, 1863 1871. [CrossRef] [PubMed]



85

EFFECT OF PHYSICAL EXERCISE ON LIPIDS IN WOMEN

1Diksha Deshbhartar ,

2Aparna Rathi,

3Dr. Deepak Sharma

ABSTRACT

In this period of urbanisation it is well known fact that sedentary lifestyle leads to a poor

cardiovascular health .To investigate the effect of physical exercise on lipids, a moderate activity

program including walking, jogging, weight training and flexibility exercises was prepared for

women aging 30-39 years of age. Blood samples were collected from 10 women volunteers with

higher LDL before prescribing and starting the training schedule for six months and also after

completing the training schedule after six months. The investigation of lipids LDL, VLDL, TG,

TC and HDL was done from the blood samples. Descriptive statistics T-Test was used to

compare the mean .The level of significance was at p<0.05 and the calculations were done with

SPSS 17 software. The present study shows that regular physical exercises play a significant role

on controlling cholesterol level in women.

KEY WORDS –Lipids, Descriptive statistics, Cholesterol.

INRODUCTION

LIPIDS profile or lipid panel is a panel of blood tests that serves as an initial broad medical

screening tool for abnormalities in lipids, such as cholesterol and triglycerides. The lipid profile

typically included:

Low density lipoprotein (LDL)

High density lipoprotein (HDL)

Triglycerides

Total cholesterol

There are number of factors that influence the cholesterol and lipid profile of an individual such

as age, gender, genetic makeup, environment, diet, smoking, alcoholism, lifestyle and

menopausal status in women. Endurance trained athletes have much higher HDL-C values

compared to sedentary population (Haskell,1984). Cross sectional studies confirm that active

women have higher HDL-C levels than their sedentary counterparts. Apparently, the duration

and frequency of aerobic exercise may be more important in altering HDL-C than the intensity of

the exercise. However, because of exogenous hormone use, contraceptive use, alcohol

consumption, and age, the specific exercise recommendations for increasing HDL-C have yet to

be determined (Taylor and ward,1993).

METHODOLOGY

SUBJECTS-10 women volunteers for they were taken from Gwalior, M.P who had history of

higher LDL. Individuals with history of previous surgery hypertension, asthma, diabetes,

musculoskeletal disorders excluded. Fitness certificates from registered practitioners were

obtained from volunteers before starting up the exercise schedule.

ADMINISTRATION OF TEST-The blood samples from these volunteers were taken after

twelve hours of fasting initially as controlled and then after six months practicing the one hour



86

training program of moderate intensity or measuring lipid profile. Height, weight and blood

pressure were also being measured.

TRAINING PROTOCOL-The exercise program was designed to moderate intensity including

aerobic and resistance training activities. The heart rate of 50%-75%of heart rate of maximum

reserve for the duration of 40 min. ,5 days/week were maintained.


Significant difference was found with mean and S.D before exercise and after exercise of LDL –

175.1_30.5 & 172.0 & 32.3 , HDL – 35.7_3.7 & 36.8_4.0 ,VLDL- 23_4.5 & 19.5_4.1, TC-

175.1_30.5 & 172.0_32.3,Triglycerides- 113.6_23.7 &103.9 & 24 respectively shown in table 1

Table 1.

*p-value-0.05[ level of significance]

The volunteers competed the exercise protocol for a period of 24 weeks/6 months to participate

in the study. The group was 30-39 years. Table shows the significant changes (p<0.05) in lipid

parameters before and after moderate intensity exercise . The heart rate maximum is also

responsible for the minimum duration it has to be maintained for the desired results and

metabolic activity for maximum oxygen consumption. Studies comparing aerobic and resistance

exercise have observed a significant changes in VLDL and HDL only with aerobic exercise

observed by Taylor , P.A & Ward, A (1993). Although standard management of abnormal blood

lipids id drug therapy and diet, seems prudent to incorporate aerobic exercise as an important

component of a healthy lifestyle. In certain individual, drug therapy may be decreased in dosage

or perhaps discontinued in the patient who is “exercise trained,” especially if there is associated

weight loss (Trejo -Gutierrez JF Fletcher G). However other studies also shows remarkable

change in lipid profile performing high intensity exercises.

CONCLUSION:

There was no significant difference was found between age groups but there was significant

change found between before and after moderate intensity exercise program was introduced for

six months 5 days/week. Moderate intensity exercise alone is sufficient in reducing the lipids and

blood pressure.

Variables Before exercise Value Mean_ SD After exercise

Values Mean _SD

TOTAL CHOLESTEROL 175.1_30.5 172.0±32.3

LDL CHOLESTEROL 123.2 ±28.3 114.7±27.0

HDL CHOLESTEROL 35.7±3.7 37.5±3.9

VLDL CHOLESTEROL 23±4.5 19.5±4.1

TRIGLYCERIDES

113.6±10.5 103.9±24



87

REFERENCES

Haskell, W. L.(1984).The influence of exercise on the concentration of Triglycerides and

cholesterol in human plasma. Exercise and sport sciences Reviews,12,205-244.

Taylor, P. A., & Ward, A. (1993).Women, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and

exercise. Archives of Internal Medicine,153,1173-1184.

Trejo-Gutierrez, JF & Fletcher, G Impact of exercise on blood lipids and lipoproteins. J

Clin Lipidol . 2007 Jul;1(3):175-81.doi;10.1016/j.jacl.2007.05.006. Epub 2007 jun.

Busby J, Notelovitz M, Putney K,Grow T. Exercise, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol,

and cardiorespiratory function in climacteric women. South Mes J. 1985;78:769.

Cauley JA, Kriska AM, LePorte RE, Sandler RB, Pambianco G. A two year randomised

exercise trial in older women: Effects on HDL cholesterol. Atherosclerosis.1987;66:247.

Davison RCR ,Grant S. The physiological effect of a 14 week walking programme on

sendentary middle-aged women. J Sports Sci. 1995;13:24.

Duncan JJ, Gordon NF, Scott CB. Women walking for health and fitness. JAMA.

1991;266:3295.



88

Elderly Nutrition, Life Style And Management

Nripendra Mani Sharma (Research Scholar , Dept. Of Health Education, Lnipe Gwalior)

Dr Brij Kishore Prasad (Asst. Professor , Dept. Of Health Education , Lnipe Gwalior)

ABSTRACT

Purpose of the article is to determine the specific nutrition needs for the older adults in the

society. These needs can be easily fulfilled with the help of a well organized and balanced

dietary pattern to be taken into consideration . While initial planning it must be observed that

these nutrients be proportioned in such a way that each micro and macro nutrients equally

balances with proper exercise. It further deals with the management of proper diet considerations

in such a way that it does not results in any harmful effects or complications. Therefore in

modern scenario there is a need of such enthusiastic and overwhelming programmes that in this

stage of life. It could help older people to stay healthy , maintain physical fitness and enjoy the

quality of life to its fullest possible without any infirmity and disease

Keywords : Nutrition , Older Adults , Exercise ,Management and Proper Diet .

INTRODUCTION :

Winston Churchil said “Healthy citizens are the greatest asset any country can have”

Old Age is probably the greatest challenge that an individual faces. The body ages as minutes

and heartbeats tick away butthe individual differences in the rate of aging are great. Many

factors determine the Health and Longevity of People. Individuals have little or no control over

their heredity.Growth and Atrophy are processes that are present in the human body at all times.

During youth , growing is decidedly in ascent, whereas Atrophy is most promiment in the aged.

However the rate of Atrophy varies with each individual , depending on his or her Nutrition,

Mental Health, Heredity or seriousness of any diseases & infections, Fatigue & General Health .

Specific Nutrients demand / caloric intake depends upon activity of individual. Nutrition is the

process of consuming , absorbing and using nutrients needed by the body for Growth ,

Development & Maintenance of Life . Nutrients are chemicals substances in foods that nourish

the body , they can be synthesized in the body. The Objective of proper diet is to achieve &

maintain a desirable Body Composition & large capacity for Physical and Mental work. The

Daily Requirements for Essential nutrients depend on a person’s Age , Sex, Metabolic and

Physical activity. Nutrition is the science that deals with food and its uses by the body.Nutrition

is the Science that interprets the interaction of nutrients and other substances in food in relation

to maintenance , growth , reproduction , health and disease of an organism. It includes food

intake ,absorption , assimilation , biosynthesis , catabolism and excretion.Proper Nutrition plays

a critical role in the prevention of many diseases and conditions associated with aging. Adequate

Nutrition and maintenance of a normal weight also help maintain optimal physical and mental

function as the person ages.A Life style Management Programme is referred to as a Health

Promotion Programme , Health Behaviour Change Programme , Life Style Improvement

Programme or Wellness Programme. A Life style Management Programme is closely linked to

the concept of Health Promotion which is the process of enabling People to increase control

over and to improve their health. A Life Style Management Programme is defined as a

structured , action oriented , Health Promotion Initiative Designed to help people to improve



89

their health and reduce health risks and promote healthy behaviour.Keywords :Nutrition , Older

Adults , Exercise ,Management and Proper Diet .

DIET CONSIDERATIONS FOR ELDERLY:

In nutrition, diet is the sum of food consumed by a person or other organism .The word diet often

implies the use of specific intake of nutrition for healthor weight-managementreasons . Although

humans are omnivores, each culture and each person holds some food preferences or some food

taboos. This may be due to personal tastes or ethical reasons. Individual dietary choices may be

more or less healthy.A nutritious daily diet is one factor that can assist people who are 55 and

older in maintaining optimal levels of health and preventing or delaying the onset of disease.

The Dietary Reference Intakes (DRI) are the quantities of nutrients that form the basis for

planning and assessing diets. The DRIs include the Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDA),

the nutrient levels that meet the requirement for nearly all (97–98%) healthy people. Two sets of

RDAs exist for elderly individuals, one for those 51 to 70 years of age, and one for those over 70

years of age.According to the RDAs, elderly people have the same nutrient requirements as their

younger counterparts, yet most need fewer calories. Vitamins D and B6, and calcium, are

exceptions and are needed in greater amounts for those 51 years old and older. Therefore, a

nutrient-dense diet, with fewer calorie-laden foods, becomes more crucial at older ages of the life

cycle. In general, women have nutrient requirements similar to men, though they require fewer

calories. Therefore, elderly women must be especially careful to select nutrient-dense foods.

Although age can diminish appetite and physical mobility, the body still requires as many

nutrients as a younger adult's ability to perform activities of daily living, including eating.

Protein : Many older adults need to consume relatively higher amounts of protein than they did

when they were younger . This is because of the stress on the body as you age and general loss of

protein from the muscles and internal organs. Protein deficiencies in older people can lead to

more infections, Fragile skin, Longer healing time and weakness. If one has stress or injuries you

need 50% more protein than usual. However if they have certain diseases such as kidney or liver

diseases then ones protein intake should be restricted. It is therefore recommended to take advice

from Health experts regarding daily protein intake. Carbohydrates : Much of our energy comes

from digesting carbohydrates. These are made up of various types of starch and sugar molecules.

About 50-60% of your daily intake comes from complex carbohydrates such as whole grains and

cereals, fruits and vegetables. Fats : Fats are nutrients that are necessary to the body . Fat

insulates and protects the body and serves as a source of energy and essential fatty acids. It also

carries the Fat soluble Vitamins (such as vitamin A, D, E, K) around the body. Fats can be

saturated or unsaturated. The Saturated Fats tend to be solid at room temperature and are

considered “bad” Fats for heart health. Unsaturated Fats are liquid at room temperature and are

considered as “good” Fats. Current dietary guidelines suggest that people of all age groups

should get no more than 10 % of their daily calories from saturated fats. Cholesterol has also

been linked the nutritional status .Vitamins & Minerals : Older adults have different vitamin

and mineral requirement than younger ones. A Nutritionist can advice on the levels one needs. It

is recommended to take in certain vitamins including Vitamin A and D. Fluids : As one age , the

body looses its ability to regulate body fluid levels which means that you might not feel thirsty

even if your body needs more fluids. This may cause risk of Dehydration which can lead to

reduced output of urine, constipation , low grade fever , dry gums and even confusion.



90

ELDERLY DIET SUGGESTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS :The best way to

establish a nutrient-dense diet is to balance a variety of food choices (in moderation) that are

adequate to meet nutritional and caloric needs. The Food Guide Pyramid (FGP) is helpful to

guide food selection and daily serving totals. An FGP specifically for those over 70 years of age

recommends 1,200–1,600 calories from whole-grain foods, a variety of colored fruits and

vegetables, low-fat dairy products, lean meats, fish and poultry, and eight glasses of fluid daily..

Other health food supplements are not generally needed and can be very expensive for those on

fixed incomes. Elderly individuals are at increased risk for problems that affect their nutritional

status.. These problems can affect quality of life. Elderly must try and include following items in

the diet as shown in Suggested Food Pyramid :

Whole grain and enriched cereals.

Brightly coloured vegetables and fruits.

Low Fat dairy products.

Lean meats or fish.

Legumes and Nuts.

Oils and Fats having high content of Omega 3 Fatty acids .

Water and Plenty of other Fluids.

The Daily Requirements for Essential nutrients depend on a person’s Age , Sex, Metabolic and

Physical activity, but in general it is somewhere categorized as follows:

Category Age Energy Need (Kcal)

Males 51- 75 1900 - 2700

76 + 1550- 2350

Females 51- 75 1300- 2100

76 + 1100- 1900

ELDERLY DIET SUGGESTIONS :

Some of the tips which Elderly should take care for healthy diet:

Consider having Five or Six small meals rather than Three large ones.

Keep Bowls of Nutritious Snacks ( Nuts orDried Fruits ) within easy reach.

Buy Food Items that are easy to prepare .

Avoid eating alone & try organizing family and friends to dine together regularly.

Avoid overcooking . Try to add Herbs and Spices , lemon juice to enhance taste of food.

Take time to eat at a leisurely pace.

Use a little salt on food if it has not been restricted by Health Expert.



91

IMPACT OF IMPROPER DIET :

If the information which has been suggested is not followed properly then it can lead towards

many complications as it is both harmful to gain and loose weight than normal weight for an

older individual . Some of the possible outcomes are as follows:

If Undernutrition is not tacked properly in older adults then it may lead to serious consequences

such as :

Weakness and Fatigue leading to less mobility , reduced ability to work and carry out

daily functions.

Depression which leads towards further reduced Appetite.

Weak Immune System which makes healing more time taking.

Anaemia which is low count of Red Blood Cells.

Reduced Muscle Mass which further increases weakness.

Worsening of Cognitive Ability.

Older adults with the problems of overnutrition can face complications like :

Problems with the Heart , Lungs , Kidneys and Digestive Systems.

Weak Skin and slow wound Healing.

Slower Recovery from surgery.

Longer Hospital Stays.

REFERENCES :

BOOKS

Fleck Henietta (1981) Introductionto Nutrition , Collier Macmillan Publishers , London

Pg 353.

Lakshmi Vijaya (2003) Sports Nutrition , KhelSahitya Kendra ,New Delhi Pg 1



92

SURVEY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES IN

COLLEGES OF MADHYA PRADESH

Sonesh Poonia Ph.D Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior

INTRODUCTION

Physical education and sport as an essential dimension of education and culture must develop the

ability, will-power and self discipline of every human being as a fully integrated member of

society. The continuity of physical activity and practice of sport must be ensured throughout life

by means of a global, lifelong and democratized education.

Physical education is an essential aspect of general education, in which physical activities help in

educating or modifying a person for better and fuller living. Thus, there is a close relationship

between physical education and general education. Physical education is an indispensable area of

any programme of good education. It is not a separate or partially related field. It is an

appropriate subsystem of our educational system and tries to identify the problems of students

and attempt to offer remedial suggestion and practical hints for wholesome development of

students. The function of education and physical education goes hand in hand. The classroom

teaching and practical instructions will make the people participate in greater number and grow

systematically. Physical education has marched from extracurricular to co-curricular and now as

curricular part of education. The new term physical education is must for every human being at

all age levels for leading a healthy life.

The profession of physical education is entering one of the most exciting eras in its history.

Physical education is not only concerned with the physical outcomes that accrue from

participation in activities but also in development of knowledge and attitudes conductive to

lifelong learning and participation. Programmes of physical education and sports in colleges not

only have to make the existence of this relatively new field justifiable, but also attempt to make

palpable contributions to the attainment of the objectives education.

Many researchers have been conducted in this area which supports the issue of compulsory

programme of physical education in colleges (Purandare, 1958 & Kothiwala, 1959).

Govindrajulu

(1959) stated that due to lack of academic value of Physical Education in Indian Universities,

people in charge of Physical Education are not in a position to organise and administer the

programme successfully. Muthuraj (1977) wrote on the “Problems of Physical education in

Colleges” and says that there is no use in spending millions of rupees on ‘Catch them Young’,

‘Talent Finding Scheme’, ‘Rural Sports’, and appointing ‘Problem Committees’ for our debates

in International tournaments etc, instead physical education must be made compulsory from

elementary school level and from higher secondary and collegiate level onwards, it must be

made a subject for the examination.

From the above reviews and by seeing the need and importance of physical education

programme at various levels of education system, the scholar attempts to make the survey of

Physical Education Programmes in colleges of Madhya Pradesh.



93

METHODOLOGY

Selection of subjects: Initially the researcher had sent the questionnaire to all the 76 Private

(Govt. Aided) and 387 Government colleges of Madhya Pradesh. However, 34 Private and 93

Government colleges had responded the Questionnaire through E-mailed, Regestered post and on

personal visits of scholar. From the above received responses 26 Private and 80 Government

colleges had responded correctly all the questions of questionnaire and hence were included in

the study.

Construction and Development of Questionnaire: For the construction of questionnaire the

researcher studied literatures, magazines, periodicals and completed research work in the area of

physical education and sports. The suggestions and consultations of experts in this area were

taken for framing questions in a logical manner and to get maximum worthwhile and meaningful

responses from the subjects.

Administration of Questionnaire : The copies of questionnaire with governing letter and self

attested stamped envelope were posted and e-mailed to the concerned Principals/Sports Officers

of all the Government and Private (Govt. Aided) colleges of Madhya Pradesh state, with the

request that they produce correct and accurate responses and return the completely answered

questionnaire to the researcher as early as possible.

Statistical Procedure: The responses obtained from different colleges for the survey study

method regarding Physical Education Programmes were converted into simple percentage for the

purpose of analyses and interpretation of findings which were further illustrated by means of

simple Bar Diagrams.

RESULTS

Table: Physical Education Programme

S.No QUESTIONS

Res

pon

ses

Private

Colleges

26

Govt.

Colleges 80

Fre

qu

ency

%

Fre

qu

ency

%

1. Whether college conducts certain physical education and

sports programme?

Yes 2 7.7 12 15

2. Does the college organize inter class, intercollegiate and other

competitions in the college?

Yes 9 34.6 19 23.75

3. Does the team participate in extramural such as district,

division, state and national level sports championship?

Yes 17 65.3 56 70

4. Whether, your college students participated at state or

intervarsity level sports championship?

Yes 11 42.3 16 20

5. Is there any sports committee in your college to administer Yes 21 80.8 24 30



94

yearly programme as budgeting, planning and participation?

6. Whether, sport department is controlling body for sport

programme and activities?

Yes 14 53.8 19 23.75

7. Is there any physical fitness and mass participation schedule

for students of your college?

Yes 3 11.5 8 10

8. Does your college implement and follow the sports calendar

of higher education department for sports competitions?

Yes 19 73 76 95

9. Whether your college staff cooperates in organizing sports

activities?

Yes 13 50 36 45

10. Does the college have physical education and sports as an

examination subject with prescribed syllabus?

Yes 00 00 00 00

Discussion of Findings: Data analyses shows that 7.7 % of Private and 15% of Government

colleges had conducted various physical education and sports programmes, under the scheme of

state government and 34.6% of Private and 23.75% of Government colleges organized Interclass,

Intercollegiate and other sports tournaments.

Majority of the colleges i.e. 65.3% Private and 70% Government college teams had participated

in Extramural Sports Competitions and Tournaments. It was felt that such sports tournament

enrich the sportsman spirit and team work in students. It also facilitates preparation for the

participation in other competitions at district, division, state and national level. It is clear from

received data that percentage of private college’s students (42.3%) was more than government

college students (20%) in participation at state or intervarsity level tournaments/ championship.

Analysis of received data shows that 80.8% private colleges had sports committee for budgeting

and planning while in Government Colleges it was far less just 30%. The same condition was

found in Private (53.8%) and Government (23.75%) colleges regarding sports department were

controlling body of sports programmes.

The physical fitness of students and their mass participation schedule was 11.5% in Private and

10% in Government colleges, which shows that interest of students for joining such schedule is

less. Majority of the colleges implement and follow the sports calendar of higher education

department of Madhya Pradesh State, which was 73% in Private and 95% in Government

colleges.

The 50% of Government and 45% of Government College’s staff members cooperated in

organizing sports activities. It is evident from the data that none of the Private as well as

Government colleges have physical education and sports as subject for examination prescribed

syllabus.

CONCLUSION

There is a dire need of re-organization of physical education and sports programme in colleges

by strengthening the infrastructure facilities, sports personnel and availability of finance or

funds.



95

REFERENCES

Kothiwala, D.B. “A Plan for Making Physical Education Subject for Universities Degree

Examination” Journal of Physical Education and Recreation (8 October 1959): 29-32.

Purandare, G.N. “Compulsory Physical Education in Colleges” Journal of Physical

Education and Recreation (Jan, 1958).

Muthuraj, C. “Problems of Physical Education in College Report of the Second Seminar

of the Tamil Nadu State Collegiate Physical Education Association” Madurai University

Collegiate Physical Education Association, (March 1977).

Bucher Charles, A. “Administration of School Health and Physical Education

Programme” (2nd

Ed.) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company, 1958.

Gangopadhyay, S.R. Physical Education Today and Tomorrow, New Delhi: Friends

Publication, 1993.

Joseph, P.M. Organization of Physical Education. (2nd

Edition) Kandivli and Bombay;

Old Students Association, T.I.P.E.1956.

Kamlesh, M.L. Foundations of Physical Education (2nd

Review Ed) Metropolitan Book

Co. New Delhi 2002.

Sharma, S.R. and Gautam, G.P. Sports Policy of India, New Delhi Friends

Publications:2000.



96

ANALYZING THE EFFECT OF INTAKING ALKALINE

SOLUTION ON pH VALUE IN NATIONAL LEVEL SPRINT

DISTANCE TRIATHLON 1Rajarshi Gayen,

2Rekha Ningthoujam,

3 Prof. V.K. Srivastava

1&2 M.P.Ed. Student, LNIPE Gwalior

3 Professor LNIPE Gwalior

ABSTRACT:

Very often endurance athletes are focusing on controlling their acid-base regulation to optimize

their performance during competition. The current study aims to analyze the effect of intaking

NaHCO2 on controlling pH value in sub-maximal intensity sprint distance triathlon. For the

purpose of study five male (age ranged 18-23, height ranged 175 ± 5cm, 70 ± 3kg) National level

sprint distance triathlete were purposely selected from Gwalior. For the purpose of the study

Independent t-test was applied. The result showed statistically significant differences in the mean

value among pH level between placebo effect and experimental effect. Thus it can be concluded

that NaHCO2 has significant effect on body pH value alteration among triathlete.

KEY WORDS: Alkaline Solution, Triathlon, Body Ph Value, Sub-Maximal Intensity.

INTRODUCTION:

Athletes who are committed to legal, healthful ways of increasing performance, reducing fatigue,

and compressing recovery time need to understand pH balance and the negative impact of pH

imbalance. Endurance and elite sport athletes should be particularly concerned with maintaining

a healthy pH8balance, as they regularly place themselves under physical and

9 dietary stresses that

can lead to pH imbalances, most commonly lactic acid which indicates hydrogen ion build-up.

Whatever your level of athletic intensity, a healthy pH balance can mean the difference between

greater athletic achievement and being brought up short by muscle “burn.” Proper pH balance is

a key component of good health, and it is absolutely essential to athletic performance. pH is

measured on a 14-point scale, with 7 being neutral. The lower the pH value, the higher the

acidity; the higher the pH value, the more alkaline. pH values vary throughout systems in the

human body. So, as you might imagine, stomach acid has a very low pH value, ranging from 1.0

to 3.09. Pancreatic excretions are very high in pH value, ranging from 8.0 to 8.3. The pH value of

arterial blood in a healthy human is balanced around the middle of the 14-point scale at a narrow

range of 7.35 to 7.45, or just slightly alkaline. As the body metabolizes fuel (i.e., food), acid

wastes are created. To sustain a healthy blood pH balance, acid wastes must be removed from the

body or neutralized.

KEY WORDS: Alkaline Solution, Triathlon, Body Ph Value, Sub-Maximal Intensity.

METHODOLOGY:

For the purpose of the study five (5) national level sprint distance triathlete were selected from

Gwalior. The age of the subjects were ranging from 18 to 23 years. The test was administered on

male triathlete of Madhya Pradesh state triathlon team prior to the actual administration of the

testing program all the subjects were properly instructed regarding the procedure of the test.The

test were conducted in trial the triathlete are given to consume 500ml placebo solution before 2



97

hours before prior to the test. They are instructed strictly to maintain their submaximal intensity

of maximum heart rate. After gone through the first test the triathlete were given the 4.2% of

500ml sodium bi carbonate (NaHCO3) solution in which .3gm/kg body weight of sodium bi

carbonate (NaHCO3) of the triathlete is used before 2 hours prior to the test.The ph value of the

triathlete is chalked twice before starting the test then after finish of the sprint distance triathlon.

An independent-samples t- test were used to compare two means for situation in which each

participant is assigned to only one condition. This test uses a distribution of differences between

means.

RESULTS:

To find out the significant difference if any between the mean performance in the selected

variables in two different recovery technique mean, standard deviation and independent t-test

statistics were employed to analysis the data.

TABLE-1

T-STATISTICS BETWEEN PLACEBO EFFECT AND EXPERIMENTAL GROUP IN PH

VALUE

In the table, for tasting equality variancelevene’s test was used F value was .00 which is

insignificant as the p value is 1.00 which was more than 0.05.Thus the null hypothesis of

equality of variance may be accepted and it was concluded that the variance of the two groups

are equal. The t-value was significant as its p value was.001 which is less than .05 and it was

concluded that there was significant difference between placebo effect and experimental effect.

TABLE-2

DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS FOR PH VALUE

pH value Triathlon group N Mean Std.Deviation

Placebo effect 5 5.20 .83

Experimental effect 5 7.80 .83



98

Table 2 reveals that the mean and standard deviation for the placebo effect is 5.2±.83 and for

experimental effect is 7.80±.83 in relation to ph value.

DISCUSSION OF FINDINGS:

The purpose of the study was to analyze the effect of sodium bi carbonate on sprint distance

triathlon. Participants were supplemented with 0.3 g/kg body mass of either placebo or sodium

bicarbonate (SB)6. The Consumption of sodium bicarbonate (300 mg/kg 1-2 h before exercise)

can temporarily increase blood bicarbonate concentrations, enhancing extracellular buffering of

hydrogen10

ions which accumulate and efflux from the working muscle. Such 'bicarbonate

loading' provides an ergogenic strategy for sporting events involving high rates of anaerobic

glycolysis which are otherwise limited by the body's capacity to manage the progressive increase

in intracellular acidity.7 result showed statistically significant differences in the mean value

among pH level between placebo effect and experimental effect. It was hypothesized that there

will be a significant difference between placebo effect an experimental effect on body ph value

of national level male triathlete. Because Sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) is a buffering agent that

is suggested to improve performance by promoting the efflux of hydrogen ions from working

cells and tissues.. The popularity of buffering has generated a plethora of research dating back to

the 1930s, which continues to date. The "buffers." substances potentially provide the body with

added resistance against fatigue caused by deleterious changes in acid-base balance brought

about by a variety of exercise15

modes and durations5. NaHCO3 ingestion significantly improves

continuous constant load cycling stated by Matthew F. Higgins, Rob S. James & Mike J. Price.

CONCLUTION:

Thus it can be concluded that NaHCO3 has significant effect on body pH value alteration among

triathlete. The concentration of H+

accumulated in the body was eliminated by the NaHCO3

solution..NaHCO3 improved high-intensity-cycling capacity but individuals should determine

whether they respond well to SB supplementation before competition. It is further recommended

that there should be more study conducted in near future.14



99

REFERENCE:

Freis ,T., Hecksteden, A., Such,U., Meyer ,T.(2017).Effect of sodium bi carbonate on

prolonged running performance: A randomijrd, doublr-blind, crossover study. PLoS

One.12(8):e0182158. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0182158.

Lancha Junior AH, Painelli Vde S, Saunders B, Artioli GG.(2015).Nutritional Strategies

to Modulate Intracellular and Extracellular Buffering Capacity during High-Intensity

Exercise. Sports Med. 2015 Nov;45 Suppl 1:S71-81. doi: 10.1007/s40279-015-0397-5

McNaughton LR1, Gough L, Deb S, Bentley D, Sparks SA.(2016).Recent Developments

in the Use of Sodium Bicarbonate as an Ergogenic Aid.Curr Sports Med Rep.;15(4):233-

44. doi: 10.1249/JSR.0000000000000



100

AN INTROSPECTION TO HAPPINESS AMONG SCHOOL

GOING CHILDREN OF GREATER GWALIOR

TenzingChoying Bhutia, IndraRai

L.N.I.P.E(Dept. of Health Education)

Gwalior 474002, India

ABSTRACT:

Happiness is not something readymade, it comes from our action .happiness can be an indicator

for healthy life style, in our study we measured happiness profile which has been endorsement of

two different ways to be happy through participation in games and sports and others engaging in

other activities. Both of the orientations individually predicted life satisfaction people

simultaneously high on both the orientation with good level of happiness score. Among

teenagers involved in sports activity and teenager in activity other then sports. For the purpose of

study 200 school going children were randomly selected, (age ranged 13-18) from various

schools of Gwalior. Happiness was measured by using Oxford Happiness Questionnaire from

which comprises 29 questions with likert scale. The descriptive statistics and independent ‘t’ test

was used to analyse the data. To test the hypothesis, the level of significance was set at 0.05

Thus it can be concluded that uniform feeling of happiness can be achieved from various types of

activities.

Keywords : Happiness , teenagers, wellbeing, sport

INTRODUCTION

Happiness is not something readymade, it comes from our action and it is an indicator for

healthy life style. Happiness and satisfaction is something that everyone wants in all the aspects

of their life.In philosophy, happiness is translated from the Greek concept of eudemonia and

refers to the good life, or flourishing, as opposed to an emotion.In psychology, happiness is

a mental or emotional state of well-being which can be defined by, among others, positive

or pleasantmotions ranging from contentment to intense joy.Happy mental states may reflect

judgements by a person about their overall well-being.The reasoning of satisfaction is the

philosophical worry with the presence, nature, and achievement of bliss. Rationally, happiness

can be comprehended as the ethical objective of life or as a part of possibility; to be sure, in most

European dialects the term satisfaction is synonymous with good fortune. Along these lines,

thinkers ordinarily elucidate on happiness as either a perspective, or an existence that goes well

for the individual driving it.Talking about the teenagers every individual is different from one

another. Sports, dance, drama, singing and play is a part and parcel of their life. It has been

proven that physical activity produces estrogens hormones in the body which contributes in

happiness and for everyone specially teenagers when they are going through adolescence, facing

issues of confusion, health problems, mood swing, lack of confidence, self conscious,

psychological disorder as well as stress for studies and competition. It is very important to be

able to balance all and stay happy by doing one or the other actives that provides then

satisfaction and makes them happy. Keywords Happiness , teenagers, wellbeing, sport

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Philosophy

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_good_life

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mental_health

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emotion

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Well-being

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pleasure

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Contentment

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Joy



101

METHODS

The study was conducted on 200school going boys of age range between 13 to 18 from different

schools from in and around Greater Gwalior, India. The purposive sampling technique was used

to select the subjects. The subjects were further divided into two groups which include 100

students (who represents their school in regional or inter school in any games or sports) and 100

students (who does not participate in sports at any competitive level but have other hobbies like

singing dancing, reading books etc). Happiness was measured by the Oxford Happiness

Questionnaire (Hills & Argyle, 2002) which is a 29-items scale. Each item was evaluated on a

six-point scale: strongly agree, moderately agree, slightly agree, slightly disagree, moderately

disagree, and strongly disagree. Higher scores represent greater happiness. The validity and

reliability of this questionnaire was reported to be significant. Reliability of test was established

by test-retest method and product moment correlation was used to find out the reliability of test

in local condition. The descriptive statistics and independent ‘t’ test was used to analyse the

data. To test the hypothesis, the level of significance was set at 0.05. Statistical Package for

Social Science (SPSS) version 20.0 was used.

RESULTS

The p-value is 0.558 and, therefore, the difference between the two means is not statistically

significantly different from zero at the 5% level of significance.

Table 1

Descriptive Statistics

athlete and non

athlete N Mean

Std.

Deviation

Std. Error

Mean

Scoring Athlete 100 4.14 .55 .05509

non athlete 100 4.27 .52 .05220

Table 1 represents the mean value of athlete as 4.14 and non athlete as 4.27 and standard

deviation .55 and .52 of athlete and non athlete respectively.The above table 1 shows that the

mean value of Happiness is equal among both the athlete group and the non athlete group.

Table 2

t-test for Equality of Means

t .07589df Sig. (2-

tailed)

Mean

Difference

Std. Error

Difference

Scoring Equal variances

assumed

-

1.803

198 .073 -.14 .07589

Equal variances not

assumed

-

1.803

197.430 .073 -.14

It is evident from table 2 that results of comparative study with regard to Happiness among

athlete and non-athletes in different schools of greater Gwalior Sport and the p-values of variable



102

is found statistically insignificant as less than 0.05; the obtained F-ratios of the players is

0.345.On the basis of the results obtained above, it may be inferred that the happiness among

athletes in both the group of teenagers are same.

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

This study tried to build up a positive gathering of the teenagers in various exercises on bliss

levels. The purpose behind the study was to look at a reflection of happiness among school going

kids. In light of the finding of this investigation, it was discovered that there were no significant

difference in joy of athlete and non athlete young people. The outcomes demonstrated that

satisfaction is equivalent among the both the gathering. Both the gathering are cheerful in light of

the fact that the competitors get the feeling of accomplishment while representing their schools at

various levels. As we probably are aware participating in a game can be a useful method for

lessening feelings of anxiety and expanding sentiments of physical and mental prosperity. We

may feel like we're essentially excessively occupied or excessively focused on, making it

impossible to join a sorted out action, however captivating in a lone game can likewise give

pressure soothing benefits. Whether you take part in a team activity like soccer or baseball or a

lone game, for example, swimming or running, physical movement of any kind empowers your

body's generation of neurotransmitters - or mind chemicals - known as endorphins. Endorphins

are the chemicals in charge of the inclination known as "sprinter's high”. Expanded levels of

endorphins cause a "vibe decent" reaction, diminish torment and help discharge side effects of

pressure and strain. Socialization: Participating in a gathering or group activity can give an

intense medium to securing the pressure mitigating advantages of social contact. By joining a

group activity, one may feel more roused to practice and also frequently get the opportunity to

visit better places. One additionally have the chance to make new companions and build up a

sentiment brotherhood by progressing in the direction of a common objective. Self-Esteem:

Engaging in a game can help expand sentiments of confidence and self-adequacy, which can

altogether diminish the general level of pressure. On the off chance that one at any point stayed

idle for a broadened timeframe, they are acquainted with that drowsy, passionless feeling that

can rapidly swing to sentiments of self-hatred or even sorrow, which can additionally fuel your

pressure levels. Due to every one of these reasons the youngsters even in their adolescence

accomplish a condition of prosperity and happiness. On the other hand the teenagers who do not

participate in any game or sports in professional level follow other hobbies they have. We could

see they were keen in dancing, singing, cooking, reading books, playing computer games,

gardening or playing any musical instruments. This group of people are happy because they have

no tension for competitions, stress regarding regular practice, tiredness in body or basically the

stress of losing. Every day they perform their hobbies they have a win-win situation. Since no

one forces them to train hard so they have the feeling of contentment in whatever standard they

are in, no sense of inferiority like there is chances in the sports and games. Along these lines

expanding positive feelings and higher life fulfilment in life taking an interest in games and

recreations isn't a definitive alternative. In the event that the young people need a burst of

satisfaction, they ought to get engaged with playing sports, dancing, singing or take after

whatever other side interest that influences them to feel like an achiever. Like how games and

diversions make the youths physiologically upbeat so does doing other movement gives mental

motivations to fulfil them moreover. It is therefore conceivable that taking an interest in any kind

of beneficial movement deliver enduring joy.



103

REFERENCE

Chen Lung Hung, Tsai Ying-Mei (September 2010), Psychometric Analysis of the

Orientations to Happiness Questionnaire in Taiwanese Undergraduate Students, , Volume

98, Issue 2, pp 239–249

Goswami, S., & Sarkar, L.N. (September, 2016). Impact of sport types on happiness of

university athletes. Journal of Physical Education Research, Volume 3, Issue III, 91-100.

Haifang H,1.Humphreys B.R. (August 2012). Sports participation and happiness:

Evidence from US microdata.Journal of Economic Psychology, Volume 33, Issue

4, Pages 776-793

Hills P, Argyle M,(September 1998)Personality and Individual Differences

Lyubomirsky, S., King, L., &Diener, E. (2005). The Benefits of Frequent Positive Affect:

Does Happiness Lead to Success? Psychological Bulletin, 131(6), 803-855.

Perneger Thomas V,Hudelson P.M, Bovier P K, ,( February 2004), Health and happiness

in young Swiss adults, Volume 13, Issue 1, pp 171–178

RasciuteSimona, Downward Paul (9 April 2010) Health or Happiness? What Is the

Impact of Physical Activity on the Individual? © 2010 Blackwell Publishing LtdVolume

25, Issue 3, Pages 523-535

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0167487012000402#!

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0167487012000402#!

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01674870

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01674870/33/4


https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0191886998000828#!

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0191886998000828#!

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01918869





104

PUBLIC RELATIONS IN SPORTS- AN EFFECIENCY FOR

SPORTS MANAGEMENT Caroline Satur

Govt. High School, Mahamand, Bilaspur

Dr. Sunil Gourah, Sports Officer

Govt. P.G. College, Ambikapur, Sarguja

Chattisgarh

INTRODUCTION

Public relations is a strategic communication process that builds mutually beneficial

relationships between organizations and their publics. Overall, public relations is a specialized

niche of the communications field that focuses on shaping an individual or organization in the

eyes of the public. Public relations’ specialists in sports, work hard to generate positive publicity

surrounding sporting events, athletes, and team news. Sports’ public relations experts coordinate

the flow of information from teams to the press and feed the public’s hunger for sports news

items, team data and player information. They also play an important "promotional" role in

generating public interest, increasing teams' visibility and filling stadiums with fans. The

explosion of media outlets bodes well for the future of public relations in sports. The efficiency

of a company's activity resides in designing and managing a long term relationship with the

athletes, spectators, sponsors and community. The relationship with any of these four

shareholders can be addressed through public relations, a marketing communication technique

that brings value both for the company sending the message, and for other categories interested

in its well-being. The purpose of our paper is to introduce readers to the relationships between

public relations and sports. It explores how sports’ public relations’ practitioners have developed

a range of successful strategies and tactics for influencing media coverage, and supporting the

sports’ domains. The authors find that the effective use of public relations in sport can generate

conversion, facilitate sport representatives positioning, and maintain continued sport sustenance.

This article explores links between public relations and sport. Considering that sport is both

international and a part of everyday life, it implies a role for public relations. International sports

PR focuses on mediarelations, media rights, promotional and publicity work, sponsorship, event

management and fan relationships. Major public relations consultancies have specialized in

sports sections, but there are also a number of dedicated agencies offering a range of PR,

marketing and sponsorship services. Sport, which in the modern age is both politics and

business, is an arena for debate and discourses about elites, resource allocation, privilege,

deprivation, exploitation, justice, nationalism, racism, gender, age, the body, ideologies, and

religion. Public relations work, whether or not it is formally acknowledged as such, facilitates the

international and national debates around such issues. Sports public relations goes way beyond

sport and is intrinsically political. In the sports circles, public relations has to do with the image

that is projected by those involved in sports to the rest of the people in the community; such an

image must aim at promoting good relations. The absence of good public relations among

personnel involved in the various aspects of sports is bound to lead to unnecessary friction,

frustration, disorder, division, unproductively and general lack of support or goodwill.

Development of sports at any levels of society is an endeavour that requires the corporate effort

of the sports managers, administrators and technical personnel on the one hand, and the rest of



105

the members of the community on the other. In the course of discharging their duties, sports

managers and administrators often become associated, either personally or professionally with

many individuals, organisations and groups of people. For Instance, they meet and interact with

many people who turn up to watch sports competitions, the organisers of such competitions,

athletes and so forth. In most cases, the sports administrators and managers find it necessary, and

are compelled to co-operate with or seek the assistance of the many individuals, organisations or

groups of people whom they encounter in the working environments. This means that sports

personnel cannot successfully fulfil their missions without the co-operation and/or assistance of

the other members of the community referred to as the public. This calls for the need for those in

the positions of leadership in sports to forge good relations with other persons and organisations

with vested interest in the sports programmes (Brovies & Hay, 1979; Dougherty & Bonan,

1979). Broyles and Hay (1979) emphasise that the main function of public relations in sports is

to provide a good image for the sports programmes and assist in promoting the programmes.

IMPORTANCE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

Public Relation is all about building relationships to advance, promote, and benefit the reputation

of you yourself, your department and institution. It aids in marketing the department for

recruitment purposes and can lead to improved quality of student applicants.

It demonstrates to funding agencies that you are making a difference and actually have results. It

also improves the reputation of an individual department. The more PR you do, the greater

potential for even more media exposure. Examples includes Special Events, Special Promotions,

Public Affairs, Internal Relations, Community Relations, High Tech PR: blogging, social

networking etc.

The different areas involved in Sports Public Relations consist of these parts:

1- Player Relations

2- Community Relations

3- Media Relations

4- Investor Relations

Significance of Public Relations In Sports

Public Relations is a technique of communication through which the public learns about, and

appreciates the aims and accomplishments of an organisation (Fordham & Leaf, 1978).

Dougherty and Bonano (1979) view public relations as the image that a given organisation or

department projects to the community. Public relations involves good public impressions made

by people associated with an enterprise (Fordham & Leaf, 1978). In the course of discharging

their duties, sports leaders often become associated, either personally or professionally with

many individuals, groups of people, organisations, and the general public. Most often, the sports

leaders, including administrators and managers, find it necessary, and are compelled to co-

operate with and/or seek the support of the many people whom they encounter in their working

environments (Frost, Lockhart & Marchall, 1995). To be able to secure the necessary attitudinal

and material support of the various publics, administrators and managers must therefore forge

good relations with the related publics and project a good image of their departments and

programmes (Broyles & Hay, 1979; Bucher, 1979). Good public relations in sports helps in

increasing the public's faith in a given sports organisation and the sports programmes offered



106

(Broyles & Hay, 1979). Good public relations will also lead to the cultivation of cordial personal

and working relations between the sports personnel or organisation and the other individuals or

groups of people who have keen interest in sports, and thereby consolidate their efforts in

promoting their programmes. (Frost, Lockhart & Marchall, 1995)

THE GROWTH OF SPORTS PUBLIC RELATIONS IN INDIA

Sports is clearly growing in importance as a subject on India's agenda. Pointers include

emergence of multiple sports leagues, acceptance of sports (and not just cricket) as a career

option, rise in corporate sponsorships, and the highest number of participants in Rio Olympics

2016. The media is also mirroring these trends through increasing number of sports channels and

pages devoted to sports.

Through the last decade, We are the market leaders – having provided communications support

to virtually every significant sports league in the country – be it the Indian Premier League

(cricket), Indian Super League (football), Indian Open (golf), Indian Badminton League, Hockey

India League, Pro Kabaddi League, and now Premier Futsal. Besides the prominent leagues, we

have supported dozens of sports events organised by corporate sponsors. The sports industry in

India is deepening. According to the article by ‘Neilson Sports’, from 2013 as many as five

sports leagues have launched city based franchises including hockey, tennis, football and

kabaddi. For these to grow, develop their own fan base and heroes requires sustained public

relations, supported by corporate sponsors that have a long term vision for sports.

PUBLIC RELATIONS LITERATURE

While public relations literature has traditionally considered PR as a promotion and

communication tool, this article acknowledges that in the world of sport, public relations has a

much more sophisticated role to play. When conducting a literature review, we can identify

several public relations techniques that can be used in sports, the authors trying to classify them

based on the target audience or type of activity. Kotler and Keller (2008) are presenting a

classification in seven categories:

a) Publications – annual reports, articles, news-letters, magazines edited by the company;

b) Events - press conferences, seminars, trips, fairs, exhibitions, contests and competitions,

anniversaries;

c) Sponsorships;

d) News - constitutes one the main tasks of public relations professionals, they trying to

persuade the media to accept press releases and to attend press conferences;

e) Speeches - management representatives answer questions orgive speeches to enhance

company image;

f) Public service activities - monetary and time contribution to social causes;

g) Identity communication instruments - sending products with company logo to customers

and business partners.

Looking closely to the above mentioned classification, we can identify two particularities for

public relations in sports:

*first , sponsorship represents an independent technique, a main component of the

communicational mix; due to its importance in the marketing budget, as well as within

the sport-community-business environment relationship, sponsorship is treated



107

separately as a stand-alone communication technique, not a PR one; this doesn’t mean

that it’s totally separated from PR, considering that sponsorship efficiency is provided

by the integrated approach of the communicational process through all promotional

techniques, including public relations; a special role is allocated to news broadcasted

through mass media, where, whenever an information about a sport club is presented,

automatically also appears some identification elements of sponsors, media coverage

being their main objective.

*secondly, in sports we can identify a special technique – endorsement, where athletes are seen

as ambassadors of the brand, in order to build a better image for it; if normally, in

speeches, events and other occasions where the company appears before the public

company management representatives are used, in sports they are replaced very often

by famous athletes who are there to support the company and its products; such an

approach increases the attractiveness of the technique for both the public and the media;

additionally, using athletes to promote products and services in their field of activity

adds credibility to the message sent.

DISCUSSION

Public relations is a powerful promotional tool, capable of generating substantial publicity for the

sports organization. Although the practice of public relations is diverse within sports,

practitioners must possess certain basic skills. The two most prominent ways in which public

relations is practiced in sports are media relations and community relations. Media relations

programs focus on building relationships with members of the mass media to maximize positive

publicity and minimize the negative one. Community relations programs are structured to allow

members of the sport organizations to come in direct contact with their constituents.

CONCLUSION

Good and effective public relations is emphasised in sports and many other sectors of work in

society based on the fact that no person or group of persons can live in isolation. The element of

interdependence is inevitable. To achieve success in their work, sports administrators and

managers need the support of other people, most of whom they encounter in the course of

carrying out their duties. They are therefore compelled to establish good and meaningful

relations with people who have interest in sports, and whom they encounter in their fields of

work, and whose support is necessary in their endeavours of developing sports.



108

REFERENCES

Andrews, D. L., & Jackson, S. (Eds.) (2001), Sports Stars: The Cultural Politics of

Sporting Celebrity, London, Routledge.

Broyles, IF. and Hay, R.D. (1979). Administration of Sports Programmes: A Managerial

Approach. Englewood Cliffs, Prentice - Hall. Inc.

Bucher, C.A. (1979). Administration of Physical Education and Athletic Programs. Saint

Louis, The C.V. Mosby Company.

Dougherty, N.J. and Banana, D (1979). Contemporary Approaches to the Teaching of

Physical Education. Minneapolis , Minnesota, Burgess Publishing company.

Fordham, S.L. and Leaf, C.A. (1978). Physical Education and Sports: An Introduction to

Alternative Careers. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.



109

COMPARISON OF AGGRESSION AND MENTAL TOUGHNESS

BETWEEN SUCCESSFUL AND UNSUCCESSFUL NETBALL

PLAYERS OF AMITY UNIVERSITY UTTAR PRADESH Dr. Poonam Singh Asst. Professor, ASPESS,

Amity University, Noida Campus, UP

Dr. Yatendra K Singh Assistant Professor, ASPESS,

Amity University, Noida Campus, UP

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the study was to compare the aggression and self-confidence between successful

and unsuccessful Netball players of Amity University Uttar Pradesh. For the purpose of the

study, female Netball players of eight teams of various institutions of Amity University, Uttar

Pradesh which participated in Inter College sports competition (SANGATHAN) held in Amity

University, Uttar Pradesh were selected as the subject for the study. Aggression was measured by

Sports Aggression Inventory of P.S Shukla and Mental toughness was measured by

Psychological Performance Inventory of James E.Loehr (1982). For the Comparison of

aggression and Mental Toughness between successful and unsuccessful Netball players of Amity

University Uttar Pradesh, the independent t test was applied. The level of significant was set at

0.05. The results showed that there was a significant difference between successful and

unsuccessful Netball players in Aggression and there was some changes in few sub-scales of

Mental Toughness and no significant difference in few subscales of Mental Toughness.

Keywords: Mental toughness, Aggression, successful and unsuccessful Netball players.

INTRODUCTION

Netball is a fast, skillful team game consisting of running, jumping, throwing and catching. It is

the most important team game for women in South Africa (SA) (Venter & Potgieter, 2003) and

has unrivalled international popularity among females, with more than seven million

participants from more than 70 countries (Netball SA, 2010). Optimal performance in this sport

is dependent on the interaction of a number of factors such as tactics (Beagles, 1992), nutrition

(Paish, 1992), physical conditioning, as well as technical and psychological skills (Venter et

al., 2005). “Sports is an activity that is governed by a set of rules or customs and often engaged

in competition. Used by itself, Sports Commonly refer to activities where the physical

capabilities of the Competitor are the sole or primary determinant of the outcome but the term is

also used to include activities such as mind sports and motor sports where mental acuity or

equipment quality are major factors. Sports are used as entertainment for the player and the

viewer. It has also proved by experiment that daily exercise would increase mental strength and

power to study more.

Methodology :Selection of Subjects: For the purpose of the study, female Netball players of

eight teams of various institutions of Amity University, Uttar Pradesh which participated in Inter

College sports competition (SANGATHAN) held in Amity University, Uttar Pradesh were

selected as the subject for the study Tools1. Mental toughness was measured by Psychological

Performance Inventory by James E.Loehr (1982).2. Aggression was measured by Sports

Aggression Inventory by P.S Shukla. Administration of the Test :Before administration of



110

questionnaire, all the girls were well oriented with the purpose of the study and to respond to

questionnaire and cooperate in the collection of data. The questionnaire was administered to each

player after the completion of match (Sangathan Matches). The directions were read by the

researcher at a dictation speed to make the subjects understand the procedure to fill up the

questionnaire. The subject was asked to record the answers for all questions. The subjects were

given enough time to answer the questionnaire. The questionnaire was taken back after it was

duly completed. Thorough screening was done to ensure that no question was left unanswered

RESULTS :

In order to analyze the data, t-test was used to compare the means of successful and unsuccessful

Netball Players. The level of significance was set at 0.05.

TABLE 1

Comparison of Aggression between Successful and Unsuccessful Netball Players

Variable Group Mean S.D t value

Aggression Successful 11.08 2.79

2.56*

Unsuccessful 12.77 3.64 *significant at 0.05 level

Table 1 indicates there is a significant difference in relation to aggression between successful and

unsuccessful Netball players, as the calculated t value was (2.56) which were higher than the

tabulated t-value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom and 0.05 level of significance. It can also be

learnt that mean of aggression in unsuccessful Netball players was higher than that of successful

Netball players.

TABLE 2

Comparison of Self Confidence between Successful and Unsuccessful Netball Players


Self Confidence Successful 22.18 3.65

0.597

Unsuccessful 21.62 5.40

Table 2 shows that there was no significant difference in relation to self-confidence between

successful and unsuccessful Netball players as the calculated t value was (0.597) which was

lower than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of significance.

TABLE 3

Comparison of Negative Energy Control (Mental Toughness) between Successful and

Unsuccessful Netball Players


Negative Energy

Control

Successful 19.56 2.74 1.19




111

Table 3 reveals that there was no significant difference in relation to negative energy control

between successful and unsuccessful Netball players as the calculated t value was (1.19) which

was lower than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of

significance.

TABLE 4

Comparison of Attention Control (Mental Toughness) Between Successful and



Attention Control Successful 19.60 3.18

1.63


Table 4 shows that there was no significant difference in relation to attention control between

successful and unsuccessful Netball players as the calculated t value was (1.63) which was less

than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of significance.

TABLE 5

Comparison of Visual/Imagery Control (Mental Toughness) Between Successful and



Visual/Imagery

Control

Successful 23.22 3.37 3.815

*


*significant at 0.05 level, t.05 (94) =1.98

Table 5 shows that there was a significant difference in relation to Visual/Imagery control


was more than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of

significance.

TABLE 6

Comparison of Motivation Level (Mental Toughness) between Successful and Unsuccessful

Netball Players


Motivation Level Successful 24.02 3.32

3.856*



Table 6 shows that there was a significant difference in relation to Motivation Level between


more than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of significance.



112

TABLE 7

Comparison of Positive Energy Control (Mental Toughness) Between Successful and



Positive Energy

Control

Successful 23.93 3.73 1.445


Table 7 shows that there was no significant difference in relation to Positive Energy Control


was less than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of

significance.

TABLE 8

Comparison of Attitude Control (Mental Toughness) Between Successful and Unsuccessful

Netball Players


Attitude Control Successful 24.95 3.42

5.327*



Table 8 shows that there was a significant difference in relation to Attitude Control between


more than the tabulated t value (1.98) with (94) degree of freedom at 0.05 level of significance.

DISCUSSION OF FINDING

The results of the study indicate that there is a significant difference between successful and

unsuccessful players of Netball who participated in Inter institution competitions of AMITY

University, Uttar Pradesh in relation to Aggression. The unsuccessful Netball players have

higher mean in aggression than successful Netball player which indicate that unsuccessful player

are more aggressive than successful Netball player. This may be due to the fact that aggression

alone may play a negative role in exhibiting better performance and unduly aggressive player is

likely to exhibit such a behaviour which may affect his performance. In Netball an intelligent

player is needed who plays the ball according to situation that is where there is scope of passing

and receiving the ball and finally conversion of shot either by Goal shooter rather than throwing

the ball here and there without visualizing its effect. The following subscales of mental

toughness shows a significant difference in successful and unsuccessful Netball player in

visual/imagery control, motivational level and attitude control. A successful player must be able

to visualize mentally the entire sequence of movement of the game, so that this may help a player

do the movements in a perfect manner. Roure et al. have reported that imagery training is

beneficial to player in exhibiting top class player. Whereas, motivation plays an important role in

exhibiting better performance because it not only releases energy for executing skills in a

befitting manner but it helps in performing extra feats ordinary thereby demoralizing opponents.

It has been opined that positive attitude is one of the quality for any successful individual,



113

especially, sportsperson. The literature is full of studies which indicate that a player with positive

attitude not only works hard during training phase also plays very well during the game situation.

The findings of the study also indicate that there is no significant difference between self-

confidence, negative energy control, attention control and positive energy control between

successful and unsuccessful Netball player. It may be because it has been seen that average

scores in self-confidence, negative energy control, attention control and positive energy control

are likely to help the player to perform better in a game of Netball. Extreme score on the above

mention subscale are likely to adversely affect the performance.

REFERENCES

Acnielsen (2007). “Motivations and barriers to women participation in sport and netball

research,report.”[http://fulltext.ausport.gov.au/fulltext/2007/motivationsandbarriers/motiv

ationsandbarrier s.pdf]. Retrieved 4 June 2010.

Andrew, M.; Grobbelaar, H.W. & Potgieter, J.C. (2007). Positional differences in sport

psychological skills and attributes of rugby union players. African Journal for Physical,

Health Education, Recreation and Dance, Special edition, 321-334.

Beagles, I. (1992). Progressing skills into tactics. In H. Crouch (Ed.). Netball coaching

(2nd ed.) (78-109). London: A & C Bla



114

SURVEY OF FINANCIAL PROVISIONS IN COLLEGES OF

MADHYA PRADESH Gyanender Singh Poonia

1& Priti

2

1M.P.Ed Student, LNIPE, Guwahati (M.P)

2Research Assistant, LNIPE, Gwalior (M.P)

ABSTRACT

The ‘Finance’ is the primary need to make any programme successful. The achievement of any

programme depends upon the financial provision available. Finance should be made available

from Government, Association, Management, Students fee, Clubs, Institution, Private donation

and any other agencies. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to survey the financial

provisions in colleges of Madhya Pradesh state of India. The data was collected through a

carefully compiled Questionnaire, supplemented visits and interviews. The data was received

from 34 out of 76 Private (Govt. Aided) and 93 out of 387 Government Colleges, but 26 Private

and 80 Government colleges have replied correctly and these were considered as sample for the

present study. The responses obtained from them were converted into simple percentage (%) for

the purpose of analyses and interpretation of data. The results revealed that the availability of

finance for sports was collected from the students as sports fees and amalgamated fund at the

time of admission in college.

Key Words: financial provision, sports fees, fund.

INTRODUCTION

The ‘Finance’ is the primary need to make any programme successful. The achievement of any

programme depends upon the financial provision available. Finance should be made available

from Government, Association, Management, Students fee, Clubs, Institution, Private donation

and any other agencies. Finance means the management of public money, pertaining to coinage,

availability of funds for organization of any of the programme and competition in systematic and

well organized manner. Financial provisions include sports funds in terms of budget alloment,

expenses for constructions and maintenance of sports infrastructure and any other financial

assistance procured for sports programmes. Finance for any programme or competition in the

field of sports needs surveying the existing situation in the area under consideration. Finance

available for physical education and sports in the colleges of Madhya Pradesh state meet to be re-

designed for suitable modification and progress. Sauraz (1975) attempted to evaluate Physical

Education Programmes in selected secondary schools in Puerto Rico and concluded that most of

the school physical education programmes were very poorly financed. Thomas (1970) had given

some valuable recommendation for improving the physical education and sports programmes in

the country, which says that scholarship should be given to the outstanding sportsmen in each

district so that they could continue to improve their sports process along with their academic

careers. Keeping in mind the essentiality of funds and financial provisions, the present survey

was done to see the availability of financial provision in colleges of Madhya Pradesh.



115

METHODOLOGY






the study. Construction and Development of Questionnaire: For the construction of

questionnaire the researcher studied literatures, magazines, periodicals and completed research

work in the area of physical education and sports. The suggestions and consultations of experts

in this area were taken for framing questions in a logical manner and to get maximum

worthwhile and meaningful responses from the subjects. Administration of Questionnaire :

The copies of questionnaire with governing letter and self attested stamped envelope were posted

and e-mailed to the concerned Principals/Sports Officers of all the Government and Private

(Govt. Aided) colleges of Madhya Pradesh state, with the request that they produce correct and

accurate responses and return the completely answered questionnaire to the researcher as early as

possible.





RESULTS

Table: Financial Provisions

S.No QUESTIONS

Res

pon

ses

Private

Colleges 26

Govt.

Colleges 80

Fre

qu

ency

%

Fre

qu

ency

%

1. Have you ever received any Grants from University Grants

Commission for development of sports infrastructure?

Yes 00 00 4 5

2. Is there any provision to collect sports fee from the

students?

Yes 26 100 80 100

3. Do you provide sports- kit and allowances to college team

players at the time of various sports competitions?

Yes 16 61.5 74 92.4

4. Does state government give ant grants for sports

separately?

Yes 00 00 64 80

5. Does the Jan Bhagidari Samiti of college provide funds for

sports programme?

Yes 00 00 8 10



116

6. Whether Amalgamated Fund is utilized in certain sports

activities?

Yes 3 11.5 16 20

7. Do you spend sports fund on other than sports programme? Yes 20 76.9 32 40

8. Do you purchase permanent sports articles and materials

from the remaining of available fund?

Yes 00 00 4 5

9. Do you utilize entire sports fund on sports activities by the

end of financial year?

Yes 14 53.8 64 80

10. Does the college provide special diet/refreshment to the

players during coaching camp/ competition?

Yes 6 23 16 20

Discussion of Findings: It is observed from the data analyses that none of private college ever

received any grants from University Grants Commission for development of sports infrastructure

facilities, only 5% government colleges received Grants from UGC.

All the colleges, private as well as government 100% had the provision to collect sports- fee

from students at the time of admission in college for physical education and sports programmes,

which were under the policy of state government. It reveals that 61.5% private and 92.4%

government colleges provided sports-kit, T.A/D.A and other allowances to college team players.

Majority of government colleges 80% have received the grants for sports separately from the

state government, while there is no provision for the private 0% colleges. It is evident that none

of private college have Jan Bhagidari Samiti, while in 10% government colleges Jan Bhagidari

Samiti provided funds for sports activities in colleges.

It reveals that, 11.5% private and 20% government colleges utilized amalgamated fund on sports

activities on the other hand majority of the colleges 76.9% private and 40% of government

colleges utilized the sports fund for other that sports programme. This clearly violets order of the

government. It indicates that 0% none of the private and 5% government colleges purchased

permanent sports articles and materials from remaining available fund.

It is also to be noted that, majority of the private 53.8% and government 80% colleges utilize

entire sports fund on sports activities by the end of financial year. It is seen from the data that

23% private and 20% government colleges provides special diet/refreshment to the players

during coaching camps and matches.

CONCLUSION

From the results it was concluded that the availability of finance for sports was collected from

the students as sports fees and amalgamated fund at the time of admission in college.



117

REFERENCES

Thomas J.P. A look at our Physical Education and Sports Programmes, Vyayam, The

Alumni Association of YMCA Colleges of Physical Education Madras February 1970.

Saurez, Jose M. Dertila. To Asses the Physical Education Programme in Selected Higher

Secondary Schools in Puerto Rico. Dissertation Abstracts International 35 (March

1975):5908-5909-A.

Jack, Harold K. Analysis of the Physical Education Programme of the Minnesota

Secondary Schools. Research Quarterly 17(March 1946):24.

Feng X. And Humphreys, B.R. Assessing the Economic Impact of Sports Facilities on

Residential Property Values. A Spartial Hedonic Approach. North American Association

of Sports Economists Working Paper Series 08-12.

Sharma, S.R. and Gautam, G.P. Sports Policy of India, New Delhi Freinds Publications:

2000.



118

EMERGING TRENDS IN THE INDIAN FITNESS INDUSTRY Author: Co-Author:

Sujay John SK Chakravortty Assistant Professor Associate Professor

Department of Physical Education Department of Physical Education

St Stephen’s College St Stephen’s College

University of Delhi University of Delhi

ABSTRACT

India has scripted a new story from its days of from an impoverished post-colonial economy

creaking under many burdens to a liberalized democracy trying to face a brave new world of

opportunities. The changing landscape of modern India has witnessed a slow victory over

traditional health problems only to discover a new burden of diseases that inflict an invisible

crisis that have staggering ramifications on the growth and development of the country. Global

estimates place worldwide cost of five non-communicable diseases reaching over $47 trillion

over the next twenty years. Non-Communicable diseases like obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular

diseases and strokes are drastically spreading at epidemic proportions. Unfortunately, the

Government finds limited resources as far as allocating a sizable proportion towards National

Health Policy. This imbalance leaves a sizeable lacuna within the health market.

This imbalance is slowly shifting due to the sizeable youth population in the country - as India

having 356 million 10-24 year-olds, has is the world’s largest youth population. The Fitness

market in India is driven heavily by the urban youth who has a burning desire to look and feel

good. The Heath, Fitness and Wellness in India

Key Words: Fitness, Fitness Industry, Health, Wellness, Economy, Disposable Income,

India, Communicable diseases, Non-Communicable diseases, obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular

diseases, strokes, Fitness Market, Physical Inactivity, Population, Lifestyle, House Holds Out of

Pocket Expenditure

INTRODUCTION

India has scripted a new story from its days of from an impoverished post-colonial economy

creaking under many burdens to a liberalized democracy trying to face a brave new world of

opportunities. It is a fact that, with 356 million 10-24 year-olds, India has the world’s largest

youth population despite having a smaller population than China, as reported by the United

Nations Population Fund’s (UNFPA) State of the World’s Population report. [1] .A study

released by the World Economic Forum, the global cost of five non-communicable diseases will

reach over $47 trillion over the next twenty years - the diseases include CVD (cardiovascular

disease), diabetes, mental illness, chronic respiratory disease, and cancer. The authors of the

report wrote that 70% of lost output from non-communicable diseases are due to mental illness

and cardiovascular diseases. [2]Another report titled "The Global Economic Burden of Non-

Communicable Diseases" released by the World Economic Forum reveals Non-Communicable

Diseases or NCDs are caused "to a substantial degree" by: Tobacco usage, Alcohol abuse, Poor

eating habits and Physical inactivity [3]Key Words: Fitness, Fitness Industry, Health, Wellness,

Economy, Disposable Income, India, Communicable diseases, Non-Communicable diseases,



119

obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, strokes, Fitness Market, Physical Inactivity,

Population, Lifestyle, House Holds Out of Pocket Expenditure Indian Government Investment in

Health As a proportion of GDP, Indian government spent 1.15%, INR 1,57,743.36 Crore in

2015-16 and 1.28% 1,80,656.76 Crore in 2016-17 on health. The 2017 National Health Policy

set a goal of raising this figure to 2.5% of GDP by 2025 [4]. As a result, much of the onus for

health rests in the self-care of individuals. seem to be a useful approach to meet the challenges

raised by the threatening cost explosion in the care sector. Where Indian households spend on

health The National Health Accounts (NHA) published by the Union health ministry reveals that

medicines are the biggest financial burden on Indian households. Of more than three lakh crore

rupees that households spent on health in 2014-15, around 42% of the total out-of-pocket

spending (OOP) went in buying medicines. In private hospitals, households spent around 28% of

the OOP spending By including people – especially the older ones – to keep physically fit, the

demands for increased care costs and the shortcomings in the care personnel could be met.

[5].Changing Attitude Towards Fitness and Wellness This novel shift from former public care –

which traditionally was mostly limited to health insurances and medical personnel – to individual

care responsibility is an important step into a cognitive reframing of peoples mindset.

Understanding health issues and the importance of prevention in combination with a playful

approach increases the health motivation to promote bodily interaction to play. The

Overwhelming Indian Fitness and Wellness Market India’s population of 1.1 billion, second

highest in the world, is expected to reach 1.3 billion by 2015. India also has one of the youngest

populations in the world, with the proportion of under-29sprojected to reach 56% by 2015. This

group views shopping as a form of entertainment and is brand-conscious. With more than half of

the population young and single, the processed food, eating out, leisure, and health and fitness

sectors have experienced high consumer spending. bMiddle-aged adults (ages 45-55) currently

form the second largest proportion of the Indian population (21.2%), ashare expected to increase

to 23.4% by 2015.Rising on the Economic Wave India’s economic progress has given rise to a

stronger middle class, which is the main driver behind most consumer trends, however they are

spending on non-consumable products. The Indian middle class is expected to grow from 50

million in 2005 to 583 million in 2025. This increase could boost consumer spending to US $30

billion on high end goods by 2015. High-income families will account for 2% of the population,

but 20% of consumption by 2025.Increased Awareness about Fitness and Wellness The

increased emphasis on a healthy lifestyle is part of a trend to look fitter and well-groomed. The

rise in health-consciousness explains the huge increase of 203.5% on health goods and medical

services expenditures from 1995-2007. The growth is expected to continue at a rate of 63.3%

over 2007-2015. Indian consumers are joining weight loss clinics, a trend very popular with

northern Indians whose diets have a high intake of saturated foods. The market for products that

reduce stress, prevent aging, help the heart and fight diabetes are all on a growth curve. Industry

refers to the broad basket of health-oriented wellness products as the fast moving health goods

(FMHG) sector. [6]Fitness Club and Gym Culture:Fitness Clubs or Gyms are fitness facilities

which house exercise equipment, for the purpose of exercising More recently, it has been

witnessed a drastic transformation from the traditional open air wrestling akhadas and basement

run non-ventilated gyms, making way for organized retailing and Venture Capital trends

emerging in the fitness business. This developing trend will only accelerate in the coming times,

with the entry of global players, home grown startups as well as online marketplace The Drivers

for Growth in Fitness and Gym Culture: The following factors can be considered as



120

1. Rising lifestyle diseases, obesity, diabetes 2. A high population of youth which serves as the

target population 3. Growing disposable income and higher discretionary expenditure 4. Rising

awareness of healthy lifestyle among Indians 5. Industry least affected by slowdown in economy

6. Rapid urbanization and westernization Diverse Services of the Fitness Centre and Gym

Facility The growth in the awareness among the consumer has expanded the fitness facility or

clubs into different service oriented facilities like:1. Weight or Strength Training for Body

Building; 2.Endurance Training for Cardio Vascular Training;3. Beauty and rejuvenating spas;4.

Massage centers; 5. Yoga and its different forms like hatha yoga, ashtang yoga, power yoga , 6.

Diet and weight counselling services, 7. Specific Training Facilities like Pilates, Rowing,

Spinning, Functional fitness, Cross and High Intensity interval training, etc 8. Dance Training

like Aerobic Training, Zumba, Samba, Tango dance, 9. Merchandizing 10. Supplement and

Nutrition advise and sales, etc. [7]

Establishing the Fitness Brand in the Industry The Gym culture is a facet of the fitness

industry. In India the market for Gymnasium is still largely an unorganized and unstructured as

compared to the Americas, Australia and European countries. In urban India private enterprises

like. [8] Organized fitness market is concentrated in top eight cities of India - Delhi NCR,

Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, Kolkata, Pune, Hyderabad and Ahmedabad with more than 60%

of top companies located in metropolitan cities. While the market will continue to grow in these

cities, high real estate costs will drive players to look at tier 2 and 3 cities for growth. Hence, a

higher growth in the premium and mid-end of the market is anticipated. However the trend to

expand into second tier cities are proving to be. [10] Dramatic Boost in Global Sports and

Fitness Media The young population is living life on the fast lane courtesy the boom in the IT

industry and BPO sectors. Since most of these industries work as per the western time zones,

their lifestyle keeps in them in the workplace almost round the clock. Further the globalization

and internet generation is exposed to the multimillion dollar Bollywood and Hollywood film

industry apart from the invasion of satellite television and DTH. This has brought the Gen Z a

feel of the International music and fashion diaspora along with an addiction to international

sports leagues such as the Premier League in England, the La Liga in Spain or the Seria A from

Italy. This media frenzy has induced an appetite for an fashion and the desire to look good. This

fast paced, hectic modern lifestyles which seldom allow a person to workout actively or follow a

well-crafted fitness regime Increased Spending and Personal Disposable Income People are

spending a sizeable earnings to look and feel good. The trend is encouraging people to take out

time from their busy schedules and visit the gym or follow a strict workout routine in the comfort

of their homes by taking personal training services. People are coming to terms with the fact that

those who exercise regularly are happier and healthier compared to those who don’t. Also,

regular workouts help in reducing stress, anxiety and depression and keep a host of diseases at

bay, including 13 types of Cancer. Strength, energy and stamina are the other immediate clear

cut benefits that come with working out regularly The Gym Demography Community centers

in residential societies and even apartment complexes nowadays, invariably hosts a gym. Not

just in metropolitan cities, the fitness boom is catching on in tier two and tier three citiesas they

are now home to a dozen of gyms and fitness centers. Multinational fitness chains and gyms are

taking the franchisee route to enter the Indian subcontinent. Rise in Personal Gyms and

Celebrity Trainers Small home gyms are also coming up in the houses of business tycoons,

industrialists, sport icons, celebrities, socialites and fitness freaks who can afford the price and

the space. Now, there are even personalized gyms to meet their specific whims and fancies. Case



121

Study – India’s Largest Gym Brand India’s largest listed gym operator is Talwalkars Better

Value Fitness. The $28 million (revenue) Mumbai company makes its debut on the Best Under A

Billion list this year. Revenues have more than tripled from 2008 and profits nearly

quadrupled.[13]

REFERENCES

UNFPA “State of world population 2014” [accessed Feb 13 2018]

https://www.unfpa.org/sites/default/files/pub-pdf/EN-SWOP14-Report_FINAL-

web.pdf.

“Five Non-communicable Diseases, $47 Trillion Global Burden Over Next Two

Decades” medicalnewstoday.com

“Spending on Health Sector” Min of Health and Family Welfare, Govt of India, Press

Information Bureau. April 11, 2017

“How-india-spends-on-health” Hindustantimes.com/india-news. Dec 11, 2017

https://www.hindustantimes.com/india-news/how-india-spends-on-health/story-

CPyiZZ4jcI4imSKJq03jBM.html

‘Exergames for elderly: Social exergames to persuade seniors to increase physical

activity” Brox et al. (2011)



122

COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE SPORTS ACHIEVEMENT

MOTIVATION OF SOCCER PLAYERS IN ALL INDIA INTER-

UNIVERSITY LEVEL

Huirem Englancha Singh, P.G.D.S.C student

Khoirom Sanayaima Singh, M.P.Ed student

Lamabam Naocha Meitei, M.P.Ed student

Pukhrambam Osin Chanu, M.P.Ed student

L.N.I.P.E, Gwalior.

ABSTRACT

Several factors influence the selection of the specific sports participation of the current study.

First the researcher’s familiarity with football through participation experience, especially with

regard to motivation, initially spurred interest in the examination of motivational difference

among female soccer players .The psychologist status of female soccer players is different. Thus

the purpose of the present study was to compare the Sports Achievement Motivation between

finalist team participating in All India Inter University Women Football Tournament, 2017-2018

held in Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior. SAMT consist of 20

Multiple Choice Questions of 40 marks. Each Question carries two (2) marks for correct answer

and zero (0) mark for wrong answer. The question measured the extent to which student were

motivated towards sports achievement motivation. Considering the population of the study,

stratified random sampling technique has been employed and the sample size has been targeted

in this investigation only on finalist team of 20 female players in the tournament. Statistical tool

was used for accurate and systematic results. Independent t-test was use as Statistical Technique

for comparative analysis. And the level of significant was set at 0.05 levels. The result indicated

that there is no difference on achievement motivation between players competing in the final of

the tournament.

Keywords: Sport Achievement Motivation, college female Players, Independent t-test, stratified

random sampling.

INTRODUCTION

Where there are human beings, there is behaviour; and where there are behaviors -whether

individual or social-there is bound to be psychology, in one some form. The behavioral effects of

motivation are vital to all achievement-oriented tasks, whether the situation is the laboratory,

classroom, or playing field. How motivation functions in achievement setting is an important

question for parents, teachers, coaches, and scientists alike. It is not surprising, then, that a

common goal in social psychology and sports psychology is to develop knowledge to the extent

that motivation can be optimized for all individuals facing achievement tasks. If this goal is

achieved and equality of motivations and achievement striving is obtained, each individual will

have the opportunity of reaching his or her athletic potential. Although it could never be said

with certainly that an individual was fully developing this potential, those occasions when

development was definitely halted could be recognized. Within sports psychology, motivation is

of central importance as research attempt to understand and explain human behaviour within the



123

realm of physical activity via participation and discontinuation motives, intrinsic and extrinsic

orientation and achievement goals. Motivation sustains life; it acts as a catalyst for our growth

and development from a mere zygote state to adult stage. It inspires and empowers us to

accomplish and achieve incredible thins. It is a directing agent for our actions that aim at

something higher, better and greater. All life-activity can be explained on the basis of motivation

that we exhibit in greater or lesser degree in one situation or the other, and for one thing or the

other. No two individual are alike in everything that goes to construct personality. This research

present implication for practice and research, particularly in terms of situational factors (e.g.,

motivational climate) related to goal perspectives. The athletes in this study, particularly. The

female soccer players indicated the importance of social factors in achievement motivation. In

this study it was hypothesized that there would be significant difference in Sports achievement

motivation between team in final of All India Inter University Women Football Tournament.

METHODOLOGY

The data was collected on all the subjects by administering the M.L. Kamlesh Sports

Achievement Motivation Questionnaire (SAMT). SAMT consist of 20 Multiple Choice

Questions of 40 marks. Each Question carries two (2) marks for correct answer and zero (0)

mark for wrong answer. The question measured the extent to which student were motivated

towards sports achievement. The SAMT carrying a test retest reliability as 0.70, in a test of

twenty statements the response value of which range between 0 – 40. The validity SAMT with

the actual performance of the athletes had been worked out to be 0.55 which is marked.

Considering the study, sample size has been targeted in this investigation to 40 female Soccer

players in final of All India Inter University Women Football Tournament. Statistical tool was

used for accurate and systematic results. Independent t-test was use as Statistical Technique for

comparative analysis. And the level of significant was set at 0.05 levels.

FINDINGS AND RESULT

Researcher selected and identified appropriate raw data group wise. Mean score, Standard

Deviation of each group was calculated. After Calculating the Mean, Standard Deviation the

researcher applied Independent ‟t” test. The mean score of Annamalai University and

Thiruvallure University are 24.3 and 25.4 respectively. And Standard deviation for both team

are 5.4 and 1.5 respectively as shown in table no. 1. Figure bellow indicates the mean difference

scores of the teams.

Table no. 1

Mean and standard deviation of Annamalai University and Thiruvallure University

Groups Numbers of players Mean Std. Deviation T value

Male 20 24.3 5.4 -8.47

Female 20 25.4 1.5

*Significant at 0.05 level of Significance Tabulated‘t’ = 2.02

It may be observed from the given table (1) that there was an insignificant difference found

between Annamalia University and Thiruvallure University players on Sport Achievement

Motivation as the calculated ‟t” value (-8.47) is lower than tabulated ‟t” value (2.02) at 0.05 level

of confidence. From the results of the study it has been evident that no significant difference was



124

found between Annamalia University and Thiruvallure University players on Motivation. It

appears that when the players attain excellence and become mature, their level of motivation also

boost up at certain level. Whenever, such mature players perform, their motivation level usually

remains the same as appeared in cases of Inter-University.

CONCLUSIONS

On the basis of the results obtained from the present empirical investigation, it may be concluded

that the Finalist of All India Inter-University women tournament did not differ on their level of

motivation. Furthermore it may also be inferred that both finalist team’s player have a similar

level of motivation during the competition.

REFERENCE

M.L. Kamlesh, “Educational Sports Psychology”. ( New Delhi-Friends Publication,

2006).

Robert Glyn C. “Achievement Motivation in sports”. Department of Physical

Education.University of Iltinous.

M.L. Kamlesh, “Educational Sports Psychology”. ( New Delhi-Friends Publication,

2006).

C.P. Singh, M. Ahmed, and I. Hussain, “A Comparative Study of Sports Achievement

Motivation between Male and Female Badminton Players”Vyayam-Vidnyan, 43(3),

2010, pp.30-33.

K. Kaur, N.P. Sharma and D.K Dureha.“Relationship between Achievement Motivation

and Pre-Competition

Anxiety of Indian Inter University Hockey Players” Scientific Journal in Sports and

Exercise,3(2), 2007, pp.24-26.

B.S. Thakur, and L. Mohan “Personality Traits, Anxiety and Achievement Motivation

Level of Volleyball Players and NonSpotmen”, Journal of Sports and Sports Sciences,

31(4),2008, pp.23-29.

Tammy A. Schilling. “Achievement motivation: Conceptions of ability, subjective

experience, task choice, and performance”. Canadian journal of sports Psychology,91,

2001, pp.238-246.



125

PLANTAR & DORSI FLEXION OF ANKLE

AN INDICATOR OF AGEING

Rakesh Kumar1, Dr. Amar Kumar

2

1Research scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior, (M.P.)

2Assistant Professor, Dept. of Sports Biomechanics

Email- [email protected] LNIPE Gwalior, (M.P.) [email protected]

INTRODUCTION:

The ankle is a complex joint that connects the foot to the lower leg. A hinge joint formed by the

articulation of the tibia and the fibula with the talus below also called mortise joint. It bears up to

eight times the body weight when one runs. Normal ankle function is needed to walk with a

smooth and nearly effortless gait. The muscles, tendons, and ligaments that support the ankle

joint work together to propel the body (Chaurasia, 2012). Flexibility at the ankle joints provides

an important contribution to safe execution of many functional tasks (e.g. walking, negotiating

stairs, rising from a chair) and added efficiency in maintenance of postural stability (Nitz &

Nancy, 2004). Dorsi flexion where the toes are brought closer to the shin. This decreases the

angle between the dorsum of the foot and the leg (Kyung 2005). Plantar flexion is the movement

which decreases the angle between the sole of the foot and the back of the leg (Kendall 2005). Ankle joint flexibility and strengthening are necessary for functional tasks like walking quickly,

negotiating stairs, and rising from chair, balance and postural stability (Long L, Jackson K,

2013). Ageing is associated with several changes in joint physiology, including a reduction in the

water content of the cartilage, the synovial fluid volume and the proteoglycans. Several studies

have shown that ankle dorsiflexion-plantarflexion and subtalar joint inversion-eversion range of

motion are 12-30% lower in older people (James B, 1989; Nigg BM, 1992). Loss of ankle joint

range and strength of muscles around ankle are considered to be part of normal ageing process

(McAdam& Smith, 1988; Tinetti, 1986). Amongst the many factors described, the fact that the

aging process results in reduced joint flexibility and reduced afferent sensory information is well

established. All joints show a significant reduction in range of motion (ROM) with age. The aim

of this study is to investigate the effect of ageing process in the movement of planter &

dorsiflexion on ankle.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Selection of subjects: The study was conducted 40 subjects were selected with the age ranging

from 20 to 60 years from LNIPE Gwalior (M.P.). Purposive sampling technique was used to

attain the objective of the study. Ten students are divided in four groups according to his age

category. Individuals who fulfilled the inclusion and exclusion criteria and gave written consent

for participation were selected. The purpose of this study was explained to the subjects. All the

subjects fulfilling the inclusion and exclusion criteria who volunteered to participate in the study

were described verbally about the procedure to be used in the study. Testing was performed only

after informed consent was taken from the subjects. Following procedures were performed –

Measurement of dorsi flexion and plantar flexion range- Subject was placed in high sitting

position on a plinth. A double arm digital goniometer was used to measure the range of motion.

Fulcrum was placed on the lateral malleoli, stable arm of goniometer along the tibia in such a

manner that an imaginary line joining the lateral malleoli and head of fibula. Foot was

maintained in 90 degree position to the tibia; movable arm of the goniometer was placed parallel

to V Metatarsal. Now subject was asked to move the ankle upward (dorsiflexion) maximally.

http://lnipe.edu.in/public_html/Dr.%20Amar%20Kumar%20resume.html

mailto:[email protected]

https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/dorsiflexion

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tibia

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leg

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatomical_terms_of_motion#CITEREFKyung2005

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatomical_terms_of_motion#CITEREFKendall2005



126

Then after maintaining the initial position, subject was asked to take his foot in downward

direction (plantar flexion) as far as possible.

Statistical tools: Two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to comparison range of

motion through dorsiflexion & planter flexion of ankle among different age groups. Statistical

analysis was carried out with IBM SPSS version 20. A significance level of p < 0.05 was

considered.

RESULTS

Table 1: Descriptive statistics for the data on dorsiflexion & plantar flexion among different age groups.

Ageing Ankle flexion Mean Std. Deviation N

Age 20+ Dorsiflexion 74.60 2.84 10

Plantar flexion 156.40 2.37 10







Table-1 should shows the descriptive statistics i.e., value of mean and standard deviation for

moment of dorsiflexion and plantar flexion of ankle in right & left leg of age category 20-

30(74.6±2.84, 156.4±2.37), age category of 30-40 are (82.4±2.22, 149.3±2.5)and age category of

40-50(87.6±1.71, 139.2±3.08) age category of 50-60 are (93.5±1.58, 130.5±2.27).

Table2:

ANOVA table for the data on dorsiflexion & plantar flexion among different age groups.

Source Type III Sum of

Squares

Degree of

Freedom

Mean Square F Sig.

Age 197.837 3 65.95 11.74 .00

Flexion 70389.113 1 70389.11 12535.29 .00

Age X flexion 5602.937 3 1867.65 332.60 .00

Table 2 revealed that F value should difference in dorsiflexion and plantar flexion in

different age groups as its p value (.00) is less than .05.

Here the F-value was significant; hence, the post hoc test needs to be applied for testing

the significance of mean difference between different pairs of groups.



127

Table 3:

Post hoc comparison of means using LSD test in dorsiflexion & plantar flexion among different

age groups.

(I) Ageing (J) Ageing Mean Difference (I-J) Std. Error Sig.

Age 20+ Age 30+ -.35 .75 .64

Age 40+ 2.10 .75 .01

Age 30+ Age 40+ 2.45 .75 .00

Age 50+ 3.85 .75 .00

Age 40+ Age 50+ 1.40 .75 .07

Age 50+ Age 20+ -3.50 .75 .00

It can be seen from table-3 that the difference between age group 20+ with 40+ and 50+was

significant at .01 and .00 respectively which is less than .05. Similarly, the difference between

30+ with 40+ and 30+ with 50+was significant at .00 which is less than .05.

However, there is no significant difference between the 20+ with 30+ and 40+ with 50+ age

groups on their dorsiflexion and plantar flexion because the p value is more than .05.

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

Statistical analysis of data reveals that the age group 20+ with 40+ and 50+ was significant

difference between in dorsiflexion and plantar flexion. However there was no significant

difference between the 20+ with 30+ and 40+ with 50+ in the dorsiflexion and plantar flexion.

The analysis of data shows that the dorsiflexion and plantar flexion may be considered as good

indicator of ageing asrange of motion of ankle decline with increase in age. Some of studied

supported the findings that older people were found to have 32% less dorsiflexion range of

motion of the first metatarsophalangeal joint than younger people (Scott G, 2007). With increase

in age the collagen fibers in the cartilage undergo a cross-linking process, resulting in increased

stiffness (Hamerman D, 1998). These changes may contribute to the reduced range of motion in

lower extremity joints observed in older people. The researcher concluded that flexibility of

ankle joint (i.e., dorsiflexion and plantar flexion) may also be considered as an indicator to see

the effect of ageing process.



128

REFERENCE

Long L, Jackson K, Laubach L. A home based exercises program for the foot and ankle

to improve balance, muscle performance and flexibility in community dwelling older

adults. Int J Phys Med Rehabil 2013;1(3)

Vandervoort AA, Chesworth BM, Cunningham DA, Paterson DH, Rechnitzer PA, Koval

JJ.Age and sex effects on mobility of the human ankle. J Gerontol. 1992;47:M17–M21

Chaurasia, B. D. 2012. Human Anatomy Lower Limb, regional and applied dissection

and clinical lower limb abdomen and pelvis (volume - 2) 5 edition (regional and applied

dissection and clinical lower limb abdomen and pelvis.Vol-2, Edition-6. CBS Publishers,

Daryaganj, Daryaganj, New Delhi, Delhi,

Nitz, Jennifer, C., & Choy, Nancy, Low. 2004. The relationship between ankle

dorsiflexion range, falls and activity level in women aged 40 to 80 years. New Zealand

Journal of Physiotherapy., 32(3): 121-125



129

PUBLIC RELATION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF PHYSICAL

EDUCATION

Waribam, J. Singh1 and L. Santosh Singh

2

Research Scholar, Dept. of Physical Edu. and Sports Science Manipur University, Imphal

Assistant Professor, Dept. of Physical Edu. and Sports Science Manipur University, Imphal

INTRODUCTION

Physical education as an instrument of health, fitness, performance and excellence is an integral

part of organized educational efforts. Its true image does not seem to have been well publicized.

Consequently people, in general, know little about its inherent philosophy, ideals, values and

objectives. The understanding and appreciation of profession-environment interactions and

evaluation of the experiences emanating there from will surely make physical education an

effective instrument of social change. This is possible through good public relations.

Public relations is a process by which an institution, organisation or profession projects its image

in the public through channels other than those constituting media, and receive feedback from

the external environment about the effectiveness of its policies and programmes obtained only

through the various publicity media.

For them, physical activity is a fad, a frill-a sheet waste of time. Parents are so seriously

concerned about the standing of their children in science, commerce or literature at school but

not in physical education. Lack of public relations i.e., free flow of information between the

institution and the public, is responsible for this state of affairs. Public relations include both

performance and communications used to form profitable relationships with the public.

PURPOSES

Davis and Walls (1961) precisely listed the following purposes of public relations in physical

education:

To help to understand the reasons for and values of physical education.

To create goodwill with all pertinent publics (students, parents, teachers, school personnel

and public in general).

To inform of present programmes and planned changes in programmes, policies etc.

To guide and promote public opinion in favour of worthy programmes of physical education.

To inform pertinent publics of services rendered by the department and its willingness of

serve.

Need of Public Relation in Physical Education:

To create and develop interest in physical education, it is essential that public should be well

informed about its different activities and programmes. It is impossible to make students,

teachers and outsiders interested in physical education without a good publicity programme. All

this information should be provided to them through effective and active public relation. The

following are some of the important items which should be essential publicised: -



130

a. Health and physical fitness of the students.

b. Achievements of students in physical education.

c. Importance of students’ achievement in practical life.

d. The physical activities available in the school.

e. Aims and objectives of physical education.

It requires, on the one side, necessary facilities and on the other side, discipline in the

participants and audience. These two essential requirements of ‘Sports Meet’ can’t be fulfil

without co-operation of the local public. Hence ‘Public Relation’ is a must in physical education.

Important Devices of Public Relations in Physical Education

For the development of physical education on healthy basis it is essential that the public should

be well informed about its utility and its various activities. The following are the important

devices to awaken public interest in physical education: -

Exhibitions: Through exhibitions certain items are displayed for public as well as students.

This is the medium through which knowledge regarding the achievements of the students

and availability of various physical activities in the school is imparted. Through the

exhibition of models, charts, pictures, graphs etc. skills of different games and physical

activities can be displayed for the benefit of public and students.

Play Day: Play Day is a powerful device of public relation. On that day the students are

left free to participate in any game they like. All participating children have fun and

recreation. Sport-skill is not given any importance on ‘Play Day’. But from the view of

entertainment and social contracts, it does have a great significance.

Demonstration: Demonstration is the most valuable form of publicizing the physical

activities of a school. It provides an opportunity through which the achievements of the

students and effectiveness of physical education is practically demonstrated to the public

and students.

Radio: Radio is a medium of wider publicity. Programmes of physical education can be

widely publicized through radio broadcasts. Running commentary on ‘Radio’ plays a

potential role in creating public interest. As a result, public interest in these two games is

developing greatly.

Television: Television has given a new direction to publicity. Radio can present only

running commentary, but T.V. has made it possible to see the actual match being played at

far off places and experience gained through eyes is more effective and solid.

Postures: To attract the public towards certain programmes of physical education, postures

can prove to be an effective medium. The posters should be printed in attractive colours

and eye-catching style.

Pamphlets: Pamphlets can also be used to attract the public to certain programmes of

physical education. A pamphlet depicts the summary of the programme to be presented by

an instruction or an organization which should be printed atrractively.



131

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATOR

Public relations in physical education and sport are the physical educator’s baby the nurture and

care of which is his responsibility. Other teachers, administrative and field staff act as a support

for it. Within the parameters of their defined roles and responsibilities, physical education

teachers must work out effective strategies of public relations in order to be successful at their

job, and in their mission.

With the help of administration and student-leaders, they must reach out to the targeted

section (s) of the society through verbal and non-verbal means giving information and

gathering feedback as well as seeking financial support for their programmes and activities.

They must, first of all, put their house in order and have transparency and credibility in their

working and dealings.

Participation in community programmes such as social work, calamity management outside

the precincts of the institution by the physical education teachers shall go a long way in

strengthening the public relation process.

Through a variety of demonstrative and competitive activity programmes, they should

constantly keep in touch with parents, general public and significant others allowing them to

receive right kind of information and impression.

Physical educators must remember that good human relations are at the heart of good public

relations. They should engage in commendable acts and actions and avoid indulging in

unbecoming behaviour.

In corporation with others, they should project a fair image of physical education profession

through example and not percent.

All out efforts must be made by physical educators to remove misgivings about physical

education and sports from the minds of the students. They must guard against false and

adverse propaganda, if any, and counter it with patience and diligence.

PUBLIC RELATION MEDIA

Public relation media refers to all the ways, means, techniques and strategies – both verbal and

non-verbal – which aim to develop pro-active relationship between the institution/organization

and the community ranging from students to the general public. A brief discussion on each of the

media or public relation may be useful to the reader.

Parent-teacher Meetings: Physical educators personally visit a few caring parents to apprise

them of the school activity programmes and seek their help in bringing about improvement in

their department. In fact, frequent meetings of parents and physical educators are the finest

means of public relation.

Public Speaking: Public speaking is an art but unfortunately few physical educators are

good at it. More often than not they feel shy of facing audience, they are not too articulate

resulting in not-so-good public relation.



132

Exhibition: In comparison to activity display, an exhibition is a passive and indirect public

relation strategy. Through a display of pictures, charts, graphs, drawings, diagrams, objects,

artifacts, models, sketches, paintings etc. various aspects of physical education could be

displayed.

Activity Competitions: Intramurals, extramurals in regular sports and games and inter-class,

inter-group competition in recreational activities are yet another effective and direct means of

public relation.

Play-days: As already pointed out elsewhere, play-days are highly important educational

experiences. Informal, rejuvenating and recreating as they are, they bring the school

authorities, teachers, parents and the public on one forum enabling them to interact with one

another more meaningfully.

Rallies: To project the programme of physical activity mass rallies are organized on large

scale at various levels – city, district, regional and national Rally should be planned carefully

and much in advance.

Conclaves: Conclave includes parent and public meetings, assemblies and core group

discussions at the institution with certain specified objectives.

Print Media: Bulletins, newsletters, newspapers, magazines, graphics, pictures, posters,

brochures, pamphlets etc. comprise print media that are used by the institution directly as an

instrument of publicity.

Electronic Media: Television, video, films and radio constitute electronic media. The

publicity dominated and information hungry world of today puts greater reliance on

electronic media than any other means of communication.

CONCLUSION

Public Relation is all the more essential for development of physical education. To create and

develop interest in physical education, it is essential that public should be well informed about its

different activities and programmes. ‘Public Relation’ is a powerful means to publicise and

spread the healthy concept of physical education. To reach out to people, physical education

must use public relations as a handy tool. It is deeply related with physical education and sports,

because it is the discipline which built, character, social, physical, mental, spiritual development

of a person. Moreover, it will also help to wash out the misconceptions of physical education

from them. In order to achieve the aim and objectives of physical education the role and

responsibility of physical educator is vital.



133

A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FLEXIBILITY STATUS OF

SELECTED VARIABLES IN THE GAME OF FOOTBALL AND

BASKETBALL

Nabanita Sharma1, Chandan K Paswan

2

MPEd Student, LNIPE, Gwalior

PhD Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior

ABSTRACT

In the field of games and sports flexibility plays a vital role in determining the performances of a

sports person. It can act like a determining factor by which one can evaluate the particular

sports performances. Keeping this factor in mind, the of comparative study of flexibility status on

selected variables in the game of football and basketball was taken to see the flexibility score of

the selected body parts. A total of 20 subjects were taken, 10 were from football match practice

group and the other 10 were from basketball match practice group. A total of five variables were

taken from the body site to compare the flexibility of the two team games that is football and

basketball. To compare the means of the two groups independent sample t-test was applied at

0.05 level of significance. The result showed there is no significance difference between the two

team games i.e. football and basketball.

Keywords: Flexibility

INTRODUCTION

In the field of physical education we rely on many factors that can determine the performance of

an athlete. The factors like strength, stamina, power, agility and speed play a vital role in the up-

liftment of an athlete. On the other hand, one of the main factors that we ignore in sports

performances is flexibility. Flexibility plays a vital role in enhancing sports performances and in

team games like football and basketball it has an upper hand to play. And to see the effect of

flexibility on selected body parts in the team game like football and basketball this particular

study was taken.

METHODOLOGY

A total of 20 players we randomly chosen for the purpose of the study. 10 were selected from

basket ball match practice and the rest 10 were from football. All the subjects were taken from

L.N.I.P.E, Gwalior and the study were delimited to the female footballers and basketballers of

the same institute. To compare the flexibility means of the both the games i.e. football and

basketball. Independent sample t-test was applied at 0.05 level of significance. Here are the

selected body movements that were taken to compare the flexibility of both the games:

Ankle dosri-flexion

Ankle planter-flexion

Knee flexion

Knee extension

Hip flexion

The following procedure was used to measure the flexibility of the players of both the games

which are as follows:



134

Procedure of Ankle dorsi flexion: Subject is in supine or seated on floor with right leg relaxed

and extended and Evaluator kneel perpendicular to the subject, then press subject right knee

with right hand and push the feet towards the subject’s body with left hand.

Scoring: As per the angle at the ankle of the subject, points were awarded.

Procedure of Ankle plantar flexion: Subject is in supine or seated on the floor with the right

leg relaxed and fully extended and Evaluator kneel perpendicular to the subject, then press

subject’s right knee with right hand & push the foot to produce ankle plantar flexion.

Scoring: As per the angle at the ankle of the subject, the points were awarded

PROCEDURE OF KNEE FLEXION:

Subject is in proline with arms lying above the head and the right knee flexed and Evaluator

kneels beside the subject’s left leg and place both hands on the subject’s right shin to perform

right knee flexion.

Scoring: As per the position of the subject’s knee given points were awarded given.

Procedure of Knee extension:

Standing with feet’s together and forcing knee extension without producing hip ante version.

Procedure of Hip flexion:

Supine on the floor with arms lying above the head, the left leg extended & right knee flexed.

Evaluator keeps the subject left leg extended against the floor and & pressing the right leg as to

produce Hip-Flexion.

Analysis of data, conclusion and discussion

For the analysis of the data independent sample t-test was applied to see the comparative effect

between both the games.

Table 1. Descriptive Statistics 0f Different Flexibility of Different Games

group N Mean Std.

Deviation

Std. Error

Mean

ankle_dorsi_flexion football 10 1.9000 .56765 .17951

basketball 10 1.4000 .51640 .16330

ankle_planter_flexi

on

football 10 2.5000 .52705 .16667

basketball 10 2.2000 .63246 .20000

knee_flexion football 10 3.5000 .52705 .16667

basketball 10 3.1000 .31623 .10000

knee_extenion football 10 1.6000 .69921 .22111

basketball 10 1.4000 .51640 .16330

hip_flexion football 10 3.8000 .42164 .13333

basketball 10 2.9000 .73786 .23333



135

Table 2 t-test of flexibility test

Variables F-value Sig. t-value df Sig. (2-tailed)

Ankle dosri-

flexion

.762 .394 2.060 18 .054

Ankle planter-

flexion

.028 .869 1.152 18 .264

Knee flexion 16.000 .001 2.058 18 0.54

Knee extension 1.446 .245 .728 18 .476

Hip flexion 1.702 .209 3.349 18 .004

CONCLUSION AND DISCUSSION

Hence by the above study it can be concluded that there was no significance difference found

when we compared the flexibility of selected body movements of footballers and basketballers.

The movements like ankle dorsi-flexion, ankle planter-flexion, knee flexion, knee extension and

hip flexion didn’t showed any significance difference between the two games i.e. football and

basketball.

For significant result number of subjects can be increased and also the number of variables, the

same study can also be done for the male footballers and basketballers aswell.

REFERENCES

Donald K and Eduare L. Fox, “The Physiological basis of Physical Education and Athletics”

(Philadelphia W.B.S Saunders, 1976) pp. 150-152.

Barrow and Maggie, “ A Practical Approach to Measurement in Physical Education” 3rd

Ed.

(Philadelphia: Lea and Fibiger, 1979 ), pp. 114.

Jack R Leighton, “Flexibility characters of 4 specialized skill group of college

Athletes “Physical Fitness Research Digest (5 October 1971): 10 Stursz Anne Marie, ‘’ the

relationship between ankle flexibility with jumping ability ‘Completed Research in Health,

Physical Education and Recreation 23

Cynthia S. Morris “Comparative study of the development of flexibility on three physical

education programme” Completed Research on Health, Physical Education and Recreation,

21(1974): pp-154.

Florence L. Hupprich and Peter O. Singerseth, “The specificity of Flexibility in girls”

Research Quarterly, 21 March 1950; pp- 25-33.

Betty Faster Mccue, “Flexibility measurement of college women”, Research Quarterly

24(October 1953): pp- 316-324.

Jachie Phul, “Flexibility of women and effect of scientific static stretching exercise on

flexibility”, Completed Research in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (1967): pp-

110.



136

EFFECT OF STEP AEROBIC TRAINING FOR SIX WEEKS

WITH 6 INCHES STEP PLATFORM AT 118 AND 126 BEATS

PER MINUTE (BPM) ON KINEMATIC (PARTIAL

TEMPORAL) VARIABLES

Dr. Sonia Shalini*, Raghvendra Shukla**, Dr. Dhananjoy Shaw***

* Associate Professor, I.G.I.P.E.S.S, University of Delhi, New Delhi, India

** Research Scholar, D.P.E.S.S, University of Delhi, New Delhi, India

*** Officiating Principal, I.G.I.P.E.S.S, University of Delhi, New Delhi, India

A study conducted with the objective to test the effect of step aerobic training for six weeks with 6

inches step platform at 118 and 126 beats per minute (BPM) on selected kinematic (Partial

Temporal) variables. The study was delimited to female subjects only (N=30), age ranging from

18 to 22 years and the intensity of training set to 118 and 126 beats per minute as protocol 1 and

protocol 2 respectively. The Data Recording and quantification for pre test and post test were

administered by Video Analysis (analysis for partial temporal variables) post test was

conducted immediately after step aerobic training for 6 weeks with six inches step platform at

118 BMP as well as 126 BMP independently. Collected data was computed with mean, standard

deviation and t-test. The selected variables for the study were Leg Step Up Variable-Right (T1),

Leg Step Up Variable-Left (T2), Leg Step Down Variable-Right (T3), Leg Step Down Variable-

Left (T4), Upward Arm Swing Variable (T9), Downward Arm Swing Variable (T10), Ratio

Variables (T17-T32). Effect of step aerobic training for six weeks in different protocol were

found to be significant for biomechanical adaptation. All the selected kinematic (temporal)

variables supported each other as per the existing literature or research and were found suitable

for step aerobic training evaluation.

Keywords:- Step Aerobic Training, Kinematic, Temporal, BPM.

INTRODUCTION

Aerobic training leads to aerobic fitness, also called cardio respiratory fitness, which is the

ability of the heart and lungs to supply nutrients and oxygen to the muscles and other body

tissues. Frequency, duration, and intensity influence aerobic training Research studies

documented various factors that could affect the aerobic requirement (energy cost) of step

aerobics training. These included body weight, step platform height, stepping rate, stepping

pattern and use of hand-held weights.

The determination of biomechanical indicators during step aerobics training, was that the effect

of increases in step platform height studied by Santos-Rocha, et.al 2000 and increase in ground

reaction force, investigated by Farrington and Dyson, 1995; Bezner et al., documented that

increases in step platform height and music tempo appear to increase ground reaction force.

According to these studies the height of a step platform reduces the time interval between the

initial contact and the moment of achieving the maximum ground reaction force, which in turn

leads to increases in mechanical work load and can therefore influence the way in which the type

and technique of movement are adapted.

http://www.articlearchives.com/medicine-health/diet-nutrition-fitness-exercise/1487602-1.html



137

METHODOLOGY

Selection of the subjects

Adopting random sampling method, depending upon the willingness of the female subjects, 30

subjects were selected for the purpose of the study. The age of the subjects ranged from 18 years

to 22 years. The objectives of the study and the procedure of the testing was explained to all the

volunteers in advance before the experimentation was conducted. The consent form was obtained

from all the participants in the study in advance.

SELECTION OF THE VARIABLES

Keeping in view the objectives of the study, following kinematic (partial temporal) categorized

variables were selected:

ADMINISTRATION OF THE TESTS AND COLLECTION OF THE DATA The video recording for the kinematic (partial temporal) variables were also conducted at the

Judo hall of I.G.I.P.E.S.S., the Badminton hall of I.G.I.P.E.S.S., Fitness First and at Ozone

Fitness Club. The Data Recording and quantification for pre-test and post test were administered

by Video Analysis (analysis for partial temporal variables). Post test was conducted immediately

after step aerobics training for 6 weeks with six inches step platform at 118 BMP as well as 126

BMP independently. The data obtained was analyzed by computing the mean, standard deviation

and two tail ‘t’ test by difference method was computed to these paired observations of protocol.

Table 1 Effect of Step Aerobic Training on Kinematic (Partial Temporal) Variables

S. No. VARIABLE TEST MEAN SD ΣD ΣD2 (ΣD)2 T

1. T1 Pre Test 0.14 0.01 0.22 0.01 0.05 3.12*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

2. T2 Pre Test 0.15 0.00 0.14 0.00 0.02 5.12*

Post Test 0.14 0.00

3. T3 Pre Test 0.16 0.01 0.14 0.00 0.02 5.12*

Post Test 0.16 0.00

4. T4 Pre Test 0.12 0.00 0.26 0.00 0.07 7.68*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

5. T5 Pre Test 0.14 0.00 0.28 0.01 0.08 4.05*

Post Test 0.13 0.02

6. T6 Pre Test 0.15 0.00 0.15 0.00 0.02 4.87*

Post Test 0.14 0.01

7. T7 Pre Test 0.17 0.06 0.30 0.01 0.09 4.16*

Post Test 0.17 0.01

8. T8 Pre Test 0.13 0.04 0.23 0.00 0.05 5.52*

Post Test 0.13 0.02

9. T9 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.02 0.54 16.16 132.54*

Post Test 0.13 0.01

10. T10 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.23 0.60 17.89 195.12*



138

Post Test 0.14 0.00

11. T11 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.60 0.71 21.16 178.16*

Post Test 0.15 0.00

12. T12 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.02 0.54 16.16 132.54*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

13. T13 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.03 0.55 16.24 57.36

Post Test 0.14 0.00

14. T14 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.26 0.61 18.15 194.44*

Post Test 0.14 0.02

15. T15 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.67 0.73 21.81 56.07*

Post Test 0.16 0.03

16. T16 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.53 16.0 135.87*

Post Test 0.13 0.02

17. T17 Pre Test 1.02 0.13 1.79 0.48 32.04 2.92*

Post Test 0.97 0.06

18. T18 Pre Test 1.00 0.03 8.90 0.04 0.80 6.81*

Post Test 1.00 0.04

19. T19 Pre Test 1.00 0.03 1.37 0.08 1.87 9.67*

Post Test 1.00 0.05

20. T20 Pre Test 1.01 0.04 1.25 0.08 1.56 7.42*

Post Test 0.99 0.05

Table 1 Contd...

S. No. VARIABLE TEST MEAN SD ΣD ΣD2 (ΣD)2 T

21. T21 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.31 30.66 918.68 152.71*

Post Test 1.01 0.07

22. T22 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.11 30.23 906.40 165.10*

Post Test 1.00 0.05

23. T23 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.70 31.84 942.30 158.90*

Post Test 1.01 0.06

24. T24 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.77 30.66 946.92 99.84*

Post Test 1.00 0.07

25. T25 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.66 29.33 879.43 289.86*

Post Test 0.98 0.03



139

26. T26 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.41 30.84 924.64 230.05*

Post Test 1.01 0.02

27. T27 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.44 30.91 926.59 207.18*

Post Test 1.01 0.03

28. T28 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.54 29.11 872.62 186.29*

Post Test 0.98 0.04

29. T29 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.98 29.98 899.06 337.68*

Post Test 0.99 0.02

30. T30 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.10 30.24 906.91 334.97*

Post Test 0.99 0.04

31. T31 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.66 31.35 940.64 147.14*

Post Test 1.01 0.06

32. T32 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.85 29.71 891.02 224.09*

Post Test 0.98 0.04

* significant at 0.05 level

Table 2 Effect of Step Aerobic Training on Kinematic (Partial Temporal) Variables

S. No. VARIABLE TEST MEAN SD ΣD ΣD2 (ΣD)2 t

1 T1 Pre Test 0.16 0.01 0.83 0.03 0.74 12.48*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

2 T2 Pre Test 0.16 0.01 0.53 0.01 0.28 10.98 *

Post Test 0.14 0.00

3 T3 Pre Test 0.17 0.02 0.66 0.02 0.44 9.45*

Post Test 0.16 0.00

Table 2 Contd...


4 T4 Pre Test 0.13 0.01 0.25 0.00 0.06 8.75*

Post Test 0.12 0.01

5 T5 Pre Test 0.16 0.03 0.84 0.04 0.71 5.93*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

6 T6 Pre Test 0.15 0.01 0.28 0.00 0.08 8.91*



140

Post Test 0.14 0.00

7 T7 Pre Test 0.18 0.02 0.76 0.03 0.58 6.35*

Post Test 0.15 0.06

8 T8 Pre Test 0.13 0.01 0.69 0.11 0.48 2.27*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

9 T9 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 3.80 0.48 14.44 129.08*

Post Test 0.13 0.00

10 T10 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.25 0.60 18.06 171.14*

Post Test 0.14 0.00

11 T11 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.65 0.72 21.62 150.87*

Post Test 0.15 0.00

12 T12 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 3.65 0.44 13.32 178.81*

Post Test 0.12 0.00

13 T13 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 3.95 0.52 15.60 113.24*

Post Test 0.13 0.01

14 T14 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.14 5918 171396 28.93*

Post Test 0.14 0.00

15 T15 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.28 0.61 18.32 152.60*

Post Test 0.15 0.00

16 T16 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 4.56 0.69 20.79 174.87*

Post Test 0.13 0.06

17 T17 Pre Test 1.01 0.06 4.05 0.65 16.80 12.60*

Post Test 0.94 0.04

18 T18 Pre Test 1.04 0.03 1.77 0.19 3.13 6.06*

Post Test 0.99 0.04

19 T19 Pre Test 1.01 0.04 1.69 0.14 2.87 8.13*

Post Test 1.02 0.02

20 T20 Pre Test 1.01 0.04 1.25 0.07 1.57 9.11*

Post Test 1.00 0.04

21 T21 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 1.49 0.11 2.22 7.41*

Post Test 0.96 0.04

22 T22 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 28.92 27.94 836.58 121.18*

Post Test 0.99 0.04

23 T23 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.75 29.55 884.96 128.62*

Post Test 1.02 0.03

24 T24 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.65 31.32 939.13 225.82*

Post Test 1.00 0.04

25 T25 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.98 30.01 898.95 142.34*

Post Test 1.00 0.02

26 T26 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.00 30.01 900.13 332.64*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

27 T27 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.00 30.30 899.98 428.90*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

28 T28 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.01 30.02 900.53 374.42*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

29 T29 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.94 29.89 896.59 457.70*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

Table 2 Contd...


30 T30 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.99 29.99 899.63 416.37*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

31 T31 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 30.01 30.03 900.73 395.46*



141

Post Test 1.00 0.01

32 T32 Pre Test 0.00 0.00 29.94 29.88 896.15 443.52*

Post Test 1.00 0.01

* significant at 0.05 level

T1 – T16 = milliseconds

T17 - T32 = numeric

Notes: N = 30

Pre Test =Test conducted before starting the experimental protocol.

Post Test= Test conducted after six weeks of training of the experimental protocol.

Protocol 2 = Performing ‘Basic Step' on 6 inch high step platform at 126 beats per min.

DISCUSSION OF THE FINDINGS

There was decreasing trend was observed following the adaptation and no definite trend was observed

following the increase of intensity of step aerobics training in regard to variable T1, T2, T5, T6, T7,

T17, T18 and T20. There was increasing trend was observed following the adaptation and no definite

trend was observed following the increase of intensity of step aerobics training in regard to variable T9,

T10, T11, T12, T13, T14, T15, T16, T19, T21, T22, T23, T24, T25, T26, T27, T28, T29, T30, T31 and

T32. There was no definite trend was observed following the adaptation and following the

increase of intensity of step aerobics training in regard to the variable T3, T4 and T8.

REFERENCES:

Shalini, S.S.(2010). A Study on the Effect of Step Aerobic Training on Selected Ground

Reaction Force Variables of Female:A thesis in Physical Education( Doctoral,s Thesis).

University of Delhi, Delhi, India

Shephard, R.J.; Fitness of a Nation: Lessons from the Canada Fitness Survey. Basel: S

Karger, (1986).

Smith, S.F. and Smith, C.M.; Personal Health Choices. Boston: Jones and Barlett

Publishers, inc. (1990).

Wilmore, J. H.; “Design Issues and Alternatives in Assessing Physical Fitness among

Apparently Healthy Adults in a Health Examination Survey of the General Population”. In:

Assessing Physical Fitness and Activity in General Population Studies, T. F. Drury (Ed.).

Washington, DC: U.S. Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics,pp.107-

140(1988).

Bacon, C.; Myers, T.; and Karageorghis, C. I.;” Effect of Movement-Music Synchrony and

Tempo on Exercise Oxygen Consumption”. Manuscript Submitted for Publication.

(2008).



142

POTENTIAL EFFECT OF AN INTEGRATED YOGA THERAPY

ON ALTERATION OF MYOELECTRIC SIGNAL ACQUISITION

OF VASTUS LATERALIS MUSCLE AMONG ATHLETES WITH

PATELLAR TENDINOSIS

Samanta, A. (Ph.D. Scholar) a; Prof. Mukherjee, S

b.

a LNIPE (Dept. Of Exercise. Physiology), Gwalior – 474002, India.

b LNIPE (Dean -Academics & Coordinator IQAC. H.O.D- Dept. of Sports Management and

Coaching), Gwalior-474002, India

The athletes who involved in sports requiring repetitive knee actions like jumping, running are at

greater risk due to overuse injury. 10 athletes with knee pain were purposively selected, Age 19

to 23 yrs., weight 64±15 kg. and height 169±10 cm. The EMG response and parameter– on VL

muscle, Root Mean Square values. Repeated mixed ANOVA was used with SPSS 20. Level of

significance -0.05. There was statistical significant result showed in EMG parameter. (p<0.05)

in the group received integrated yoga therapy. Statistical significant difference of EMG response

of VL muscle was happened may be due to the improved blood flow, ionic shift, and most

important is strength and flexibility development.

INTRODUCTION: In most cases knee pain develops gradually, without known trauma and without an acute

mechanism of injury. Blazina and colleagues in 1973 first described Jumper’s knee as a chronic

overuse injury of the patellar tendon resulting from excessive stress on the knee extensor

mechanism. Athletes who involved in sports requiring repetitive knee actions like jumping, (e.g.,

volleyball, basketball), running (track), are at greater risk due to overuse injury. Biomechanical

flaws, such as reduced muscle strength (Quadriceps weakness, improper firing pattern of VL

muscle) or flexibility imbalances and jumping mechanics are such very important factors for

developing Patellofemoral pain. An increased incidence of idiopathic Patellofemoral pain during

adolescence has been identified in patients with jumper’s knee most often in athletes. [1, 2, 3]

METHODOLOGY:

The purpose of the study was to find out the most effective approach between combinations of

integrated hatha yoga therapy and rehabilitation exercise for reducing pain, improvement in

strength and flexibility induced myoelectric signal specific differences in VL muscle among

persons with Patellar Tendinosis. We hypothesized that may be there was significant difference

between the two-exercise protocol to reduce VL EMG signal acquisition pattern.

SUBJECT SELECTION:

For the purpose of the study 12 male students of age group 19 to 23, weight 64±10 kg. and

height 169±10 cm. were purposively selected according to the availability of effected subjects.

The subjects were divided into two groups, first group were taking the combination of rehab and

yogic asanas and second group only rehab ex. All the persons were from LNIPE, Gwalior Only.



143

INCLUSION CRITERIA:

Subjects delimited only was taking physiotherapy treatment (ultrasound) from the university

health center under the supervision of physiotherapy doctor for several days (˃7days). The

subjects were reported significant pain reduction after ultrasound treatment and prescribed by the

doctor for taking rehabilitation exercise for further improvement in terms of strength and

flexibility restoration.

EXCLUSION CRITERIA: i. severe inflammation, swelling and pain around the anterior knee

joint. ii. Previous history of knee surgery.

INSTRUMENT: EMG-MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES:

PREPARATION OF SKIN – Applied a 60-70% alcohol-based

solution (isopropyl alcohol) on a single-use cotton-wool ball on the

anterior surface of knee and thigh skin for the purpose of disinfecting

and better conductance of the skin. SEMG ELECTRODES:

Envelope bipolar EMG Sensors were used in the study and the

electrodes were Covidien Kendall Disposable EMG surface

Electrodes. Technical Specifications: Type: H124SG, Diameter: 1 inch

(24mm), Ag/AgCI (silver/ silver chloride) sensor, Latex free, patented

gel formula and the inter-electrode distance were 20 mm.

PLACEMENT OF ELECTRODES (Fig. 1): The electrodes were

placed on knee extensor muscles in bipolar configuration. For the

electrodes fixation on the VL an imaginary line from the anterior-

superior iliac spine to the center of the patella was drawn and used as

reference for the measurement of the inclination angles of each portion

of the quadriceps muscle evaluated. For the VL muscle, the electrode

was placed on the muscle belly at approximately 10 cm from the femur

lateral epicondyle with inclination of 20° (approx). EEMG SETTINGS: Panel of Sweep speed

was set at 5mm/s and panel of sensitivity of EMG Envelop was set at 50 mkV/ cm. The sampling

frequency (cut off) was set up to 1000 Hz. using band-pass filtering between 1 and 500 Hz.

EEMG signal amplitude measurement unit was “μV”.

Test Administration:When the subjects arrived at the LNIPE Exercise Physiology laboratory,

they were asked to warm up by performing the Suksmavyayama for 3 mins. The leg was in

stationary position on a table without any movement during maximum voluntary isometric

contraction in 180° angle. EMG Muscle Force Timing at 180° (Isometric contraction) was 5 sec.

(Muscle tension or action potential) and 3 sec. Rest (resting potential- gap) for 10 times, and the

timing was recorded with the help of stopwatch.

YOGIC AND REHABLITATION EXERCISE PROTOCOL FOR VMO STRENGTH

DEVELOPMENT:

I. YOGA GROUP: The yogic intervention was developed with the consultation of senior yoga

instructor who had previous year experience with hatha yogic protocol from the Dept. of Yogic

Science, LNIPE, Gwalior. Those patients practiced yogic asanas at the departmental asana hall

from 6 p.m. to 6.55 p.m. for five days in a week. (A).Yogic ShithilikaranaVyayama (Foot, ankle

and knee losing practice): 1. Padanguli and goolfnaman 2. Goolf chakra 3. Goolfaghoornan 4.



144

Janu naman and chakra 5. Ardhatitali asana. (10 rounds for 30 sec. 30 sec rest. 10 min.) (B)

Suksmavyayama: (1) Pdotthanasana (straight legs raised) (10 rounds 15 sec. 15 sec rest. 3 min.)

(2) Knee cap tightening (MVIC) (15 sec 10 rounds 3 mins.) (3) Padachakrasana (10 times - clock

and anti-clock 4 mins.) (4) janghasaktivikaasaka 3 min. (5) katisaktivikaasaka 3 mins. (C)

Yogasana: (1) Standing asanas: Tadasana, Ardhachakrasana, Virabhadrasana, Utkatasana, (2)

Lying asanas: Bhujangasana, Shalabhasana, Dhanurasana, Setubandhasana. 24 mins. (D) Instant

relaxation tech: tightening the whole body then relax followed by savasana. 1 min. (E)

Nadisodhana pranayama. 3 mins. Followed by OM chanting.

II. CONTROL GROUP: Control group practiced rehabilitation exercise at the departmental

asana hall from 8.10 a.m. to 9.05 a.m for five days in a week (A) Yogic ShithilikaranaVyayama

(Foot, ankle and knee losing practice): 1. Padanguli and goolfnaman 2. Goolf chakra 3.

Goolfaghoornan 4. Janu naman and chakra 5. Ardhatitali asana. (15 rounds for 30 sec. 30 sec

rest. 15 min.) (B) Eccentric Exercise Protocols 35 mins. : 1. Straight leg raising (both legs) 30°,

60°, 90° (lying) 2. Knee cap tightening 3. Eccentric strengthening VL muscle: Single leg squats

from standing to about 70–90° of knee flexion on a decline board includes 3 sets of 15

repetitions. Decline angle of board is 25° (One session daily). (C) Savasana (5 mins)

RESULTS:

In this study a mixed design analysis was used to test the significance of main effects therapy

(between the subject) and time duration (within the subject) factors. The hypothesis were

tested at the significance level 0.0.

Table 1: shows descriptive statistics (mean aand std. deviation) of rehab.+ yoga and rehab. ex. in

different time interval ( initial, after 6 weeks , after 9 weeks and at last 12 weeks).



145

Table 2: Since Levene’s stat. was non sig. (.871, .861, .51, .294 ˃ 0.05) in each therapy group,

hence the assumptions of homogeneity of variance was satisfied. Mauchly’s W test was non-

significant (0.485 ˃ 0.05) hence the sphericity assumption was satisfied and no correction was

required in the degree of freedom for testing the significance of main effect of therapy factor.

Table 3: Testing the main effect: (between the sub.) Since the p value for therapy was sig.

(0.049< 0.05) and effect size (ƞ2) was 0.333 , the null hypothesis that the impact of different

therapy protocol on rectified EMG mean values was same in the two different groups was

rejected at 5% sig. level.


Strengthening of the quadriceps muscle help in normalization of patellar shift and Q – angle.

Quadriceps strengthening is an important technique and is most commonly recommended

because quadriceps muscle plays a significant role in patellar movement [6].Specifically, patients

with Patellofemoral Pain Syndrome have a higher degree of VL recruitment relative to VMO

recruitment, resulting in lower VMO: VL ratios. The lower activity of VM and the higher

activity of VL could lead to an imbalance between VM and VL. [13]. Abnormal patellar tracking

resulting from imbalance in the activity of the vastus medialis obliquus (VMO) relative to the

vastus lateralis (VL). It could cause reduction in the force-producing capabilities of the VMO or

altered temporal control of VMO and VL activity in PFPS subjects. Fiber orientation of the

VMO muscle fibers have been extensively reported to be 50° to 55° medial to the shaft of the

femur in the frontal plane, VL is aligned 12° to 15° lateral in the frontal plane. This mechanical

advantage may be sufficient to balance the superior force and velocity-generating capacities of

VL. Alternatively, the magnitude of the VMO’s activation may be larger than that of the VL

[14].Increasing the strength of the VL could further increase a lateral force vector on the patella,

which often contributes to PFPS. Therefore, rehabilitation exercises that have increased

VMO/VL ratios are needed to effectively strengthen the VMO and correct the muscular

imbalance. [15]. Some studies recommend physical therapy treatment in order to decrease patella

lateral tracking tendencies and consequent patellofemoral joint stress, lower activation of the VL

muscle may be considered a positive result of the treatment. Higher activation of the VM muscle



146

is one of the aims of intervention in the PFS, since there is an improvement in patella alignment.

[16].As in other overuse injuries, the potential predisposing factors in Patellar Tendinosis are

biomechanical flaws in patella femoral joint, such as muscle strength or flexibility imbalances.

[1]..To define the potential underlying mechanisms of alteration in EMG signal specific

responses are difficult because the EMG is a complicated, summated signals are the

representation of extracellular voltage-time measure of the excitation which is provided by the

peripheral nervous system of muscle. Training has induced some form of peripheral neural

adaptation most probably in the neuromuscular factors for muscle. This assertion is generally

based on the magnitude of the maximal rectified and filtered EMG during a maximal isometric

task that is performed before and after a strength training programme. The evidence for changes

in EMG that accompany strength training has been diverse, ranging from no effect to substantial

decrease/increases in the maximal rectified and integrated EMG [9].

CONCLUSION:

Current rehab. exercise programme (Eccentric exercises) is one of the most important treatment

protocols for strength induced rehab. exercises because of their potential to produce large force

with low metabolic cost but do not actually emphasize on the flexibility of respective muscle

groups and sometimes it also increase pain, where yogic treatment can improve flexibility and

ROM of muscles and joint respectively causing the significant result in the present study

concluded the Isometric hatha yoga practice considered as effective for treating PT.

REFERENCES:

Frontera, W. R. et al. (2008) Essentials of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation-

Musculoskeletal disorder, pain and rehabilitation,. Saunders- Elsevier, 2nd edt. Page- 338.

Canada

Ferretti A, Puddu G, Mariani PP, Neri M. The natural history of jumper’s knee. Int. Orthop.

1985; 8:239-242.

Meng Ni, et al. Muscle utilization patterns vary by skill levels of the practitioners across

specific yoga poses (asanas). Complementary Therapies in Medicine (2014), Elsevier Ltd

Meng Ni, et al. (2014). Core muscle function during specific yoga poses. Complementary

Therapies in Medicine Elsevier Ltd.

Mrityunjay K. et al. (2014) Comparison between Effect of Isometric Quadriceps Exercise

and Vastus Medialis Oblique Strengthening on Quadriceps Angle and Patellar Shift in

Normal individuals European Academic Research Vol. II, Issue 4/ July 2014 ISSN 2286-

4822)

Mense S., (2008) Muscle Pain: Mechanisms and Clinical Significance. DtschArztebl Int

2008; 105(12): 214–9

Enoka R. M. Muscle Strength and Its Development New Perspectives - Sports Medicine 6:

146-168 (1988). 0112-1642/88/0009-0146. ADIS Press Limited

Andrews A. R Physical Rehabilitation of the Injured Athlete. Saunders, Elsevier Inc. 2012

ISBN: 978-1-4377-2411-0 p- 393.



147

STRUCTURAL VARIABLES & EXPLOSIVE STRENGTH OF

HOCKEY PLAYERS IN RELATION TO THEIR PLAYING AGE

* Kiran and **Dr. vivek pandey *PhD Scholar, Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior (M.P)

**Professor, Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior (M.P)

ABSTRACT Purpose of the study was to compare the structural variables & explosive strength of hockey

players in relation to their playing age. The study was conducted on 30 players; age ranging

from 14 to 21 years. Subjects were divided into three groups (each group consisted of ten

players) on the basis of their playing age after entering hockey academy (0-2, 2-4, 4-6).

Collected data was analyzed by using ANOVA at 0.05 level of significance and significant

difference was found between means of different playing age groups of hockey players.

Key words- structural variables, explosive strength, hockey players, playing age

INTRODUCTION Today the preparation of an athlete for top notch achievement is a completely dynamic state

characterized by a high level of physical and physiological efficiency and degree of perfection of

the necessary skills and knowledge, technique and tactical preparation. An athlete arrives at this

stage only as a result of appropriate training. Thus, athlete’s training today is a multisided

process of expedient use of aggregate factor so as to influence the development of an athlete and

ensure the necessary level of participation. Anthropometric measurements were central concerns

of the first phase of the scientific era of measurements, which have been began in three areas,

girth measures, body type and body composition. The assess must of such measures include

classification, prediction of growth patterns and prediction of success in motor activities as well

as assessment of ability.

METHODOLOGY: 30 Hockey Players, age ranging between 14 to 21 years from MP Women Hockey Academy,

Gwalior, were selected as subjects of this study. To compare the structural variables & explosive

strength of hockey players in relation to their playing age ANOVA Test were employed.

Structural variables were measured by flexible steel tape & explosive strength was measured by

administering the Standing broad jump test.

STATISTICAL METHODS:

ANOVA test was applied to compare the structural variables & explosive strength of hockey

players. The hypothesis was tested at 0.05 level of significance



148

Table 1. Descriptive Statistics of Structural Variables & Explosive Strength of Hockey

Players

Minim

um

Maxim

um

Mean Std.

Deviati

on

Skewness Kurtosis

arm length 46.00 56.00 50.77 .45 2.50 .00 .42 -.62 .83

leg length 79.00 95.00 84.70 .76 4.18 .54 .42 -.37 .83

thigh girth 42.00 55.00 48.83 .66 3.66 .11 .42 -.65 .83

calf girth 28.00 37.00 32.40 .35 1.92 .19 .42 .97 .83

explosive

strength 1.50 11.14 4.68 .77 4.27 .75 .42 -1.52 .83

Table-1 indicates the values of descriptive statistics (Minimum, Maximum, Mean,

Standard Deviation, Skewness, Kurtosis, Standard Error of Skewness (SES) and Standard Error

of Kurtosis (SEK) of the data measured.

Table-2 Mean Difference of structural variables & explosive strength of hockey players

Sum of

Squares

df F Sig.

Explosive strength

Between Groups 527.30 2 4293.69 .000*

Within Groups

1.65 27

arm length

Between Groups 40.86 2 3.92 .032*

Within Groups

140.50 27

leg length

Between Groups 232.20 2 11.35 .000*

Within Groups

276.10 27

thigh girth

Between Groups 217.86 2 17.07 .000*

Within Groups

172.30 27

calf girth

Between Groups 29.60 2 5.14 .013*

Within Groups

77.60 27

It is evident from table 2 that results of analysis of variance with regard to explosive strength &

structural variables of hockey players according to playing age and the p value of explosive

strength & structural variables is found statistically significant as less than 0.05. Obtained F-

ratio of players is structural variables=AL 3.92, LL11.35, TG17.07, CG5.14 explosive strength=

42 found greater than critical value i.e. F(0.05,2,27) = 3.37. Since the F- value is significant, the

null hypothesis is rejected. Therefore, post hoc test (tukey HSD) is applied to find out differences

between paired means among the variable. The results of post hoc test are presented below.



149

From Table 3 it can be seen that the difference between 2 years of playing age, 4 years playing

age and 6 years of playing age on structural variables & explosive strength is significant at 5%

level.

Table 3. Post hoc test for the difference of means for the data of playing ability

Dependent Variable (I) playing age (J) playing age Mean

Differenc

e (I-J)

Std.

Error Sig.

(p-

value

)

arm length

2 years playing age 4 years playing age 2.80

* 1.02 .02

6 years playing age .90 1.02 .65

4 years playing age 2 years playing age -2.80

* 1.02 .02

6 years playing age -1.90 1.02 .16

6 years playing

age

2 years playing age -.90 1.02 .65

4 years playing age 1.90 1.02 .16

leg length


* 1.43 .00

6 years playing age 5.40* 1.43 .00


* 1.43 .00

6 years playing age -.90 1.43 .80


* 1.43 .00

4 years playing age .90 1.43 .80

thigh girth


* 1.12 .01

6 years playing age -6.60* 1.12 .00


* 1.12 .01

6 years playing age -3.20* 1.12 .02


* 1.12 .00

4 years playing age 3.20* 1.12 .02

calf girth

2 years playing age 4 years playing age -.20 .75 .96

6 years playing age -2.20* .75 .01

4 years playing age 2 years playing age .20 .75 .96



* .75 .01

4 years playing age 2.00* .75 .03

explosive strength

2 years playing age 4 years playing age -.04 .11 .89


4 years playing age 2 years playing age .049 .11 .89



* .11 .00

4 years playing age 8.86* .11 .00



150


The analysis revealed that there was significant difference in arm length, leg length of 2years, 4

years and 6 years playing age of hockey players. Climatic factors continue to be significant

correlates of world-wide variation in human body size and morphology; differential changes in

nutrition among tropical, developing world populations have moderated their influence. Each

child’s path or pattern of growth and development is determined by genetic and environmental

factors. The genetic factors determine the potential and limitations of growth and development.

The environmental factors, such as adequate nutrition, facilitate the achievement of the genetic

potential of growth and development. Climate may shape morphology through its influence on

food availability and nutrition linear builds of tropical populations are the consequence of

nutritional rather than thermal stress. In the case of playing age group selected in this study lies

under the years of growth and Development, more or less total food intake, more or less of any

essential nutrient, more or less physical activity (and the type of activity) could influence body

shape. Hypertrophy, an increase in mass or girth, of a muscle can be induced by a number of

stimuli. The most familiar of these is exercise. The analysis indicated that thigh girth and calf

girth measurements were also significant for the hockey players of 2yeras, 4 years and 6 years

playing age. It may be due to the different type of isotonic exercises used in the training. When

different type of training programme is imparted to the hockey players the improvement will be

different and above reason may be the cause for significant difference. The analysis also revealed

that in case of explosive strength there were significant differences among the groups. Explosive

strength had direct correlation with thigh girth and calf girth. Thigh girth and calf girth was

significant in all three playing age groups as mentioned above. Therefore, this may be the

probable reason for significant difference in explosive strength.

CONCLUSION:

With the limitations of the study it may be concluded that, there was significant difference found

between the means of hockey players in relation to their playing age.

REFERENCES: Coswig, V. S., Dall’Agnol, C., & Del Vecchio, F. B. (2016). Anthropometric measurements usage to

control the exercise intensity during the performance of suspension rowing and back squats.

RevistaAndaluza de MedicinadelDeporte, 9(3), 119-123.

AninditaMondal, RumilaMajumdar and Suva Pal (2011).Anthropometry and Physiological Profile of

Indian Shooter.” International Journal of Applied Sports Sciences Vol.23 (2) 394-405.

Brogdon, GyleLynon (1973) A Comparison of Physical Fitness and Anthropometric Measurements of

Pre-Adolescent Mexican-American and Anglo-American Males,” Dissertation Abstracts

International, 33: 6157-A.

Chiara Milanese; Oscar Bortolami; MatteoBertucco; Giuseppe Verlato and Carlo

Zancanaro.(2010).Anthropometry and Motor Fitness in Children Aged 6-12 Years. Journal of Human

Sport & Exercise Vol.V(II) : 265-279.

Dr.K.M.Valsaraj(2013) Relationship Between Motor Fitness Components And Body Mass Index Of

Uttarakhand Boys. Global journal of biology, agriculture & health sciences.2 (4) 33-36.

Wassmer, D. J., &Mookerjee, S. (2002). A descriptive profile of elite US women's collegiate field

hockey players.Journal of sports medicine and physical fitness, 42(2), 165.



151

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF ISOMETRIC MAXIMUM

VOLUNTARY CONTRACTION OF HIP FLEXORS AMONG

DIFFERENT ANGLES

Payel, Das1, Vivek, Pandey

2, Nibu R. Krishna

3

1Ph.D Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior, India

2Professor (Exercise Physiology), Lnipe, Gwalior, India

3Asist. Prof. (Sports Psychology), Lnipe, Gwalior, India

ABSTRACT

The present study was aimed at comparative analysis of isometric contraction (concentric) of hip

flexors among different angle. The study was conducted on 15 male fitness students from LNIPE,

Gwalior age ranging from 23-28 with mean and SD of age 25±1.95 years, height 171.87±7.00

cm and body weight 69.73± 6.00 kg (as data were normally distributed). Data were collected on

isometric maximum voluntary contraction (MVC) of hip flexors in 30o, 60

o and 90

o angle with

the help of Humac Norm isokinetic dynamometer. All the subjects were tested repeatedly on

isometric contraction of hip first in 30o, 60

o and 90

o. The test was consisted of 5 seconds

maximum voluntary contraction for 5 reps in each angle. It was hypothesized that there would be

significant difference of among different angles on peak torque, average torque, peak torque

slope. One-way repeated measure ANOVA was employed for the analysis of result at 5% level of

significance. Finally, significant difference (p >0.05) was found in peak torque among different

angles. Peak torque was found significantly higher (p>0.05) in 30o

(103.80± 3.53) than 60o

(84.86±3.49) and 90

o. (71.00±3.11). Thus, it can be concluded that Maximum Voluntary

Contraction (MVC)or peak torque varies in different angle of hip flexion due to force- muscle

length (F-L) relationship and the muscle fibres involvement.

Key words: Isometric maximum voluntary contraction, peak torque, muscles movement arm.

INTRODUCTION

Strength has been expressed in a variety of ways, including maximum weight lifted angle-

specific maximum isometric torque (Hughes et al., 1996; Kotake et al., 1993;), angle-specific

maximum isokinetic torque (Pavol et al., 2002). Voluntary muscle strength is a fundamental

component of human physical capabilities which can be measured in the form of maximum

voluntary torque or peak torque where muscle action is strongest at a single joint angle and

angular velocity. The Maximum voluntary joint torque changes substantially with joint position

and velocity because of muscle force–length (F-L) relationship (Sale et al., 1982). The primary

hip flexor muscles are illiacus muscle, psoas major, tensor fasciae latae, rectus femoris, sartorius

causes hip flexion from 0-120o range of motion as well as knee extension. Most previous studies

examined the quadriceps and hamstring muscles strength during various angle of knee extension

and flexion (Trent J. Herda et. al., 2008; Behm D.J. et. al., 1998). The present study has

investigated the isometric maximum voluntary contraction of hip flexors muscles (illopsoas,

rectus femoris and sartorius) at different joint angles of hip flexion.

METHODOLOGY

For the purpose of the study 15 healthy active male students (fitness management) were selected

from LNIPE, Gwalior aged ranges from 23-28 with mean and SD of age, height and weight



152

respectively 25±1.95 years, 171.87±7.00 cm and 69.73± 6.00 kg. Recording were made on the

subjects repeatedly on isometric concentric maximum voluntary contraction (MVC) of hip

flexion first in 30o, 60

o and 90

0. Peak torque or maximum voluntary contraction (MVC), average

torque and peak torque slope (fatigue) were analysed in 30,60 and 90 of hip flexion with the help

of humac norms isokinetic dynamometer (hip flexion reliability, r=0.84-0.89, Nicola A. et al.,

2007). Isometric concentric maximum voluntary contraction (MVC) test was consisted of 5 sec

maximum voluntary contraction with 5 reps at each angle (30o, 60

o and 90

o) (Brown, Lee E,

2001).


The subjects were asked to lie down on the back on the chair of Humac norms machine with A-Z

all manual setting of hip flexion and extension. Then the subjects were instructed to give

maximum effort and were verbally motivated throughout the protocol to contract their dominant

leg first at 30o

angle than 60o and 90

o of hip flexion. Straps were applied across the chest to

minimize extraneous body movements during thigh muscle contractions, pelvis and mid-thigh.

The alignment between the dynamometer rotational axis and the hip joint rotation axis was

checked at the beginning of each trial. Subjects are contracted maximally for 5 secs in each

repetition total 5 reps in each angle. 5 sec rest were given between each reps.


One-way ANOVA with repeated measured designed was employed for the analysis of the results

at 5% level of significance as the same subjects were tested repeatedly.

RESULTS

One-way repeated measure ANOVA was employed at 0.05 level to compare the mean among

different angle (30o, 60

o and 90

0) of hip flexion. data of all the three groups were normally

distributed (p>0.05) tested in Mauchly test with SPSS 20. Significant differences (p<0.05) was

shown in peak torque with F-value 51.65 (Sphericity assumed) among different angle of hip

flexion. peak torque was found significantly higher (p<0.05) in 30o (103±3.53 N-m) than 60

o

(84.86±3.49 N-m) and 90o (70±3.11 N-m) shown in table no.1 and 2 (mean compared with

Bonferroni test).

Table no.1 descriptive statistics of peak torque

Angle of hip flexion Mean

Std.

Deviation N

Peak torque 30 103.8000 13.68628 15

Peak torque 60 84.8667 13.51648 15

Peak torque 90 71.0000 12.07713 15



153

Table no. 2 significance test of angle difference

Table no. 3 Pairwise Comparison of peak torque in different angle of hip flexion

(I) angle (J) angle

Mean

Difference (I-J)

Std.

Error Sig.a

1 (30) 2 (60) 18.933* 4.268 .002

3 (90) 32.800* 2.669 .000

2 (60) 1 (30) -18.933* 4.268 .002

3 (90) 13.867* 2.480 .000

3 (90) 1 (30) -32.800* 2.669 .000

2 (60) -13.867* 2.480 .000

*The mean difference is significant at the .05 level.

FINDINGS AND DISCUSSIONS:

Isometric peak torque of hip flexors was found highest in 30o than 60

o and 90

o angle of hip

flexion. the results could be attributed to two main facts that the variation of moment arm length

with angle (Ito et al., 2000; Krevolin et al., 2004) and the muscle F–L relation, as muscle length

depends on joint angle. The active muscle force peaks at an optimal sarcomere length where

force decreased to zero at maximum and minimum length (Gordon et al., 1966; Winter, 2005).

Psoas muscle originates from the lumbar spine and mainly responsible for final torque from 30°

to 60° of hip flexion (Yoshio et al., 2002). Deviations between the highest and the lowest torque

differences during flexion movements might be a result of different hip muscles activity.

If the sarcomere is too short, then the overlap is not ideal, producing less force as force increases

with length increases. The overlap is also not ideal if the sarcomere is too long, producing less

Source df F Sig.

Partial Eta

Squared

Observed

Powera

Angle Sphericity

Assumed

2 51.653 .000 .787 1.000

Greenhouse-

Geisser

1.296 51.653 .000 .787 1.000

Huynh-Feldt 1.373 51.653 .000 .787 1.000

Lower-bound 1.000 51.653 .000 .787 1.000

a.Computed using alpha =

.05



154

force. Sarcomere produces maximum force when the sarcomere length is optimum (Beardsley,

C., 2008). In this study, at 00

torque is minimum due to greater length of muscle. At 30o

- 60o

torque is maximum and higher than 90o due to optimum length of iliopsoas muscle. Again, peak

torque is decreased at 90o (muscle length is shortened) during isometric contraction of hip

flexion.

CONCLUSION

The present study show that isometric peak torque is highest in 30o followed by 60

0 and 90

o and

0o also. So, it may be concluded that angle specific isometric peak torque of hip flexors varies

with different angle of hip joint during hip flexion due to force-muscle length (F-L) relationship,

neural drive and regional muscle involvement.

REFERENCE

Andrej, K., Nejc, S. (2014). Assessment of Isometric Trunk Strength – The Relevance of

Body Position and Relationship between Planes of Movement. Journal of Sports Science and

Medicine. 13(2):365-370.

Anderson D. E., Maury A. N. et al. (2007). Maximum voluntary joint torque as a function of

joint angle and angular velocity: model development and application to the lower limb.

Journal of Biomechanics, Elesvier. 40 (2007) 3105–3113. doi:

10.1016/j.jbiomech.2007.03.022.

Chow, J.W., Darling, W.G. (1999). Determining the force–length–velocity relations of the

quadriceps muscles: III. A pilot study. Journal of Applied Biomechanics 15, 200–20.

Hideaki O., Ryo y., et al. (2002). EMG-angle relationship of the hamstring muscles during

maximum knee flexion. Journal of Electromyography and Kinesiology, Elsevier. 12(5):399-

405.

Janet, P. L., Susan, G. (1992). Isometric and Isokinetic Measurement of Hamstring and

Quadriceps Strength. The American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine and The American

Academy of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Strength. 73. 324-330.

Michel, L. P., Scott H. L., (1989). Effect of resistant training on lumber extension. The

American Journal of Sports Medicine. 179(5):624-629.

Murray M.P., Baldwin, M.J., et al. (1977). Maximum Isometric Knee Flexor and Extensor

Muscle Contractions: Normal Patterns of Torque Versus Time. Journal of Physical Therapy.

57(6):637-643.

Nicola A. M., Mario B., et al. (2007). Reliability of knee extension and flexion measurements

using the Con-Trex isokinetic dynamometer. Clinical Physiology and Functional Imaging.

27 (6):346–356.

Stephen, F. Figoni, Constance, B. C. et. al. (1988). Effects of Speed, Hip and Knee Angle,

and Gravity-on Hamstring to Quadriceps Torque Ratios. The Journal of Orthopaedic and

Sports Physical Therapy. 9(8):287-298.

Teddy, M., Gregory, W. K., et al. (2001). Influence of Joint Position on Electromyographic

and Torque Generation During Maximal Voluntary Isometric Contractions of the Hamstrings

and Gluteus Maximus Muscles. Journal of Orthopaedic & Sports Physical Therapy. 31(12):

730-740.



155

RELATIONSHIP STUDY OF CARDIOMETABOLIC RISK

FACTORS WITH SELECTED PHYSICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL

VARIABLES AMONG SEDENTORY POSTMENOPAUSAL

WOMEN

Mukherjee A1., Prof. Mukherjee S.

2

1Dept. Of health education), LNIPE, Gwalior, India

2 H.O.D.-Dept. Of sports management and coaching, LNIPE, Gwalior, India

INTRODUCTION

Obesity defined as an excessive body fat saturation which increases the risk of several clinical

conditions. For clinical purposes, assessments that are usually used to define obesity include

body weight and body mass index (BMI). The BMI assessment represents the ratio between

weight and height, and is derived by calculating the weight (in kg) divided by the height (in

meters squared). The BMI classification is based on data that has been collected from large

epidemiological studies that evaluated body weight and mortality. This classification gives

clinicians with a mechanism for identifying patients at high risk associated with obesity. It has

been well established that those individuals considered obese, i.e. BMI ≥ 30, are at much higher

risk for cardiovascular mortality. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), it has

been estimated that over 1 billion adults worldwide are overweight and at least 300 million are

considered obese. Many factors contribute to this rise, but among the major factors are sedentary

lifestyles, consumption of high-fat caloric-dense diets, and increased urbanization among

sedentary women. Postmenopausal women or women undergone oophorectomy have a higher

risk of coronary artery disease and osteoporosis than premenopausal women. Among sedentary

people obesity is also inversely related to total bone density.

METHODOLOGY

the purpose of the study was to find out whether there is correlation among cardiometabolic risk

factors with total body calcium, and BMI among post-menopausal women. We hypothesized that

there may be correlation among cardiometabolic risk with TBCa and BMI.

All the sadentery women were taken from Gwalior, their age were 50 to 55 years, hight 150 to

165 cm and weight 65 to 90 kgs, were purposively selected for the of the study.

Bioscan-916 (Maltron Body Composition/Bioelectrical Impedance Analysers) was used for total

body calcium was measured from this equipment and Tanita BC-418 was used for measuring

BMI of the subjects. Omrom hem- 7120 Blood pressure of the women in Gwalior were measured

by this equipment. Data were analyzed using Pearson correlation with SPSS 20. The level of

significance was set at 0.05.



156

RESULTS:

Table 1: shows descriptive statistics (mean and std. deviation) of BP (126.86, 12.75), TBCa

(1223.00, 130.2), BMI (29.82, 4.61).

Table 2: 1.BP is significantly correlated with BMI at 1% level (high), whether it is not

significantly correlated with Total body calcium at 5% level. It is concluded that BP is highly

correlated with BMI, means post-menopausal women with high BMI having higher chance of

cardiovascular disease, it was also showed that high BMI cannot always diminished than the

chances of low calcium and osteoporosis among post-menopausal women.


It was well established that a positive relationship between health and physical exercise, and

sedentary lifestyle among individuals with hypertension reached 60%. Epidemiologic studies

have demonstrated that the regular physical activity positively correlates with a significant

reduction in cardiovascular morbidity and mortality1.Blood pressure level is the most important

factor in cardiovascular risk evaluation even in hypertensive subjects with important metabolic

disorders2. The patho physiology of Increased BP with age mostly related to altered arterial and

arteriolar stiffness. Large artery stiffness (LAS) is mainly due to arteriosclerotic structural

alterations and calcification. This leads to earlier reflected pressure waves from the arterioles

towards the heart during BP wave propagation. These pressure waves arrive back during systole

increasing central SBP and widening PP .The increase in DBP up to the age of 50 is mostly due

to increased peripheral vascular resistance (PVR) in small vessels3.Whether the effect of

menopause on altered risk of cardiometabolic disease is controversial but some study support the

1GuedesN G (2010). Prevalence of Sedentary Lifestyle in Individuals With High Blood Pressure International Journal of Nursing

Terminologies and Classifications Volume 21, No. 2 2Neves F M et. al. (2013) Hypertension and Cardiometabolic Risk Factors. Hindawi Publishing Corporation

International Journal of Hypertension 3Pinto E. et. al. (2007) Blood pressure and ageing Postgrad Med J.



157

relation of cardiovascular disease with menopause among women4, but it was confirmed that

total cholesterol, LDL cholesterol and apolipo protein Bare the primary cardiac risk factors

affected by sedentary menopause5, although the measurement of these factors are beyond the

limitation of the present study. The relationship between BMI and osteoporosis is widely

debated, but some study showed that higher body weight imposes a greater mechanical load on

the bone, with an increase of bone mass in order to accommodate this load and body fat seems to

exert a protective factor for fractures. Furthermore, adipocytes are important estrogen production

sources, causing an increase in serum levels of this hormone and also of other hormones, such as

leptin, insulin, preptin, and amylin, and may act directly and/orindirectly on osteoblast and

osteoclast activity, resulting in the development of bone mass, but it is important to note that not

all types of fat are beneficial for bone mass. Subcutaneous and visceral fat has opposite effects

on the bone structure6.

CONCLUSION

In this present study it is concluded that there was a significant positive relation between high

blood pressure with high BMI in post-menopausal women but failed to find any relation with

total body calcium among post-menopausal women.

REFERENCES

Cefalu W T et al. atlas of Cardiometabolic risk, Informa healthcare

Matthews K, A. et al. (1989) Menopause and Risk Factors for Coronary Heart Disease. The

New England Journal of Medicine

Zhao LJ. et. al. (2007) relationship of obesity with osteoporosis. The journal of clinical

endocrinology and metabolism

Guedes N G (2010). Prevalence of Sedentary Lifestyle in Individuals With High Blood

Pressure International Journal of Nursing Terminologies and Classifications Volume 21, No.

2

Neves F M et. al. (2013) Hypertension and Cardiometabolic Risk Factors. Hindawi

Publishing Corporation

International Journal of Hypertension

Pinto E. et. al. (2007) Blood pressure and ageing Postgrad Med J.

Colditz G. A., et al. (1987) Menopause and the risk of coronary heart disease in women. The

New England journal of medicine. Massachusetts Medical Society.

Peters H. W. et. al. (1999) Menopausal status and risk factors for cardiovascular disease

Journal of Internal Medicine.

Mazocco L. et al. (2016) Association between body mass index and osteoporosis in women

from northwestern Rio Grande do Sul, RevistaBrasileira De Reumatologia.

4Colditz G. A., et al. (1987) Menopause and the risk of coronary heart disease in women. The New England journal of medicine.

Massachusetts Medical Society. 5 Peters H. W. et. al. (1999) Menopausal status and risk factors for cardiovascular disease Journal of Internal Medicine. 6Mazocco L. et al. (2016) Association between body mass index and osteoporosis in women from northwestern Rio Grande do

Sul, RevistaBrasileira DeReumatologia



158

EFFECT OF PROTEIN SUPPLEMENTS ON DIFFERENT TIME

DURATIONS ON CARDIOVASCULAR AND MUSCULAR

ENDURANCE OF WOMEN ATHLETES

*Sathi Pal **Prof. L.N. Sarkar

*Research Scholar, Lakshmibai National institute of Physical Education, Gwalior (M.P.) **HOD,Dept of Health Education, Lakshmibai National institute of Physical Education, Gwalior(M.P.)

ABSTRACT

The study was conducted to find out the effect of the protein supplement on different durations on

cardiovascular and muscular endurance of female athletes. Fifteen female athletes were

selected, whose ages were between 18 to 24 years. Subjects were given protein supplements four

days a week for eight weeks continuously. 12 Min Run and Walk Test to assess aerobic fitness

and Sit-Ups to assess the ability of muscle or group of muscles to exert force over an extended

period of time was conducted after a duration of four weeks, six weeks, and eight weeks. The

data was examined by applying statistical technique repeated measures within group design and

the level of significance was set at 0.05. The analysis of data revealed that there is a significant

difference in the cardiovascular endurance and muscular endurance due to the effect of different

time durations of protein supplements on the women athletes.

Keywords : Protein Supplement, Cardiovascular Endurance And Muscular Endurance

INTRODUCTION

Nutrition is increasingly recognized as the main component of optimal sporting performance,

with science and practice of sports nutrition developing rapidly. Recent studies have found that a

planned scientific nutritional strategy (consisting of fluid, carbohydrate, sodium, and caffeine)

compared with a self-chosen nutritional strategy helps non elite runners to complete a marathon

run faster and trained cyclists complete a time trial faster than before. Whereas training has the

greatest potential to increase performance, it has been estimated that consumption of

supplements or relatively low doses of caffeine may improve a 40 km cycling time trial per-

formance by 32–42 and 55–84 seconds, respectively.

Dietary strategies in enhancing the performance include optimizing intakes of macronutrients,

micronutrients, and fluids, including their composition and spacing throughout the day. Sport

and nutrition scientists have supplied a range of recommendations for protein intake over years.

Differentiations in recommendations exist between endurance and strength athletes due to the

metabolic demands of their sport and the adaptations desired from training. Less commonly,

researchers point out that these requirements increase while athletes consume energy restricted

diets.

METHODOLOGY

Fifteen students from Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior were

randomly selected as subjects for the study. To evaluate the cardiovascular and muscular

endurance offemale athletes, selected test for the selected variables of the components were

administered based on the validity and reliability of the tests developed by different tester.

Cardiovascular endurance- to assess aerobic fitness.



159

Muscular endurance- to assess the ability of muscle or group of muscles to exert force over an

extended period of time. Protein supplements was given to the subjects 4 days a week 50gms.

each for a duration of 8 weeks. Effects were tested after 4 weeks, 6 weeks and 8 weeks to

observe the effect of the supplement.


To find out the effect of protein supplements on different time durations on health-related fitness

of female athletes repeated measure ANOVA within group design will be used.

RESULTS

To understand the nature of the data various statistics such as mean, standard deviation, standard

error of mean and skewness and kurtosis have been calculated. The descriptive statistics of the

data of athletes on endurance at selected weeks are presented in the table below.

Table: 1 descriptive statistics of the scores of endurance at selected weeks

N Mean Std.

Deviation

Skewness Kurtosis

Statistic Std. Error Statistic Statistic Std.

Error

Statistic Std.

Error

Endurance Zero

Week

15 2746.4000 17.75918 68.78102 -.418 .580 -.467 1.121

Endurance Fourth

Week

15 2747.3333 17.66667 68.42271 -.382 .580 -.579 1.121

Endurance Sixth

Week

15 2750.3333 17.65022 68.35900 -.430 .580 -.579 1.121

Endurance Eighth

Week

15 2751.4000 17.68637 68.49901 -.373 .580 -.614 1.121

Table 1 shows the descriptive statistics of endurance of the participants. The mean, standard

deviation, and standard error of mean of endurance of the participants at zero week (baseline

data) were found 2746.40, 68.78 and. 17.76 respectively, at fourth week 2747.33, 68.42 and

17.67 respectively, at sixth week 2750.33, 68.36and 17.65 respectively and at eighth

week2751.40, 68.50 and 17.69 respectively.

The researcher has employed one-way rANOVA to test the within subject effects of protein



160

Table 2: tests of within-subjects effects for endurance at different weeks

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares

df Mean

Square

F Sig. Partial Eta

Squared

Time

Sphericity

Assumed 255.067 3 85.022 32.483 .000 .699

Greenhouse-

Geisser 255.067 1.849 137.920 32.483 .000 .699

Error(Time)

Sphericity

Assumed 109.933 42 2.617

Greenhouse-

Geisser 109.933 25.891 4.246

*Significant at 0.05 level of significance

The results shown in the above table 4 indicate that there was a significant difference between

the endurance levels at different weeks as the p-value (0.000) is less than 0.05 level of

significance. Hence, on basis of the results it can be concluded that there is an effect of protein

supplement on endurance at different week.

Table 3: pairwise comparison between endurance at different weeks

(I) Time (J) Time Mean

Differen

ce (I-J)

Std.

Error

Sig.b

Zero Week

Fourth Week -.933 .396 .201

Sixth Week -3.933* .808 .001

Eighth Week -5.000* .594 .000

Fourth Week

Zero Week .933 .396 .201

Sixth Week -3.000* .683 .004

Eighth Week -4.067* .441 .000

Sixth Week

Zero Week 3.933* .808 .001

Fourth Week 3.000* .683 .004

Eighth Week -1.067 .521 .358

Eighth Week

Zero Week 5.000* .594 .000

Fourth Week 4.067* .441 .000

Sixth Week 1.067 .521 .358



161

The Pairwise comparison of the different daytimes revealed that there was a significant

difference in endurance at Zero Week and Sixth Week, Zero Week and Eighth Week as the p

value is less than 0.05 level of significance. It was also observed there was a significant

difference in the endurance between Fourth Week and Sixth Week as well as between Fourth

Week and Eighth Week as the p value is less than 0.05 level of significance. Whereas, no

significant difference was found in endurance between Zero Week & Fourth Week, and Sixth

Week and Eighth Week as the p value is greater than 0.05 level of significance.

Table: 4 descriptive statistics of the scores of muscular endurance at selected weeks

N Mean Std.

Deviation

Skewness Kurtosis

Statistic Std.

Error

Statistic Statistic Std.

Error

Statistic Std.

Error

Muscular

Endurance Zero

Week

15 37.6667 .30342 1.17514 -.158 .580 -1.477 1.121

Muscular

Endurance Fourth

Week

15 38.7333 .30026 1.16292 -.344 .580 -1.315 1.121

Muscular

Endurance Sixth

Week

15 40.3333 .23231 .89974 -.101 .580 -.676 1.121

Muscular

Endurance Eighth

Week

15 42.4000 .23503 .91026 -.315 .580 -.714 1.121

Table 4 shows the descriptive statistics of muscular endurance of the participants. The mean,

standard deviation, and standard error of mean of muscular endurance of the participants at zero

week (baseline data) were found 37.67, 1.18 and 0.30 respectively, at fourth week 38.73, 1.16and

0.30respectively, at sixth week 40.33, 0.90 and 0.23respectively and at eighth week 42.40,

0.91and 0.24respectively.

Table 5: tests of within-subjects effects for muscular endurance at different weeks

Source Type III

Sum of

Squares

df Mean

Square

F Sig. Partial Eta

Squared

Time

Sphericity

Assumed 190.983 3 63.661 426.665 .000 .968

Greenhouse-

Geisser 190.983 1.882 101.500 426.665 .000 .968



162

Error(Time)

Sphericity

Assumed 6.267 42 .149

Greenhouse-

Geisser 6.267 26.342 .238

*Significant at 0.05 level of significance

The results shown in the above table 5 indicate that there was a significant difference between

the muscular endurance at different weeks as the p-value (0.000) is less than 0.05 level of

significance. As the tests of within-subjects effects for muscular endurance at different weeks

was found to be significant, Pairwise comparison has been done to see the differences among

selected time..

Table 6: pairwise comparison between muscular endurance at different weeks

Measure: Muscular Endurance

(I) Time (J) Time Mean

Difference (I-J)

Std.

Error

Sig.b 95% Confidence Interval for

Differenceb

Lower Bound Upper Bound

Zero Week

Fourth Week -1.067* .153 .000 -1.537 -.596

Sixth Week -2.667* .126 .000 -3.053 -2.280

Eighth Week -4.733* .118 .000 -5.096 -4.371

Fourth Week

Zero Week 1.067* .153 .000 .596 1.537

Sixth Week -1.600* .163 .000 -2.101 -1.099

Eighth Week -3.667* .187 .000 -4.240 -3.093

Sixth Week

Zero Week 2.667* .126 .000 2.280 3.053

Fourth Week 1.600* .163 .000 1.099 2.101

Eighth Week -2.067* .067 .000 -2.271 -1.862

Eighth Week

Zero Week 4.733* .118 .000 4.371 5.096

Fourth Week 3.667* .187 .000 3.093 4.240

Sixth Week 2.067* .067 .000 1.862 2.271


The results derived from Pairwise comparison revealed that there is a significant difference in

muscular endurance between the different weeks i.e. Zero Week & Fourth Week, Zero Week &

Sixth Week and Zero Week & Eighth Week as the p value was less than 0.05 level of

significance. A significant difference also lied in muscular endurance between Fourth Week and



163

Sixth Week as well as between Fourth Week and Eighth Week as the p value was less than 0.05

level of significance. Significant difference was also observed between Sixth Week and Eighth

Week as the p value was less than 0.05 level of significance.


The analysis of data revealed that there is a significant difference in the endurance and muscular

endurance due to the effect of different time durations of protein supplements on the female

athletes. In case of endurance and muscular endurance it can be seen that the significant

difference has occurred during the sixth week and the eighth week which can be attributed to the

fact that protein is essential for the repair, construction and maintenance of the muscle mass.

When we exercise for prolonged period of time, our body turns to protein as an additional source

of energy, making it even more important to consume adequate protein so that you do not

sacrifice the muscle tissue.

CONCLUSION

According to the findings of the study, it provided the sports professionals like the physical

education teachers, trainers, coaches that their athletes diet may be planned or designed with the

inclusion of required amounts of protein supplements, as it helps in improving the performance

of the athletes in this case significant changes occurred in endurance and muscular endurance

after eight weeks rather than after four weeks and six weeks.

REFERENCE

Burke LM, Meyer NL, Pearce J. National nutritional programs for the 2012 London Olympic

Games: A systematic approach by three different countries. In: van Loon LJC, Meeusen R,

editors. Limits of Human Endurance. Nestle Nutrition Institute Workshop Series, volume 76.

Vevey, Switzerland: Nestec Ltd; 2013:103–120.

Hansen EA, Emanuelsen A, Gertsen RM, Sørensen SSR. Improved marathon performance

by in-race nutritional strategy intervention. Int J Sport NutrExercMetab. 2014;24(6):645–

655.

Hottenrott K, Hass E, Kraus M, Neumann G, Steiner M, Knechtle B. A scientific nutrition

strategy improves time trial performance by ≈6% when compared with a self-chosen

nutrition strategy in trained cyclists: a randomized cross-over study. ApplPhysiolNutrMetab.

2012; 37(4):637–645.

Coggan AR, Habash DL, Mendenhall LA, Swanson SC, and Kien CL. Isotopic estimation of

CO2 production during exercise before and afterendurance training.J ApplPhysiol75: 70–75,

1993.

Ivy, J. L., Res, P. T., Sprague, R. C., &Widzer, M. O. (2003).Effect of a carbohydrate-protein

supplement on endurance performance during exercise of varying intensity. International

journal of sport nutrition and exercise metabolism, 13(3), 382-395.

Fryburg DA, Jahn LA, Hill SA, Oliveras DM, and Barrett EJ.Insulin and insulin-like growth

factor-I enhance human skeletal muscle protein anabolism during hyperaminoacidemia by

different mechanisms. J ClinInvest 96: 1722–1729, 1995

Koopman, R., Pannemans, D. L., Jeukendrup, A. E., Gijsen, A. P., Senden, J. M., Halliday,

D., ... &Wagenmakers, A. J. (2004). Combined ingestion of protein and carbohydrate

improves protein balance during ultra-endurance exercise. American Journal of Physiology-

Endocrinology and Metabolism,287(4), E712-E720



164

EFFECT OF YOGIC INTERVENTION ON SELECTED

PHYSIOLOGICAL VARIABLE AMONG COLLEGE WOMEN

*Gyanendu rai **Prof. L.N. Sarkar *Research scholar, Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior (M.P)

**HOD Dept. of Health Education, Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior

(M.P)

ABSTRACT

Yoga is the art and science of living and is concerned with the evolution of mind and body. Acc.

Shrimadbhagwat Gita, lord Krishna defined yoga as “yoga is the art of proper or right action. It

has been incorporated into modern medicine during the few decades because of increasing

incidence of diseases of modern civilization such as obesity, hypertension, coronary artery

diseases, and diabetes mellitus, which are rooted in faulty lifestyle and psychological stress. The

Purpose of the study was to find out the effect of yogic training on selected physiological

variables. For the present study 20 female students of lakshmibai national institute of physical

education Gwalior (M.P.) were selected randomly as the subjects for the study. The age of the

subjects were ranging from 17-24 years. The variables selected for the present study were yogic

training (independent variable), Breathing holding capacity, pulse rate, systolic pressure,

diastolic pressure (dependent variables). The data was collected through the pre and posttest.

For the study single group design was used in which the pretest was taken prior to the yogic

training and posttest was taken after six weeks of yogic training. For comparing pre and posttest

means of breathing holding capacity, pulse rate, systolic pressure, diastolic pressure, descriptive

analysis and paired t-test were applied at 0.05 level of significant. Significant difference was

found among pre-post systolic and diastolic; pre- post breathing holding capacity as the p value

(0.00; 0.000; 0.010) respectively which is less than .05. Thus, also found insignificant difference

in pre-post pulse rate as the p value (0.531) which is more than 0.05. On the basis of the findings

it was concluded that the yogic intervention may be responsible for the improvement of selected

physiological variables.

Keywords: Yogic intervention, breathing holding capacity, pulse rate, systolic pressure and

diastolic pressure.

INTRODUCTION Yoga is the art and science of living and is concerned with the evolution of mind and body.

Therefore, yoga incorporates a system of disciplines for furthering an integrated development of

all aspects of the individual. It has been incorporated into modern medicine during the few

decades because of increasing incidence of diseases of modern civilization such as obesity,

hypertension, coronary artery diseases, and diabetes mellitus, which are rooted in faulty lifestyle

and psychological stress. Yoga is the best lifestyle modification, which aims to attain the unity of

mind, body and spirit through asana (exercise), pranayama (breathing), and meditation.

Pranayama is the art of prolongation and control of breath helps in bringing conscious awareness

to breathing and the reshaping of breathing habits and patterns. Meditation is a yogic process of

providing deep rest to the system by allowing the mind to calm down to its basal states. It is



165

often looked upon as a relaxation technique to be used for treating stress and stress-related

illnesses.

METHODOLOGY

For the purpose of this study 20 under graduate female students selected from L.N.I.P.E Gwalior,

age ranged between 17-24 years were randomly selected. The group was given treatment through

a six week training program which includes selected yogic practice. All the students were

directed to assemble in a yoga hall to seek their willingness, to act as subjects. The investigator

explained to them the purpose, nature, importance of the experiment and the procedure. Further

the role of the subjects during the experimentation and the testing procedure were also explained

to them in detail. The physical conditions of the subjects were assessed by a research scholar and

all the subjects were healthy and normal. They were requested to co-operate and participate

actively for the same.

Training procedure: Yogic practice classes were offered five times per week, for six weeks. A

practice was comprised of four main series. Each series had the same structure. The practice was

started with the:

Om chanting

Sun salutations

Asana: Padahasthasana (Hand under foot posture), Saral bhujangasana (easy cobra pose),

bhujangasana (cobra pose), sarpasana (snake pose), ardha shalbhasana (half locust pose),

dhanurasana (bow pose), Paschimottanasana, janu sirshasan. Sarvagasana , halasana,

Sirshasana ,Savasana, saral natarajasana.

Pranayama: Kapalabhati (30 strocks / minutes 2 time), Bhastrika – (30 strocks / minutes x 2

times) , Surya Bhedana – (1: 2: 2) , Chandra Bhedma – (1: 2: 2) , Bharamari –( 1: 1: 1) ,Sitali

– (2: 4: 2).

Meditation - Aum

Statistical Procedure: The data were analyzed by applying descriptive statistical and paired t-

test. The level of significance was set at 0.05.

Result and Findings of the Study

Table: 1 descriptive statistics of physiological variables among collage women

Paired Samples Statistics

Variables Mean Std. Deviation

Pair 1 PRE BREATHING HOLDING CAPACITY 55.593 7.59896

POST BREATHING HOLDING CAPACITY 71.815 12.09336

Pair 2 PRE SYSTOLIC PRESSURE 1.14E+02 12.14214

POST SYSTOLIC PRESSURE 1.04E+02 13.59131

Pair 3 PRE DYSTOLIC PRESSURE 75.25 8.25179

POST DYSTOLIC PRESSURE 70.9 7.53867

Pair 4 PRE PULSE RATE 74.7 9.13121

POST PULSE RATE 73.7 6.00964



166

Table: 2 Mean differences of physiological variables among college women

*significant at 0.05 level of Confidence

Paired T-Test Table

Variables Paired Differences

df

Sig.(2-

tailed) Mean S.D

Std.

Error

Mean t

Pair 1

PRE - POST

BREATHING

HOLDING CAPACITY

-

1.60E+01 14.84 3.32

-4.88

19 0.001

Pair 2 PRE - POST

SYSTOLIC PRESSURE 1.05E+01 9.81 2.19

4.76 19 0

Pair 3

PRE - POST

DYSTOLIC

PRESSURE 0.35 6.79 1.52

2.86 19 0.01

Pair 4 PRE - POST PULSE

RATE 1 7.00 1.56

0.63 19 0.531

Table.1 revels that the mean and SD of pre and post-test of breathing holding capacity are

55.59±71.81 and 7.59±12.09, systolic pressure 1.14±1.03 and 12.14 ±13.59, diastolic pressure

75.25 ±70.90 and 8.25 ±7.53, pulse rate 74.70 ± 9.13 and 9.13±6.00 respectively.

Table. 2 revels that the value of t-statistic of breathing holding capacity, systolic pressure and

diastolic pressure is -4.88, 4.76, 2.86 is more than the tabulated t value 2.06 for 19 degrees of

freedom at 0.05 level of significance. This confirms that significant difference exists between the

means of pre and posttest in relation to breathing holding capacity, systolic pressure and diastolic

pressure. And that the value of t-statistic of pulse rate is 0.63 is less than the tabulated t value

2.06 for 19 degree of freedom at 0.05 level of significance. This confirms that insignificant

difference exists between the means of pre and post test in relation to pulse rate.


The result of the study revealed significant improvement in the variables such as breathing

holding capacity, systolic and diastolic pressure due to yogic intervention (selected of asana,

pranayama and meditation) on the selected group. Participation in yogic intervention resulted

insignificant improvement in selected physiological variables such as pulse rate on selected

group when compared between pre and post test. Upadhyay Dhungel K, et.al Effect of alternate

nostril breathing exercise on cardio respiratory functions” Nepal Med Coll J. (2008) weeks of

Nadisuddhi pranayama has shown significant decrease in pulse rate, diastolic blood pressure, and

systolic blood pressure along with significant increase in pulse pressure. Vadiya and Pansare

carried out the present study on the “effect of yoga on pulse and blood pressure among medical

students” Results were analyzed and compared. There was decrease in pulse rate and blood

pressure after the yoga training in both boys and girls. Seshien conducted a study on the “effect

of pranayama and transcendental meditation on the pulse rate and blood pressure of the male

students” of the Sourastra College; Madurai. The result showed that the pranayama reduced the



167

blood pressure. Transcendental meditation has a positive effect on systolic blood pressure only

combined pranayama and transcendental meditation showed very good effect on all the

physiological parameters

REFERENCE

Iyengar BKS. 7th ed. New Delhi: Harpercollins Publishers; 2002. Light on yoga.

Bjlani RL. 3rd ed. New Delhi: Jaypee Brothers; 2004. Understanding medical physiology;

pp. 871–910.

Nagarathna R, Nagendra HR. 4th ed. Bangalore: Swami Vivekananda Yoga Prakashana;

2006. Yoga for promotion of positive health.

Ankad RB, Herur A, Patil S, Shashikala GV, Chinagudi S. Effect of Short-Term Pranayama

and Meditation on Cardiovascular Functions in Healthy Individuals. Heart

Views. 2011;12:58–62.

Telles S, Nagarthna R, Nagendra HR. Autonomic changes during “OM” meditation. Indian J

Physiol Pharmacol. 1995;39:418–20

A.Chandrabose, “The Therapeutic effect of yoga practice on patients suffering from

bronchial asthma”, unpublished md project. Pondicherry University,1994

Gopal KS, Bhatnagar OP, Subramanian N, et al. Effect of yogasana and pranayamas on

blood pressure pulse rate and some respiratory functions. Indian J Physiol Pharmacol

1973;17(3):273-276.

Joseph S, Sridharan K, Patil SK, et al. Study of some physiological and biochemical

parameter in subjects undergoing yogic training. Indian J Med Res 1981;74:120-124.

M. Vaidya and M.S. Pansare, “Effect of Yoga on Pulse and Blood Pressure”, Indian Journal

of Physiological and Pharmacology, 30:5 (1986), p.8.

Seshien L.S., “Effect of pranayama and transcendental meditation on the pulse rate and blood

pressure of the male students of the sourastra college”, Madurai Unpublished M.phil thesis,

Alagappa University, (1988)

K.N. Udapa el al., “Physiological and Biochemical Studies on the Effect of Yogic and

Certain other Exercises’, Indian Journal of Medicines Research, (1975)



168

A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF ISOMETRIC LEG STRENGTH

BETWEEN WEIGHTLIFTERS AND POWERLIFTERS

Moirangthem Ebhion Singh

Ph.D scholar, Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the study was to compare the selected isometric variables between weightlifters

and powerlifters. Twenty (N= 20) male lifters were selected. They were further divided into two

groups N1 = 10 weightlifters and N2 = 10 powerlifters. The purposive sampling technique was

used to attain the objective of the study. Independent‘t’ test was employed to compare the mean

differences of the variables. To test the hypothesis, the level of significance was set at 0.05. It is

concluded that significance difference was found between the weightlifters and powerlifters on

isometric knee flexion and knee extension.

Key words: isometric, knee flexion, knee extension, hip adduction, hip abduction

INTRODUCTION

We agree that understanding the features and mechanisms of the variables is important for

inferences. One can understand the importance of variable and finding the superior than other. In

fact, the comparison is meaningful only when the variables are similar or having common

features but the important is to find out the unique difference. Strength is one of the most

important variables in sports. One cannot survive without strength. Weightlifting and

powerlifting are the sport where strength is dominant. Isometric is the type of strength training in

which the joint angle and muscle length do not change during contraction. Isometric exercises

are thousands of years old with examples listed from the static holds in certain branches of yoga

or oriental martial arts. Isometric exercises are first brought to the modern public attention in the

early days of physical culture. Many of today training schedules incorporates isometric exercises

but still the awareness to the society need to be more.

METHODS AND PROCEDURE

Selection of subjects

For this purpose, twenty (N=20) male lifters of weightlifting and powerlifting were selected. The

purposive sampling technique was used to attain the objective of the study.

Selection of variables

The following isometric variables were chosen for the study:

Knee flexion

Knee extension

Hip abduction

Hip adduction



169


David machine was used for measurement of leg isometric strength. For the administration of the

test, the scholar took the assistance of friend who had some prior experience in the conducting

such test. Proper instruction was also given to assistants before the administration of the test.


In order to compare the study of leg isometric strength between weightlifters and powerlifters, t-

test for independent data was applied at significance level of 0.05. SPSS was used to analyze the

data.

Table 1: Mean comparison of knee flexion between weightlifters and powerlifters

Groups Means S.D. Mean diff. SE of mean diff t-value p-value

Weight

lifting

336 41.129 129.7 31.059 4.176 0.001

Power

lifting

465.7 89.191

The above table 1 reveals that significant difference was found in knee flexion between

weightlifters and powerlifters, as the value of t-statistic is 4.176. This t-value is significance as

its p value is 0.001 which is less than 0.05.

Table 2: Mean comparison of knee extension between weightlifters and powerlifters

Groups Means S.D. Mean diff SE of Mean diff t-value P value

Weight

lifters

414.9 58.28 149 26.53 5.624 0.00

Power

lifters

565.7 60.35

The above table 2 reveals that significant difference was found in knee extension between

weightlifters and powerlifters, as the value of t-statistic is 5.624. This t-value is significance as

its p value is 0.00 which is less than 0.05.

Table 3: Mean comparison of hip adduction between weightlifters and powerlifters


Weight

lifters

332.8 64.182 24.3 32.446 .749 0.464

Power

lifters

357.1 80.052



170

The above table 3 reveals that insignificant difference was found in hip adduction between

weightlifters and powerlifters, as the value of t-statistic is 0.749. This t-value is insignificance as

its p value is 0.464 which is more than 0.05.

Table 4: Mean comparison of hip abduction between weightlifters and powerlifters


Weight

lifters

391.8 51.027 23 20.682 1.117 0.279

Power

lifters

414.9 40.913

The above table 4 reveals that insignificant difference was found in hip abduction between

weightlifters and powerlifters, as the value of t-statistic is 1.117. This t-value is insignificance as

its p value is 0.279 which is more than 0.05

DISCUSSION AND FINDINGS

The results of the study show that there is significant difference in the knee flexion and knee

extension. The reason for the significant may be due to the nature of the game like powerlifting

is all about strength. It involved the contraction of quadriceps and hamstring as primary muscles

during flexion and extension. The maximum contraction of muscles occurs at 90o which a part of

technique in squat of powerlifting is. Where as in weightlifting, the strength is important but we

cannot ignore the technique, skill to give a good performance.

CONCLUSION

Within the limitation identified and on the basis of present study the following conclusions have

been drowned:

Isometric knee extension and knee flexion have shown significance difference between

weightlifters and powerlifters.

Isometric hip adduction and abduction have shown insignificance difference between the

weightlifters and powerlifters.

REFERENCES

Dinesh Kumar (2015), “Comparative study of explosive strength of weight lifters and

wrestlers”. International journal of enhanced Research in education in educational

development. ISSN: 2320-8708, vol. 3, issue 5.

Luk HY (2014) “comparison of muscle strength imbalance in powerlifters and jumpers”

.PMID:23591945

Robert E (1965) “a comparative study of isometric and isotonic quadriceps exercise

programs”. Journal of bone joint surg arm.

JP Verma (2013) “data analysis in management with spps software”, page no 201



171

EFFECT OF A PRESCRIBED EXERCISE PROGRAM ON

REGULAR MALE GYM GOERS’ ON COMMITMENT

Rakesh Katoch1

Ajay Kumar2

PGT, Laxman Public School, Hauz Khas Enclave, New Delhi, India,

Devi Ahiliya Vishwavidyalaya, Khandwa Road, M.P, India

ABSTRACT

The purpose of this study was to analysis the “Effect of a prescribed exercise program on

regular male gym goers on Commitment”. One hundred Male were selected as subjects for this

study. They divided into two equal groups 50 subjects in each group named Experimental and

Control Group respectively. The age of the subjects were ranged between 25 to 40 years. The

Experimental group was given the training for 12 weeks for five days per week with two days of

rest. Control group workout at their own at their respective centers. A self made exercise

programme and Commitment questionnaire was made with the help of experts of respective

fields. The data was analyzed by applying analysis of t- test to draw appropriate conclusions and

to find out the effect of 12 weeks of prescribed exercise training on subjects. The significance

level was set at 0.05. The result of study showed that there was a significant difference between

Experimental Male and Control Male group.

Key Words: Commitment, Reliability, Experimental Group, Control Group, Prescribed Exercise

programme

INTRODUCTION

Due to globalization, among others, competition is fiercer than ever. This increased pressure has

resulted in the commitment of employers towards employees becoming less of a given. The

concept of lifetime employment has also become outdated. Committed employees bring added

value to the organization, including through their determination, proactive support, and relatively

high productivity and an awareness of quality. Organizational commitment refers to the extent to

which an employee develops an attachment and feels a sense of allegiance to his or her employer

(The Pennsylvania State University, 2011). The concept of commitment has been applied to

various aspects of psychology, such as work ethic, level of involvement in the job commitment

to their career/profession, commitment to work or organization, Commitment to family and its

members and, finally to the society.

METHODOLOGY

For the present study the subjects were delimited to 100 in two groups named Experimental and

Control Group (50 Male subjects in each group) of 25-40 yrs of age for control lab study. The

Experimental group was exposed to 12 weeks (5 Days per week and two days of active rest) of

prescribed training programme where as Control group was not exposed to any treatment. The

questionnaire targeted the professional involving in variety of jobs that put constant demand of

competency, professional commitment, excellence, making healthy lifestyles adjustment, social

lifestyles, solving problems. The Commitment questionnaire (self made) was made with the help

of experts in the field of psychology. Reliability of the Commitment Questionnaire was tested by



172

computing Test-Retest Method. The value of coefficient of Correlation ‘r’ was 0.55 found to be

significant at 0.01 levels. The Obtained data collected on Commitment questionnaire was

calculated with the help of t-test.

RESULTS AND FINDINGS

Table No. 1

‘t’ Ratio on Commitment Psychological Variable Within Pre and Post Data of

Experimental Male Gym Goers

Psychological Variable Df

Mean

MD SEDM ‘t'

Pre Post

Commitment 49 52.84 64.8 1.96 0.41 29.53*

N=50

* Significant at .05 level. ‘t’ 0 .05 (49) = 2.01

An examination of table no.1 revealed that the analysis of paired ‘t’ ratio on commitment

psychological variable within pre and post mean values of Experimental Male Group. The

Commitment variable, 52.84 and 64.8 were the pre and post mean values, having 29.53 as the

obtained ‘t’ value which was statistically significant at tabulated value of 2.01 at 0.05 level.

Table No. 2

‘t’ Ratio on Commitment Psychological Variable Within Pre and Post Data of

Control Male Gym Goers

Psychological Variables df

Mean

MD SEDM ‘t'

Pre Post

Commitment 49 52.84 52.62 0.22 0.31 0.69

* Significant at .05 level. ‘t’ 0 .05 (49) = 2.01

An examination of table no.2 revealed that the analysis of paired ‘t’ ratio on commitment

psychological variable within pre and post mean values of Control Male Group. In Commitment

52.84 and 52.62 were the pre and post mean values, having 0.69 as the obtained ‘t’ value which

was insignificant at tabulated value of 2.01 at 0.05 level.

DISCUSSION

The results of the present study revealed that there was a positive significant differences found

between Experimental and Control Male Group. The experimental group hence underwent a with

rigorous and regimented fitness regime in a structured set-up. Due to competitive environment,



173

they have to complete the work on time. So, as the programme progressed people become more

and more committed and enjoyed to the training programme. Due to more commitment in their

job, more appreciations and incentives form management side and well cooperation among

colleagues. The results of the present study were supported by the findings of Kent et.al.

investigated that involvement in fitness activities useful in commitment, self image and athletic

ability, and high level of motivation. According to Boni (2004), there was positive impact of

physical fitness and exercise on productivity, overall job performance, job satisfaction,

absenteeism and organizational commitment. Chang et.al(2010); Sibley et.al.(2010) assessed

that aerobic exercises have positive impact on the executive functioning of planning and problem

solving, promotes organizational commitment.

CONCLUSION

The results concluded that there is positive significant improvement exhibited by experimental

group in Commitment after exposed to 12 weeks of prescribed exercise programme in

comparison to control group subjects. Hence, it is concluded that this prescribed programme was

an effective training to improve the people’s commitment ability.

REFERENCE

Beyrouti, Nouri and Jaber, Wael. (2011). Physical exercise / fitness: job satisfaction and

work productivity. International Journal of Strategic Management, 11:1.Cited in

http://www.freepatentsonline.com/article/International-Journal-Strategic-manage

ment/272739813.html

Boni, Nadia. (2004). Exercise and Physical Fitness: The Impact on Work Outcomes,

Cognition, and Psychological Well-Being for Police. Australasian Centre for Policing

Research. Cited in https://www.ncjrs.gov/App/Publications/ abstract.aspx ?ID=208101.

Der-Karabetian, Aghop and Gebharbp, Norma. (1986). Effect of physical fitness program in

the workplace. Journal of Business and Psychology, 1:1: 51-58. Cited in

nk.springer.com/article/1.

Dugdill Lindsey (2008). Physical activity and the workplace. International Journal of

Workplace Health Management. 1:3. Cited in http://www.emeraldinsight.com/

journals.htm/journals.htm?article.

Chang, Yu-Kai; Tsai, Chia-Liang; Hung, Tsung-Min; Cheung So, Edmund; Chen, Feng-Tzu

and Etnier, L. Jennifer. (2010). Effects of Acute Exercise on Executive Function: A Study

with a Tower of London Task. JSEP, 33:6:847-865. Cited in

http://journals.humankinetics.com/jsep-current-issue.

Güleryüz G, Güney S, Aydin EM and Aşan O.(2008). The mediating effect of job

satisfaction between emotional intelligence and organisational commitment of nurses: a

questionnaire survey. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 45:11:1625-35.Cited

inhttp://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18394625.

Jane, R. Williams (2004). Job Satisfaction and Organizational Commitment. Sloan Work

and Family Encyclopedia Entry. Cited in

http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/wfnetwork/rft/wfpedia/index.html.

http://www.freepatentsonline.com/article/International-Journal-Strategic-manage%20ment/272739813.html

http://www.freepatentsonline.com/article/International-Journal-Strategic-manage%20ment/272739813.html

https://www.ncjrs.gov/App/Publications/%20abstract.aspx%20?ID=208101

http://www.emeraldinsight.com/%20journals.htm/journals.htm?article

http://www.emeraldinsight.com/%20journals.htm/journals.htm?article

http://journals.humankinetics.com/jsep-current-issue

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18394625

http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/wfnetwork/rft/wfpedia/index.html



174

FORECASTING THE WINNER OF PRO KABADDI LEAGUE

MATCHES

Amritashish Bagchi1, Shiny Raizada

1and Aniket Mhatre

2

1Assistant Professor, Symbiosis International (Deemed University), Pune

2Student, Symbiosis International (Deemed University), Pune

ABSTRACT

The purpose of the study was to develop a predictionmodel to forecast the outcome of pro

kabaddi league matches. These probabilities can assist a coach, team captain or manager in

considering a certain tactics for the other half. The data was collected from 2017 season of Pro

Kabaddi League (PKL). A total data of272 matches were recorded, out of which 32 matches

were draw and therefore not included in the study. The dependent variable selected for this study

was Match Outcome (Win/Loss). Raid Points, Tackle points, All Out Points and Extra Points

were selected as the predictor variables. For the purpose of this study only the first half data was

used and in statistical technique Binary Logistic regression was used to predict the outcome of a

match (Win/Loss). The result indicates that the developed Logistic regression Model was

significant. All the predictor variables except Extra Points were included in the prediction model

with coefficient of determination ( 𝑅2 ) of .203 (Cox & Snell) and .271 (Nagelkerke). The

classification matrix shows that 68.8 % of match results were correctly classified by the model.

Keywords – Kabaddi, Pro Kabaddi League (PKL), prediction model, Win and Loss

INTRODUCTION

Kabaddi is one of the traditional sports of India, which requires a combination of Agility, Speed,

Power, Strength and Co-ordination. Kabaddi is a contact team sport, where 14 players (7 on each

side) take part at time and needs no equipmentwhich makes it a very popular sport in the

developing countries (Devarajuet. al. 2012).In today’s high-tech world, technology in sport plays

a vital role for not only recording data in many ways that the coaches could easily interpret and

make some conclusion for the individual or team performance.

Many researches were done to predict the future events on the basis of present or past data.

These researches had proved that the future performance of an individual or team could be

predicted through the analysis of certain variables, which are found to be the basis for total

performance. Researches in Kabaddi show the characterstics of Kabaddi players (Ali &

Adhikari, 2011; Palanisamy, et al. 2012; Nizama, 2012). But to the best of my knowledge none

of the studies in Kabaddi were focused in predicting the match winner on the basis of match

statistics.

Logistic regression is one of the statistical methods that can be one of the solutions of many

prediction models in sports. The main purpose of this statistical technique is to predict the

outcome (binary or multinominal) on the basis of predictor variables selected by the researcher

(Schoonjans, 2018). Many prediction models have been developed by researchers in predicting

the match outcome in several sports. The purpose of this study is to develop a prediction model

to predict the outcome of a Kabaddi match on the basis of match statistics of first half.



175

METHODOLOGY

A total data of 272 matches were recorded, out of which 32 matches were draw and therefore not

included in the study. All the data were collected from the website flashscore.com ("Pro Kabaddi

League 2017 Results - Kabaddi/India", 2018). The dependent variable selected for this study was

Match Outcome (Win/Loss). Raid Points, Tackle points, All Out Points and Extra Points were

selected as the predictor variables. The statistical technique Binary Logistic Regression was used

to develop the prediction model. For this purpose Statistical Package for Social Science (SPSS)

version 24.0 was used. The level of significance was set at 0.05.


Unlike linear regression and general linear models, logistic regression does not make many of

the key assumptions that are based on ordinary least squares algorithms, such as linearity,

normality, homoscedasticity, and measurement level.

Table 1 – Descriptive statistics

Table 2 – Correlation Matrix

Raid points Tackle Points All Out Points Extra Points

Raid points Pearson

Correlation

1 .067 .570**

.007

Tackle Points Pearson

Correlation

.067 1 .471**

.012

All Out Points Pearson

Correlation

.570**

.471**

1 .212**

Extra Points Pearson

Correlation

.007 .012 .212**

1


There is a significant correlation between variables but none of the variables were found to be

highly correlated and this was checked by calculating Variance Inflation Factor. It quantifies the

severity of multicollinearity. For all the variables the VIF value was near by 1, which means the

multicollinearity between the independent variables was low.

Table 3 – Omnibus Tests of Model Coefficients

Chi-square Df Sig.

Step 1 Step 54.462 3 .000

Block 54.462 3 .000

Raid points Tackle Points All Out Points Extra Points

Mean 8.9125 4.1667 1.0000 .9042

Std. Error of

Mean

.23147 .14253 .08516 .06091

Std. Deviation 3.58586 2.20814 1.31931 .94359



176

Model 54.462 3 .000

The omnibus test of model coefficients shows a significant decrease in the -2 Log Likelihood

value (i.e. 278.249), it means the developed model is significantly better fit than the null model.

Table 4 – Model Summary

Step -2 Log likelihood Cox & Snell R Square Nagelkerke R Square

1 278.249a

.203 .271

a. Estimation terminated at iteration number 5 because parameter estimates changed by

less than .001.

From the above table it can be seen that the value of Nagelkerke𝑅2 is .271 in the third model

developed in binary logistic regression, but the value of Cox & Snell R-square is found to be

.203.

Table 5 - Hosmer and Lemeshow Test

Step Chi-square df Sig.

1 8.011 8 .432

In the above table, the p – value of Hosmer and Lemeshow test is .432 which is insignificant.

Table 6 – Classification Table

Steps

Observed Predicted

Match Results Percentage Correct

LOSS WIN

Step 1 Match Results

LOSS 91 29 75.8

WIN 46 74 61.7

Overall Percentage 68.8

a. The cut value is .500

The above table shows the summary of correct and wrong classification of the subjects in match

Outcome (i.e. Loss or Win. Overall 68.8 % of matches were correctly classified on the basis of

selected independent variables.

Table 7 - Variables in the Equation

B S.E. Wald df Sig. Exp(B)

Step 1a

Raid Point .096 .055 3.086 1 .079 1.101

Tackle Point .236 .090 6.844 1 .009 1.267

All Out Point .522 .163 10.225 1 .001 1.685

Constant -2.270 .646 12.369 1 .000 .103

a. Variable(s) entered on step 1: raid point, tackle point, all out point.



177

All the independent variables in the model were found to be significantly contributing. All these

variables are important in predicting the match outcome of a Kabaddi match, the variables

included in the model is highly significant and it can classify upto 68.8 % of cases correctly, still

it only explain 27.1 % of thevariability in the dependent variable. It means 72.9 % of the

variability is explained by some other variables which were not included in the study.

CONCLUSION

The developed Logistic regression Model was found to be significant. According to the statistical

significance of the predictor variables, they were numerically weighted & were used to predict

the match outcome. Out of four predictor variables three were included in the prediction model

with coefficient of determination (R2) of .203 (Cox & Snell) & .271 (Nagelkerke). 68.8 % of

match results were correctly classified by the model.

REFERENCES

Ali, S., & Adhikari, D. (2011). Physical and Anthropometric Characteristics of Kabaddi

Players. Indian Journal of Applied Research, 4(1), 464-465.

Bewick V, Cheek L, & Ball J. (2005). Statistics review 14: logistic regression. Crit Care, 9

(1), 112–8

Devaraju, K., &Kalidasan, R. (2012). Prediction of Kabaddi Playing Ability from Selected

Anthropometrical and Physical Variables among College Level Players. Asian Journal of

Information Technology, 11(4), 131-134.

Klaassen, F. J., & Magnus, J. R. (2003). Forecasting the winner of a tennis match. European

Journal of Operational Research, 148(2), 257-267.

Patel, S., Pandey, U., & Saxena, S. (2011). Comparative Study of Mental Toughness among

Kabaddi Players of Different Level. Indian Journal of Applied Research, 1(3), 201-202.

Pro Kabaddi League 2017 Results - Kabaddi/India. (2018). Flashscore.com. Retrieved 12

February 2018, from https://www.flashscore.com/kabaddi/india/pro-kabaddi/results/

Schoonjans, F. (2018). Logistic regression. MedCalc. Retrieved 3 February 2018, from

https://www.medcalc.org/manual/logistic_regression.php



178

THE DETERMINATION OF AEROBIC CAPACITY AND BODY

COMPOSITION OF ALL INDIA INTER-UNIVERSITY FEMALE

SOCCER PLAYERS.

Chandan K Paswan* PhD Scholar, L.N.I.P.E Gwalior

Dr. Anindita Das** Assistant professor, L.N.I.P.E Gwalior

ABSTRACT

“The study was basically focused on to determine the aerobic capacity and body composition of

all India inter-university female soccer players of L.N.I.P.E Gwalior”.

There was also a secondary problem that was also taken in the study; the main aim was to find

out the relationship of aerobic capacity with the percent body fat, aerobic capacity with the lean

body weight and aerobic capacity with the body density.

For the purpose of the study a total of 15 female inter-university players were chosen from

L.N.I.P.E Gwalior, coopers 10 mins run/walk test was used to test the aerobic capacity of the

players.

The fat percentage was measured with the help of skin fold callipers from various sites of the

body; the lean body weight was calculated by subtracting weight of body fat from the total body

weight of the players.

The result of the study showed that the lean body mass was significantly related with the aerobic

capacity of the players.

The study also showed insignificant and showed negative relationship when fat percentage was

related to aerobic capacity.

And the body density of the players was found insignificant with the aerobic c capacity.

Keywords: aerobic capacity, lean body mass

INTRODUCTION

Soccer is a game which calls for strenuous and continuous thrilling action. The skills involved in

the game are simple, natural, highly stimulating and satisfying to anyone who participates in the

game, some of the well known skills are kicking, running, jumping, throwing, dodging and so

on.7

Modern soccer is a vigorous, fast game requiring accelerating sprint, rough tackling, and power

in kicking and endurance to sustain skilful play for 90 minutes.8

It has been claimed that a high level of general fitness with motor abilities like strength,

endurance, speed of movement, jumping ability, agility, flexibility, and cardio-vascular

endurance etc. Are the essential qualities required to be developed by the footballers to play this

international game?

7 J.p. Thomas, let us coach soccer(msdras:the Y.M.C.A college of physical education,1964),p.1

8 The amrit bazar patrika(Calcutta:march 8,1982), page 8, col, 2.



179

Usually there are two kind of endurance, muscular and cardio-respiratory. Cardio-respiratory

endurance is characterized by moderate contraction of large muscle groups for relatively long

periods of time during which maximal adjustment of the cardio-respiratory system are necessary

as in sustained, running, swimming, climbing, bicycling and the like 9

Cardio-vascular endurance is one of the major physical fitness components required for the game

of football.

Maximum aerobic power (VO2 max) is recognised as an index of cardio-vascular function and is

widely accepted as being important to the success in endurance sports/events.10

METHODOLOGY

A total of 15 female football players were taken from the purpose of the study who have

represented L.N.I.P.E Gwalior in inter-varsity games. The age group of the players were kept

between 18-25 years. The criterion measures chosen to test the aerobic capacity and the body

composition is coopers 10 mins run/walk test. The fat percentage was estimated by adding the

skin fold measurements in millimetres taken from the following sites:

1. Biceps

2. Triceps

3. Sub-scapular

4. Supra-iliac

Durin and rahaman method was used for to determine the body fat percentage. Lean body weight

was calculated by subtracting weight of the body fat (in kg) from the total body weight (in kg).

Body density was calculated using abdominal skin fold

(a) Chest skin fold), (b) arm skin fold, (c) by using formula:

Body density =1.1017-(0.000282) × (a)-(0.000737) × (b)-(0.00088) ×(c) 3

ANALYSIS OF DATA, CONCLUSION AND DISCUSSION

For the purpose of the study and to see the relationship between the aerobic capacity and each of

the body composition i.e. percentage of fat, lean body mass percentage and body density, product

moment method for computing correlation was employed. The mean and the standard deviation

of body composition variables are given in the table 1 and the correlation between aerobic

capacity and body composition is given in table 2.

Descriptives: table 1

S.no Variables Mean Standard Deviation

1. Body density 1.065402 .0012402

2. Percentage of body

fat

16.3265 2.13445

9 H.harrison Clarke, “physical fitness testing in schools,”physical fitness research digest(January 1975):7

10 Yutuka murase et.al.,” longitudinal study of aerobic power is superior Jr. Athletes,”medicine and science in sport

exercise 13(1981):180



180

3. Lean body mass (

percentage)

72.2563 2.13445

4. Aerobic Capacity 2152.36 189.3786

Correlation: table 2

S.no Variables Coefficient of correlation

1. Aerobic capacity and fat

percentage

-.346*

2. Aerobic capacity and lean

body mass

.346*

3. Aerobic capacity and body

density

.174

*significant at 0.05 level of confidence

CONCLUSION

1. Lean body mass (percentage) was found to be significantly related to the aerobic capacity.

2. There was negative significant relationship between the fat percentage and the aerobic

capacity.

3. Body density was also found to be insignificantly related to the aerobic capacity.

DISCUSSION AND FINDINGS

The reason for significant relationship between aerobic capacity and lean body mass may be

because lean body mass mainly comprises of muscles which help the individual to perform better

in distance running. As the individual has more of muscle and less of fat tissue the significant

relationship between aerobic capacity and lean body mass seems logical, lean body

mass(percentage) as a whole basically contribute to carry an aerobic functions thus helps in the

aerobic type of activity.

An insight negative relationship between aerobic capacity and fat percentage, may be due to the

fact that excess of fat act as a dead weight which an individual has to carry for executing various

movements ,this additional weight possess extra demands on the system of the body where by an

individual gets exhausted soon, the aerobic capacity due to the fact that fat does not provide

energy to the working muscle during activity, therefore there is negative correlation its fat

percentage and aerobic capacity.

The aerobic capacity is insignificantly related to the body density which may be because of

greater amount of fat in body which may place additional demands on human organism. It may

also be because of larger surface area which may put extra frictional process there by leading the

individual to undergo extra amount of work, which can be done more efficiently when this extra

amount of fat is absent.



181

REFERENCES

Gutin, B. (June 1992). Defining Health and Fitness: First Step toward establishing

children's fitness standards. Research Quarterly, 63(2): 128-132.

Helgerud, J., Høydal, K., Wang, E., Karlsen, T., Berg, P., et al. (2007). Aerobic

highintensity intervals improve VO2max more than moderate training. Medicine and

Science in Sports and Exercise, 39(4): 665-671.

Pathak,r(2011), effect of selected physiological variables on deaf and dumb children,lnipe

Gwalior,department of advance studies

Ted A. Baumgartner, T.A., Jackson, A.S. (1987). Measurement for Evaluation in Physical

Education and Exercise Science (3rd edition; Dubeque, Iowa: W.Mc. Brown Publishers), p.

11.

Wisløff, U., Ellingsen, Ø., and Kemi, O. J. (2009). High-intensity interval training to

maximize cardiac benefits of exercise training? Exercise Sport Science Review, 37(3): 139-

146.



182

A QUALITY APPROACH TO THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION

AND SPORTS PROGRAM

Dr. Monika Dewan

INTRODUCTION Physical Education has always been an integral part of the holistic education process. The

session will focus on the Quality of the Physical Education / Sports program running in the

schools. It is the responsibility of the Physical educators and Coaches as professionals to deliver

developmentally appropriate and meaningful teaching to realize the outcome of developing

physically, mentally, emotionally and socially fit global citizens. The presenter will share the

Doctoral research results submitted at the Jamia Millia Islamia University in 2012. There will be

reference to the Shape America guidelines, PE standards and recommendations. Physical

Education / Sports deserve respect just like any other subject area in the schools. The academic

achievements and results due to participation in Physical activities based upon research will be

highlighted too. PE classes should be taken seriously by the Indian education system and treated

as a learning experience. PE deserves its long due respect by our society.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The result of the study will bring out the comparison of the variables of the study with

regards to the three types of schools and gather ideas from PE programs running in various

schools.

The study will contribute towards highlighting the best practices followed in our schools.

The study will be beneficial for the Heads of Institution and Physical Educators who are

engaged in framing and execution of various policies at different levels, to get rid of existing

lacunae in the program.

An outcome of the study will be to highlight effective and meaningful teaching and

assessment practices and curriculum, useful to physical educators in creating physically

educated students.

The study will help to obtain concrete information about present day PE scenario which

enlightens the children about their mental and physical development.

An importance of the study will be to come up with recommendations to help upgrade the

standards and status of PE in India and bridge the gap between high and low quality

programs.

The study will suggest alternate ways of organizing PE program when facilities are not

adequate.

The study will be of great help for the researcher to suggest amendments in the right

direction in context of the basic problems of Physical Education.

METHODOLOGY

sample, tools, methodology of the present study, steps involved in the development of the

questionnaire, and steps for the analysis of the data, including the statistical tools used, have been

detailed. The self developed questionnaire was administered after establishing its relevance with

regard to the objectives of the study and considering the variables of the study.



183

STATISTICAL PROCEDURES

The data collected through Questionnaire schedule was documented, analyzed both

quantitatively and qualitatively, using the appropriate statistical procedures, useful to convey the

results of the findings in the most effective and meaningful manner. The standard statistical tools

such as percentage, average, chi square test have been used as per the requirements for the

analysis needs of the questionnaire. The graphical presentation has been made to visually depict

the data as much as possible to enhance understanding of the results.

RECOMMENDATIONS

The following are a few recommendations that can help rectify the problems in this field.

Importance of PE as a subject for overall development of children should be emphasized

greater in all types of schools.

Requisite curriculum must be circulated by concerned authorities for grades KG. and above

just like secondary classes in all types of schools. The curriculum prescribed should be age

and developmentally appropriate, thoughtfully created. At the existing levels where the

curriculum is available, it needs to be revisited.

Both awareness creation about PE Program and maintenance of physical fitness should be

emphasized upon.

Effective remedial strategies must be followed with students who fail to achieve the grade

specific learning expectations set out in the curriculum of public, government and foreign

schools.

The respective administrators need to understand and encourage their styles of participation

with respect to genders, in their schools. Mixed gender approach may be used where it is

essential to inculcate gender sensitivity value towards the opposite gender.

Government and public schools must catch up on modern and interactive techniques of

assessment and use it in combination with traditional methods.

Administrators and supervisors ensure that an assessment system is in place and the teachers

follow the same while evaluating the students. All the teachers must decide the breakup of

weightage for various categories and grade them accordingly.

Government and public schools must have a moderate student teacher ratio just as foreign

schools for easier class management and lesser behavioral concerns. Class size must be

revisited at government and public schools and not overlook this aspect.

Besides fields and outdoor courts available in all types of schools, other infrastructure like

swimming pool, gymnasium and fitness centers would be desirable in government and

public schools.



184

A shared office for all the PE teachers will be a positive idea to be introduced in schools, to

boost the morale and confidence and raise the respect for the PE subject and department in

the school.

A regular refreshment system must be followed in all schools.

The initiative to improve the standard of Public Address system is very important for the

conduct of PE and Sports Programs very effectively and efficiently.

Regular Medical Health Checkup must be followed as a trend in schools especially public

and foreign schools.

The administration and management of all schools must be aware that the need of a dietician

and counselor are of extreme importance to cater to the needs of sports persons and guiding

them appropriately to improve on their diet, participation and behavior.

Foreign and government schools must maintain Intramural and Interschool sports profile of

sportspersons more effectively.

There should be clearly laid out guidelines and policies for activities meant for PE to avoid

discrepancies.

Participation levels in elementary and high school needs to improve in all types of schools.

The budget in the government schools is the lowest, hence, these schools may attempt to

look for sponsors to help raise funds for events/ infrastructural facilities. Sponsors can even

fund the awards for events like the Sports day.

Availability of PE as a subject at Government and Public schools, particularly at primary

level is a matter of concern.

Remedial strategies have been given due importance by all schools but their means and

methods of execution of strategies, vary according to the type of schools.

A major issue of concern is about the ratio of gender participating in PE program.

Government schools are found to have least activity where both genders may interact

together, where as foreign schools have the PE activities with maximum gender interaction

among them.

Effectiveness of PE program could be improved in Indian schools, particularly Government

schools through effective instruction strategies, ie: a scope of improvement have been found

for utilization of audio-video aids and partner work to make the PE program more effective.

Choices of indoor and outdoor activities are highly influenced by the facilities and

infrastructure in the schools.

Availability of locker rooms, change rooms and their conditions can be further improved in

all types of schools.



185

National organizations including the American Heart Association, the American Cancer

Society, the American Diabetes Association, NASPE, the Centers for Disease Control and

Prevention recommend 150 minutes of PE each week for children in elementary school and

225 minutes per week for middle school and high school.

The study has been an attempt to highlight the ongoing practices in various types of schools. The

administration and managements of various schools may opt to choose the best practices

prevalent in a PE Program, irrespective of the type of schools. A PE teacher must be a role model

and as professionals from this field, they must deliver their best. I assure you, when we as

Physical Educators will become disciplined role model for our students; our profession will get

the long deserved respect by the society.



186

SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS SURVEY OF UNIVERSITY

FEMALE ATHLETES OF BANGLADESH

Shaybal Chanda1& Nayana Chowdhury

2

1Assistant Professor, Department of Physical Education and Sports Science, Visva-Bharati,

2Deputy Director, Department of Physical Education, University of Dhaka, Bangladesh

ABSTRACTS

This study aimed to know the socio-economic status in the society of the university sportswomen

of Bangladesh. Data was collected by random selection of 95 female athletes from 09 different

public universities through questionnaire from the 5th

Bangladesh Universities Games, 2017

jointly organized by Dhaka University (DU) and Bangladesh University of Engineering and

Technology (BUET) between March-April, 2017. Data was analyzed by using mainly percentage

and mode. Self-motivation was found the main driving factor for sports. Majority of the female

players’ family income is low. Business was found as profession of a large proportion of the

father of female players and mothers are mostly homemaker. Some extent academic departments

of the university help for the sports participation. Most support comes to sportswomen from

family, self, father and friends for the sports. Yet there are various issues of sportswomen that

still need to be addressed properly with strong initiative taking help from this study findings for

the development of women sports in the university and ultimately in the national & international

arena of sports.

KEY WORDS: Socio-economic status, University Female Athletes.

INTRODUCTION

To stand high in the world sports arena Bangladesh also need to pay attention on equal

development of female athletes. University sports play an enormous role in grooming athletes for

the national and international sports. Female players are half of the total sports. Thus, it is

necessary to know about their socio-economic condition for preparing appropriate sports

developmental policy.

“Socioeconomic status is the social standing or class of an individual or group. It is often

measured as a combination of education, income and occupation”(APA’s Socioeconomic Status

Office publications, 2017). The Women of Bangladesh are rapidly coming in interaction of

social and economic factors. Movement of women is increasing in all aspects of national

development and sports are not an exception. Bangladesh Women’s national age group teams

like 14, 16 and 17 performance brought hope for the Bangladeshi football lovers and even girls

have subsided the men football team. Inter-University Sports Board (IUSB), Bangladesh

organized University Games / Sports giving equal importance to girls competitions. No research

conducted on socio-economic status of sports girls in Bangladesh in particular on University

women players. Thus, researcher has taken initiative to revel the socio-economic status of

University women players of Bangladesh by this study.



187

METHODOLOGY

Subject of the study were selected on random basis from the female players participated from the

09 universities out of 10 participating public Universities in the 5th

Bangladesh Universities

Games, 2017. Data were collected by using Questionnaire which was consisted of open ended

questions regarding their socioeconomic conditions. Questionnaire was both in English and

Bengali because the respondents understand either one language or both. Data was analyzed

using appropriate statistical technique and tools i.e. percentage, Mean, Mode, table and graphs.

Results and Findings

Table: 1. Age of the female Players

Mean Age Mode Age

21.48 21, 22,23

Table-1 shows that Mean Age of the female players was approximately 22 years and 06 months

old, and mode value are 21, 22 and 23 years old. Whereas, 20 years aged players were the

highest 20% among all. 21, 22 and 23 years aged players were 18% each and consisted large

proportion in the sample. 19 and 24 years female players consisted 14% and 07% respectively.

17, 25, 26 and 28 years old players altogether consisted 5% of total sample.

It is depicted from the above graph that most players study in 1st, 3

rd, 4

th, 5

th and 7

th semester

14%, 15%, 16%, 18% and 18% respectively. Some students participated from 2nd

semester 7%,

6th

semester 6%, 8th

semester 4% and 9th

semester 2% only.

Highest number of players came from Arts (45%) faculty then from Science faculty (42%) and

lowest number of students came from commerce faculty (13%). In science faculty 20% students

came only from Physical Education and Sports Science (PESS) department and 22% students

came from rest of the departments of this faculty.

Basiral 3%

Chittagong 17%

Dhaka 21%

Khulna 20%

Mymensingh 8%

Rajshahi 9% Rangpur

11%

Sylhet 11%

Players' Division wise Representation in %

MOD

E



188


Sportswomen were participated in the 5th

university games, Bangladesh in March-April 2017

with a Mean age of 22 and half years of age and most of them were between 21-23 years of age.

Mainly players were from 1st, 3

rd, 4th, 5

th, and 7

th semesters but no one have been found from the

master final semester (10th

Semester). Female players came to sports and games mainly being

self-motivated, a few came to keep uplift the family tradition and a very few players came to

sports being motivated by university sports quota for the admission, to make money and other

motivational factors.

Most of the female players do not face any obstacle form the family to take part in sports actively

but some of the players also face some shot of obstacles. 4/5th

of the female players believe that

there is an equal environment for the female players in the university sports arena but on the

other hand 1/5th

of the students seems that they are not enjoying equal opportunities as their

counterparts.

One third of the players’ father profession is Business, just little more than one fifth subjects’

father make their livelihood by government services, professions like Farmer, Teacher and

Private Employment all together consisted 1/3rd

of the total subjects’ father occupation. World

Bank (2016), half of the workforce of Bangladesh makes their living from Agriculture. But

unfortunately, in this study 11% farmers’ girls only could manage to come in university sports.

Female players of the Universities have given some suggestion to uplift the sports and games of

the Universities of Bangladesh are i. Long-term regular training, ii. Strong inspiration and

motivation is needed from the University, iii. University should increase and improve spots

facilities as well as to increase availability of equipment, iv. Equal opportunity for both the

genders, v. Teachers’ support for sports, vi. Financial incentive / support / scholarship from the

university, vii. Mentality of society should be widen and increased social values, viii.

Availability of competent Coach, ix. Strengthening social safety and security.

CONCLUSION

Mostly players’ age between 21-23 years old girls plays for the university and they are mainly

bachelor student. One player mostly plays only one game/sport for the university. Self

motivation was found prime driving factor for the girls to come in sports, and some girls also

come in sports and games to keep maintain family tradition. Except a few players most of the

sportswomen do not face any obstacle from their family.

REFERENCES:

CPD (2014) ‘Press Reports on How much Women Contribute to the Bangladesh Economy |

CPD’, Centre for Policy Dialogue (CPD), 26 October. Available at: http://cpd.org.bd/press-

reports-how-women-contribute-bangladesh-economy-centre-for-policy-dialogue-cpd/

(Accessed: 14 September 2017).

‘Female Secondary School Assistance Project: Bangladesh - 14828_Bangladesh-web.pdf’

(no date). Available at: http://siteresources.worldbank.org INTEMPOWERMENT/

Resources/14828_Bangladesh-web.pdf (Accessed: 14 September 2017).



189

Head, S. K. et al. (2015) ‘Customary and contemporary resources for women’s

empowerment in Bangladesh’, Development in Practice, 25(3), p. 360.

Hussain, Z. (2012) The Numbers Behind Bangladesh’s Goal of Middle Income Status by

2021, End Poverty in South Asia. Available at:

http://blogs.worldbank.org/endpovertyinsouthasia/numbers-behind-

bangladesh%E2%80%99s-goal-middle-income-status-2021 (Accessed: 9 October 2017).

Mondal (2017) ‘Study: 10% rise in women workforce to raise Bangladesh GDP by 1%’,

Dhaka Tribune, 8 March. Available at:

http://www.dhakatribune.com/business/2017/03/08/study-10-rise-women-workforce-raise-

bangladesh-gdp-1/ (Accessed: 14 September 2017).

Rahman, A. (2016) SA Games: Mahfuza wins 3rd gold for Bangladesh, The Daily Star.

Available at: http://www.thedailystar.net/sports/sa-games-mahfuza-wins-3rd-gold-

bangladesh-214381 (Accessed: 14 September 2017).

Roy, B. (2010) Golden girls shoot to glory, The Daily Star. Available at:

http://www.thedailystar.net/news-detail-124680 (Accessed: 14 September 2017).

Roy, I. (2016) ‘The Socio-Economic Contribution of Women Entrepreneurs in Bangladesh’,

Global Journal of Management And Business Research. Available at:

https://journalofbusiness.org/index.php/GJMBR/article/view/2018 (Accessed: 14 September

2017).

Schurmann, A. T. (2009) ‘Review of the Bangladesh Female Secondary School Stipend

Project Using a Social Exclusion Framework’, Journal of Health, Population, and Nutrition,

27(4), pp. 505–517.

World Bank (2016) Bangladesh: Growing the Economy through Advances in Agriculture,

World Bank. Available at: http://www.worldbank.org/en/results/2016/10/07/bangladesh-

growing-economy-through-advances-in-agriculture (Accessed: 9 October 2017).



190

BIOMECHANICAL COMPARISON OF OPEN AND CLOSED

STANCE BACKHAND STROKES AMONG UNIVERSITY

TENNIS PLAYERS

Amit Kumar*& Dr. Madan Singh Rathore**

*Ph.D. Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior

** Asst. Prof. LNIPE, Gwalior

ABSTRACT

The purpose is to study Biomechanical comparison of open and closed stance backhand strokes

among university Tennis Players. Five male tennis players were selected from the players

studying in LNIPE Gwalior for the study. Their skills were captured using Nikon D- 3100, a

motor driven camera, with the frequency of 24 frames per second. 8 reflective markers attached

to anatomic landmarks for two-handed backhand drive data collection. The data was analyzed

by paired sample t- test ascertains the comparison of the selected kinematic variables at

moment of contact in open stance and closed stance backhand drive in Tennis. In case of

selected kinematic variables, the linear kinematic variables, right knee angle of closed and

open stance, left knee angle of closed and open stance has exhibited significant difference

between the open stance and closed stance backhand strokes.

Keywords: - Backhand drive, open stance, closed stance.

Introduction

Tennis is a sport that can be played individually against a single opponent (singles) or between

two teams of two players each (doubles). Each player uses a racquet that is strung with cord to

strike a hollow rubber ball covered with felt over or around a net and into the opponent's court.

For right-handed players, the backhand is a stroke that begins on the left side of their body,

continues across their body as contact is made with the ball, and ends on the right side of their

body. The double handed backhand can be one of the most complex tennis strokes. There are

many key phases in the stroke which make the stroke one of the hardest to master. The

game of tennis has evolved into a power game and less finesse as it was in the past. The Open

Stance is very popular among tennis right now. To perform this correctly, you must coil and turn

your upper body while keeping your lower body facing the net. This coil that you’ve just created,

between your upper and lower body, is creating torque that you’ll be using as an additional form

of energy. In the closed stance, your feet should be creating almost a 90 degree angle with the

baseline. If you are standing at the centre of the court, you will have to move your left foot

slightly forward to assist you in hitting the ball.

METHODOLOGY

Five male tennis players of LNIPE, Gwalior from the Tennis match practice group were

selected for the present study. Therefore it was considered that subjects posses reasonable

level of technique of backhand drive. Their age ranged between 20 to 24 years. For the

kinematic analysis of backhand drive following kinematic variables were selected:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Types_of_tennis_match#Singles

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Types_of_tennis_match#Doubles

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Racquet

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tennis_ball

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tennis_court



191

a) Linear kinematic variables:

i. Height of centre of gravity (COG) at moment contact.

b) Angular kinematic variables:

i. Angle at right and left knee joint.

ii. Angle at right and left hip joint.

iii. Angle at right and left elbow joint.

iv. Angle at right and left shoulder joint.

Criterion measures: The double handed backhand drive of each selected subject was taken as

the criterion measure for the present study.

Statistical analysis: - For the purpose of the study, paired sample‘t’ test was used and the level

of significance was set at 0.05.

RESULTS

Means and standard deviations of angular kinematic variables of backhand drive in two different

variations at moment contact are presented in table -1.

Table 1.Descriptive Study of Angular Kinematic Variables at Moment Contact in

Technique of Backhand Drive

Kinematic Variables Mean Std. Deviation

Right elbow angle in closed stance 152.4000 20.67124

Right elbow angle in open stance 155.8000 11.58447

Left elbow angle in closed stance 141.8000 22.39866

Left elbow angle in open stance 141.4000 20.36664

Right shoulder angle in closed stance 30.4000 5.77062

Right shoulder angle in open stance 31.2000 8.07465

Left shoulder angle in closed stance 34.4000 16.25731

Left shoulder angle in open stance 34.2000 18.52566

Right hip angle in closed stance 145.2000 16.99117

Right hip angle in open stance 156.8000 17.93600

Left hip angle in closed stance 164.6000 14.13506

Left hip angle in open stance 172.8000 5.21536

Right knee angle in closed stance 151.4000 5.17687

Right knee angle in open stance 160.2000 11.12205

Left knee angle in closed stance 127.6000 18.14663

Left knee angle in open stance 140.4000 21.51279

t.05 (4) = 2.776



192

The values of mean and standard deviation for the angular kinematic variables at moment contact

are shown in table-1. These values may be used for further analysis in the study. Means and

standard deviations of linear kinematic variables of two handed backhand drive at moment

contact are presented in table 2.

Table- 2.Descriptive Study of Linear Kinematic Variable at Moment Contact in Technique

of Backhand Drive

Kinematic Variables Mean (in cm) Std. Deviation

The values of mean and standard deviation for the all linear kinematic variables at Moment

contact in technique of two handed backhand drive is shown in table-2. These values may be

used for further analysis in the study.

Table-3. Comparative Study of Paired Samples Test in between open stance and close

stance Technique of Backhand Drive

COG of closed stance 136.5060 10.84645

COG of open stance 153.7100 10.03689

Kinematic Variables t df Sig. (2-

tailed)

Pair 1 center of gravity of closed stance

centre of gravity of open stance -2.513 4 .066

Pair 2 right elbow angle of closed stance

right elbow angle of open stance -.648 4 .553

Pair 3 left elbow angle of closed stance

left elbow angle of open stance .199 4 .852

Pair 4 right shoulder angle of closed stance

right shoulder angle of open stance -.547 4 .614

Pair 5 left shoulder angle of closed stance

left shoulder angle of open stance .061 4 .954

Pair 6 right hip angle of closed stance

right hip angle of open stance -2.039 4 .111

Pair 7 left hip angle of closed stance

left hip angle of open stance -1.568 4 .192

Pair 8 right knee angle of closed stance

right knee angle of open stance -2.879 4 .045



193

t.05 (4) = 2.776 Table-3 revealed that the center of gravity of closed stance and open stance backhand drive and

all the other angular kinematic variables (left hip angle(.192), left shoulder(.954) and left elbow

angle( .852), Right knee angle(.045),right hip angle(.111), right shoulder (.614) and right elbow

angle(.553)) have greater p-value.

Hence, none of the selected angular and linear kinematic variables show significant difference at

0.05. The linear kinematic variables, right knee angle of open and closed stance (.045), left knee

angle of open and closed (.006) only show the significant difference at 0.05.

DISCUSSION

In case of selected kinematic variables, the linear kinematic variables, right knee angle of open

and closed stance, left knee angle of open and closed stance has exhibited significant difference

between the technique of closed stance and open stance of two handed backhand drive. Only

these two exhibits the significant difference because of the shifting of the right leg in front

direction and the left leg comes in the diagonal position in closed stance of two handed back

hand drive which may cause the change in angle.

The other kinematic variables showed insignificant result at moment contact of closed stance and

open stance two handed backhand drive because the same patterns were adopted by the tennis

player during judgment of ball in technique of backhand drive. Further the Arm moment is not

purely in sagittal plane due to which, the measured arm angle through 2D analysis might not be

accurate. It may also be due to the low level of performance of athlete, low sample size and

execution of technique in different manner by the player during test.

CONCLUSIONS

Based on the analysis and within the limitations of the present study, it was concluded that

the two handed backhand ground strokes in tennis can be seen as a highly dynamic sporting

movement. Identifying kinematics comparison between two different variations of stance in two

handed backhand drive was the main purpose of the present study. Moreover, mechanical

differences and similarities between the closed stance and open stance in the line situations were

analyzed.

Right knee angle of open and closed stance, left knee angle of open and closed stance had

significant difference between the technique of closed stance and open stance of two handed

backhand drive.

REFERENCES

Cutler Norman; “Inside Tennis” London; Evans Brothers Ltd, 1954.

David Litz “A Photographic Guide to Tennis Fundamentals” Arco Publishing Company,

New York, 1978.

Hall,Susan J. “Basic Biomechanics”, 2nd

Edition; California: McGraw Hill Companies,1991.

Hay, James G. and Reid, J. Gavin, “The Anatomical and Mechanical Bases of Human

Motion”, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: prentice Hall Inc., 1982.

Pair 9 left knee angle of closed stance

left knee angle of open stance -5.438 4 .006



194

PROTECTIVE SPORTS MOUTH GUARDS AND FEATURES OF

ORAL DENTAL PATHOLOGY IN SPORTS

1Ajay Kumar,

M.P.Ed Scholar, LNIPE, Gwalior (M.P.) 2Dr. Birendra Jhajharia,

Assistant Professor, LNIPE, Gwalior (M.P.)

ABSTRACT Blood supply to the head is abundant so that any injury to the face or mouth bleeds profusely. In

the case of dental/mouth injuries blood mixing with saliva increases the risk of blood-borne

infection. Dental trauma refers injury to the teeth and/or periodontium (gums, periodontal

ligament, alveolar bone), and nearby soft tissues such as the lips, tongue, etc. Athletes wear a

protective device (i.e. mouth guard) for the mouth that covers the teeth and gums to prevent and

reduce injury to the teeth, arches, lips and gums. It is most often used in contact sports like

Boxing, Wrestling, and Basketball etc. There are numerous types of mouth guards available in

market or sports store but in India use of mouth guard is little less in comparison to other

developed sports playing nation. We surveyed 100 athletes from different sports in Lakshmibai

National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior concerning their opinions and use of mouth

guards. More than half of the athletes were aware of the existence of mouth guard mostly & they

are informed by the teammates & advertisement but they don’t use mouth guard in daily sports

practice because they find it of no use or missing regular adaptive use of mouth guard.

Key Words: Dental Trauma, Periodontium, Mouth guard.

INTRODUCTION

A mouth guard is a protective device for the mouth that covers the teeth and gums to prevent and

reduce injury to the teeth, arches, lips and gums. About 10% of sports accidents involve injuries

to the head, including oral injuries. In 25% of cases, tooth injury may progress to pulp necrosis

or severe pain3. A mouth guard is most often used to prevent injury in contact sports, as a

treatment for bruxism , or as part of certain dental procedures, such as tooth bleaching in many

sports including baseball, boxing, mixed martial arts, rugby, wrestling Australian

football, basketball, figure skating, ice hockey, field hockey, water polo, skiing,

and snowboarding. They prevent dental injuries, including dislocation, fracture, and tooth loss,

by reducing the impact force in the jaw. Because about 80% of dental injuries occur to the

central incisors of the upper jaw6-8

, authors have suggested the use of a maxillary mouthguard to

protect against orofacial trauma 10-12

. Moreover, even with regular use, effectiveness in

prevention on dental trauma is not complete, and injuries can still occur even when mouth guards

are used as users are not always aware of the best makes or size, which inevitably result in a poor

fit. In many cases, it is the result of advertising, which affects whether an athlete will purchase an

established protector.14

TYPES OF MOUTH GUARD

1. Stock or readymade: Manufactured in a pre-formed shape in various sizes but with nearly no

adjustment to fit the user's mouth

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Periodontium

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Periodontal_ligament

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Periodontal_ligament

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alveolar_bone

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soft_tissue

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baseball

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boxing

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mixed_martial_arts

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rugby_football

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wrestling

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_football

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_football

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basketball

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Figure_skating

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ice_hockey

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Field_hockey

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water_polo

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skiing

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Snowboarding

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dental_trauma



195

2. Mouth adapted or "boil and bite: A thermo-plastic material manufactured in a pre-formed

shape in various sizes that can be adapted to fit more closely to an individual's teeth and gums by

heating and molding such as boiling then placing in the mouth. Some of the newer technologies

offer an alternative, stronger thermo-polymer that allows for lower molding temperatures, below

140F to prevent burning by scolding hot water.13

3. Custom-made:-Vacuum form mouth guard made from an impression using dental alginate. An

impression of the user's teeth is used by specialist manufacturers to create a best-fit mouth

protector.

More than 5 million teeth are avulsed each year; many during sports activities, resulting in nearly

$500 million spent on replacing these teeth each year. It was reported that 13-39% of all dental

injuries are sports-related, with 2-18% of the injuries related to the maxillofacial. In soccer,

where rules are not uniform on wearing mouth guards, only 7% of the participants wear them in

baseball and softball, again only 7% wear mouth guards.

METHODOLOGY

An opinionnaire was distributed to 100 healthy athletes of age ranged between 19 to 25 years.

(20-Boxers, 20-Wrestlers, 20-Basketball players, 20-Handball players, 20-Hockey Players). All

athletes were from LNIPE, Gwalior. Their responses are presented in percentage in Table-1 that

can give overview about their awareness regarding use of mouth guard.

Table 1: Responses to the Opinionnaire, obtained in percentage.

Are you aware

of the

existence of

applied sports

mouth guards?

YES NO

93%

7%

Do you use a

mouth guard

during your

daily sports

practice?

YES NO

24%

76%

If you are

aware of

sports mouth

guards, who

gave you that

information?

TEAMMATE COACH ADVERISEMENT None

40%

13%

38%

9%

Any other

reason of not

using mouth

guard?

Too much costly Not available in

market or store

Reputed

company’s

products are not

there.

None

25%

38%

13%

24%



196

Results

On the basis of the evaluation of data following results have been made i.e. (93%) of the total

population was aware of the existence of applied sports mouth guards where (7%) were having

no information regarding mouth guard existence. Only (24%) of the population was using mouth

guard on regular basis during their sports practice where (76%) of population doesn’t use mouth

guard. Information regarding mouth guard was commonly obtained from teammates (40%) &

advertisement (38%). Information through coaches was (13%) & (9%) had information through

other sources. The frequent answer for not using mouth guard was lack of availability of mouth

guard in near sports store (38%) & (25%) said it was too costly for them to buy it. (13%) subjects

doesn’t find reputed company products in market & (24%) doesn’t have some specific reason.


The purposes of this study were to understand the knowledge held by athletes in Lakshmibai

National Institute of Physical Education, Gwalior about mouth guards, and the factors that

influence their choice and use of a mouth guard. We surveyed 100 athletes from different sports

In LNIPE, Gwalior concerning their opinions and use of mouth guards. More than half (93%) of

the samples were aware of the existence of mouth guard mostly they are informed by the

teammates (40%) & advertisement (38%) but they don’t use mouth guard in daily sports practice

because they find it of no use or missing regular adaptive use of mouth guard as many athletes

are comfortable with a mouthguard with regard to speech, phonetics, and retention, then the

athlete will not likely use the mouthguard. More marketing and reputed companies should come

forward with their products as many athletes don’t find mouthguard in near market.

CONCLUSIONS Athletes, teams, and health professionals should receive training and comprehensive educational

materials on oral protective devices, to improve the understanding and use of protective mouth

guards. Coaches & manager should emphasis on use of mouth guard for their players as any

injury would affect the performance during competition. Future studies should focus on

encouraging the use of fully customized mouth guards, to increase both protection and sports

performance.

REFERENCES

Connie M. Kracher , Knowlton Rick Sports-Related Dental Injuries and Sports Dentistry

Retrieved from:- (https://www.dentalcare.com/en-us/professional-education/ce-

courses/ce127/statistics)

Soporowski NJ, Tesini DA, Weiss AI (1994) Survey of orofacial sportsrelated injuries. J

Mass Dent Soc 43: 16-20.

Tulunoglu I, Özbek M (2006) Oral trauma, mouthguard awareness, and use in two contact

sports in Turkey. Dent Traumatol 22: 242-246.

Enrique A, Meléndez MR, Rodríguez E (1996) La salud oral en el deporte. Capitulo Noveno.

San Juan.

Takeda T, Ishigami K, Ogawa T, Nakajima K, Shibusawa M, et al. (2004) Are all

mouthguards the same and safe to use? The influence of occlusal supporting mouthguards in

decreasing bone distortion and fractures. Dent Traumatol 20: 305-306.

https://www.dentalcare.com/en-us/professional-education/ce-courses/ce127/statistics

https://www.dentalcare.com/en-us/professional-education/ce-courses/ce127/statistics



197

SURVEY OF SPORTS INFRASTRUCTURE IN COLLEGES OF

MADHYA PRADESH

Jyoti Gurjar

Sports Coach, K.V.No.3, Gwalior (M.P)

ABSTRACT

‘Infra-structure facilities’ are the basic need to make the programme successful. Facilities

include ground, equipment, gymnasium hall, swimming pool etc. The achievement of the

programme depends upon the facilities available. Types of facilities are bound to change from

place to place. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to survey the availability of sports

infrastructure in colleges of Madhya Pradesh state of India. The data was collected through a

carefully compiled Questionnaire, supplemented visits and interviews. The data was received

from 34 out of 76 Private (Govt.Aided) and 93 out of 387 Government Colleges, but 26 Private

and 80 Government colleges have replied correctly and these were considered as sample for the

present study. The responses obtained from them were converted into simple percentage (%) for

the purpose of analyses and interpretation of data. The major results revealed that most of the

colleges were not having adequate facilities and equipments for various games. The facilities for

gymnastics and swimming were not found in any of the colleges of Madhya Pradesh state.

Key Words: Infra-structure facilities, gymnasium hall, equipment.

INTRODUCTION

Infrastructure-facilities are the prime focus in physical education programmes, for the

reconstruction of the budding sportsman. Facilities like playgrounds, swimming pools,

gymnasium, play fields etc are essential. For classroom teaching programme separate classroom,

classroom furniture, libraries, laboratories and halls are needed. Facilities should be designed in

accordance with the need and strength of students. Adequate and sufficient facilities and

equipment must be provided and installed to meet the needs of intensive and safe participation in

both in college and out of college programmes concerning physical education and sports.

Hence keeping in mind the requirement of sports facilities, the present survey was done to find

out the availability of sports infrastructure in the colleges of Madhya Pradesh.

METHODOLOGY






the study.

Construction and Development of Questionnaire: For the construction of questionnaire the

researcher studied literatures, magazines, periodicals and completed research work in the area of

physical education and sports. The suggestions and consultations of experts in this area were

taken for framing questions in a logical manner and to get maximum worthwhile and meaningful

responses from the subjects.



198

Administration of Questionnaire : The copies of questionnaire with governing letter and self

attested stamped envelope were posted and e-mailed to the concerned Principals/Sports Officers

of all the Government and Private (Govt.Aided) colleges of Madhya Pradesh state, with the

request that they produce correct and accurate responses and return the completely answered

questionnaire to the researcher as early as possible.





RESULTS

Table 1: Sports Infrastructure & Facilities

S.

No QUESTIONS

Res

ponse

s

Private

Colleges

26

Govt.

Colleges

80

Fre

quen

cy

%

Fre

quen

cy

%

1. How much playing area is available for outdoor sports

i) Adequate (400 Mtrs. track)

Yes 1 03.8 15 18.

8

ii) A limited area (200 Mtrs. track) 7 26.9 30 37.

4

iii) No space for sports 18 69.3 35 43.

8

2. Do you have adequate play fields for major sports like

football, hockey and cricket etc.?

Yes 3 11.5 29 36.

3

3. Do you have play fields facilities which require limited

area for volleyball, kho-kho, kabaddi, handball and

basketball etc. ?

Yes 19 73 68 85

4. Does your college have Multipurpose hall for indoor

games?

Yes 3 11.5 8 10

5. Does your college have separate physical fitness

gymnasium?

Yes 5 19.2 7 8.8

6. Do you have multi-station or individual station fitness

machines?

Yes 4 15.3

8

15 18.

8

7. Do you have adequate sports equipment for

conductiong sports tournament?

Yes 6 23 23 28.

8

8. Does your college have swimming pool? Yes 00 00 00 00



199

9. Does your college posses sports stadium? Yes 00 00 4 5

10. Does your college have separate store room for sports

articles?

Yes 14 53.8

4

16 20


Majority of the colleges do not have space or area for sports which was 69.3% in private and

43.8%in government colleges. The study indicated that 3.8% private and 37.4% government

colleges have 400 mtrs track facilities, although 26.9% private and 37.4% government colleges

have 200 mtrs. track facility. As far as major sports facilities and concerned i.e. football, hockey

and cricket playfields 11.5% private and 36.3% government colleges have it. The large number

of colleges 73% among private and 85% among government colleges have play field facilities,

which require limited area for volleyball, kho-kho, kabaddi, basketball, handball etc. Analysis

shows that less number of private and government colleges have Multi-purpose hall and separate

physical fitness gym. The Multi station or individual station fitness machines and adequate sports

equipments for conducting sports tournaments were also very less in both private and

government colleges.

It was found that none of the private or government college has swimming pool; moreover sports

stadium was found in only 5% of government colleges and none among the private colleges.

CONCLUSION

The major results concluded that most of the colleges were not having adequate facilities and

equipments for various games. The facilities for gymnastics and swimming were not found in

any of the colleges of Madhya Pradesh state.

REFERENCES

Clifford, Edward D. A Survey of Physical Education Programme and Facilities in Secondary

Schools of the First Judicial Division of South Alaska, Completed Research in Health and

Physical Education and Recreation 2(1960):p.720

Hui, Zhou. Research on Relationship between College Sports Facilities and Mass Sports, the

Conference on Web Based Bussiness Management.(Scientific Research Publication,

Chengdu): pp.425-428.

Singh Charanjit, Sports Infrastructure in Rural and Urban Areas, a Paper Presented in

National Seminar at Sukhadia University, 1957.

Thomas, J.P. O rganization of physical education, (1st Edition) Madras: Granodaya Press,

1954.

Thumar P. B. Study of Physical Education Facilities Programme and Personnel in Schools of

Gujarat State (Unpublished Ph.D Thesis Lakshmibai National Institute of Physical Education,

Gwalior, 2004).



200

HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING IN CHALLENGING SPORTS

COMPETITIONS

Dr. Jayarajan David. D Assistant Director, University of Kerala

ABSTRACT

The present study refers to the human resource assistance made available from parents, personal

coaches, friends, sports organization mechanisms, team mates and mission staff, etc., affecting

the confidence, long term motivational perspective and bottom line results of the athletes in the

most challenging sports competitions. The objective of the study is to profile and highlight the

need for behavioral interventions in personal and formal support infrastructure among Indian

sportspersons belonging to different sports disciplines. It would help in providing possible

suggestions for the refinement of support infrastructure educational systems across various

sports disciplines including the national sports organizations.

Background

The elite sport context is characterized by the changing roles of parents, coaches, and peers in

athlete’s lives (Bloom, 1985; Ericsson et.al., 1993). Research targeting the unique and

interrelated roles of the coaches, parents, and peers (including teammates) on enhancing the

youth elite sport experience is warranted. One approach to understanding how the multiple social

influences affect young athletes and their sport experience is to better understand the social

support context from the lived experiences of the athletes themselves.

Nicholson and Gallant (2011) reports the findings of an exploratory study in to the perceptions

of social support held by elite indigenous athletes playing in the Australian Football League.

Indigenous athletes within the AFL appear to require more culturally relevant and specialized

support structures than non-Indigenous athletes. The study highlighted that the family and

community connections held by Indigenous athletes form an essential network of social support

that provides the foundation for indigenous participation and individual success.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

216 national level sportspersons belonging to badminton, football, volleyball, basketball,

swimming and track and field were selected for this study which consists of 126 male

sportspersons and 90 female sportspersons. All the sportspersons had been playing at the national

level and few in the international level during the last three years. The age of the subjects ranged

from 15 to 29 years. Support Infrastructure of the was assessed using the Multidimensional Scale

of Perceived Social Support (MSPSS) by Zimet, G.D., Dahlem, N.W., Zimet, S.G. & Farley,

G.K. (1988).

The MSPSS was designed to assess the perceived adequacy of social support from family,

friends, and significant others (Zimet, Dahlem, Zimet, & Farley, 1988). The instrument taps the

http://journals.humankinetics.com/journal-authors/journal-authors/matthew-nicholson

http://journals.humankinetics.com/journal-authors/journal-authors/david-gallant



201

individual’s perception of socio-emotional support from these sources. The MSPSS comprises 12

items, four items in each of three subscales. Items for each source are scored on a seven-point

Likert-type scale ranging from “very strongly disagree” (1) to “very strongly agree” (7). Each set

of items provides an index of support from each source.

The subscale score for each respondent is computed by summing the ratings for each item for each support scale and then dividing the resulting total by 4. For the total score, ratin are summed and divided by 12. Total and subscale scores range from 1 to 7, with high scores indicating a heightened perception of available social support.

The MSPSS has a scoring for the three sub scales and for the total scale. The family subscale score was obtained by summing the scores of items 3, 4, 8, and 11, dividing by four. Similar scoring was applied for the friends subscale (including items 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 9, and 12) and dividing by seven; and the significant other subscale (including items 1, 2, 5, and 10) and dividing by four. For the overall perceived social support score, all item scores were summed and divided by 12.

The descriptive statistics was used to present the profile of the data on the selected variables. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was employed to find the significance of difference among the sportspersons belonging to different sports disciplines on the selected variables. The t-test was used for comparison between male and female sportspersons on the selected variables. The statistical analysis was tested for significance at 0.05 levels.

RESULTS

The descriptive statistics of the total sample on support infrastructure as per the data collected

on Multidimensional Scale of Social Support is presented in table 1.

Table 1

DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS OF SUPPORT INFRASTRUTURE FACTORS FOR THE

TOTAL SAMPLE OF SPORTSPERSONS

Variable Mean S D Skewness Kurtosis

MSPSS Family 6.27 0.89 -1.90 4.08

MSPSS Friends 5.84 0.90 -1.25 1.92

MSPSS Sig. Others 5.79 1.12 -1.32 1.57

MSPSS Total 7.42 0.95 -1.17 1.68

Table 1 indicates the mean scores on the sub scales of multidimensional scale of social s u p p o r

t for Indian sportspersons indicate mean and standard deviations of 6.27±0.89 for the family

support; 5.84 ± 0.90 for the friends sub scale; 5.79± 1.12 for the significant others sub scale; and

7.42 ± 0.95 for the total score on MSPSS.



202

Table 2

COMPARISON ON SUPPORT INFRASTRUTURE VARIABLES BETWEEN

MALE AND FEMALE SPORTSPERSONS

Variables Male Female t- value Sig.

Mean SD Mean SD

Family 6.04 1.00 6.59 0.58 4.64* 0.001

Friends 5.73 0.93 5.98 0.84 1.96 0.05

Sig. others 5.63 1.19 6.00 0.98 2.38* 0.02

Total 7.27 1.04 7.64 0.76 2.90* 0.004

*Significant at 0.05 level. t.05 (214) = 1.97

The above table of significance of difference between male and female sportspersons on selected support infrastructure variables as assessed by Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support indicates t - ratios of 4.64, and 2.38 respectively for the subscales of family and significant others, since the obtained t-value was greater than the t - value of 1.97 required for significance at 0.05 level. In case of the sub scale friends, the t - ratio obtained was 1.96, which was deemed not significant as the obtained t - value was lesser than the t - value of 1.97 required for significance.

In case of the total scores for Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support, the t - ratio between male and female sportspersons yielded a value of 2.90 which was significant as the obtained value was greater than the required value of 1.97 required for significance at 0.05 level.

The results indicate that in female sportspersons’ perceived social support from family and significant others were significantly greater than that of male sportspersons. In case of total scores on perceived social support also, female sportspersons showed significantly greater scores as compared to male sportspersons.

Table-3

COMPARISON ON SUPPORT INFRASTRUTURE VARIABLES BETWEEN SPORTSPERSONS BELONGING TO INDIVIDUAL AND TEAM SPORTS

Variables Individual Sport Team Sport t- value Sig.

Mean SD Mean SD

Family 6.43 0.77 6.14 0.96 2.38* 0.018

Friends 5.95 0.90 5.74 0.89 1.69 0.092



203

Sig. others 5.78 1.10 5.79 1.13 0.10 0.918

Total 7.54 0.94 7.33 0.94 1.63 0.104

*Significant at 0.05 level. t.05 (214) = 1.97

The above table of significance of difference between sportspersons belonging to individual and team sports on selected support infrastructure variables as assessed by Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support indicates t - ratio of 2.38 for the sub scale family, which was significant since the obtained t-value was greater than the t - value of 1.97 required for significance at 0.05 level. In case of the sub scale friends, significant others and total scores on MSPSS the t - ratios obtained were 1.69, 0.10 and 1.63 respectively, which were not significant as the obtained t - value was lesser than the t - value of 1.97 required for significance.

The results indicate that in sportspersons belonging to individual sports perceived social support from family significant greater than that of sportspersons belonging to team sports. In case of all other sub scales, friends and significant others, and for the total scores on perceived social support, sportspersons belonging to individual and team sports did not differ significantly.

Table 4

POST HOC MULTIPLE COMPARISONS ON SUPPORT INFRASTRUTURE ‘FAMILY’ AMONG SPORTSPERSONS BELONGING

TO DIFFERENT SPORTS DISCIPLINES

Disciplines Mean Std Error Sig.

BAD SWM ATH BB FB VB Difference

6.75 6.69 0.06 0.29 1.00

6.75 6.26 0.49 0.22 0.43

6.75 5.86 0.89* 0.22 0.01

6.75 6.40 0.35 0.26 0.87

6.75 6.43 0.32 0.24 0.88

6.69 6.26 0.42 0.24 0.67

6.39 5.86 0.83* 0.24 0.04

6.69 6.40 0.29 0.27 0.95

6.69 6.43 0.26 0.26 0.96

6.26 5.86 0.40 0.16 0.26

6.26 6.40 0.14 0.20 0.99



204

The multiple comparisons of the mean differences for support infrastructure factor family among sportspersons belonging to different sports disciplines indicated significant differences for badminton and swimming as compared with basketball. Thescores for badminton and swimming were significantly higher than the scores for basketball.

CONCLUSIONS

On the basis of the findings of the study, the following conclusions were drawn:

(i) The descriptive profile for the support infrastructure (human resources) was drawn out.

(ii) In case of comparison for support infrastructure factors among sportspersons belonging to different sports disciplines, significant differences were observed only for the family sub factor, in which sportspersons belonging to badminton and swimming showed significant difference as compared to basketball.

(iii) In case of relationship of support infrastructure variables to total score on the entire sub factors of support infrastructure, family, friends and significant others; the total score on support infrastructure correlated significantly.

REFERENCE :

Bloom B S (1985). Developing Talent in Young People. New York: Ballantine

Holt, N. L., & Hoar, S. (2006). The multidimensional construct of social support. In S.

Hanton& S. Mellalieu (Eds.), Literature reviews in sport psychology (pp. 199-225). New

York: Nova.

Jackson, S. A. (1995). “Factors influencing the occurrence of flow state in elite athletes”.

Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 7 (2), 138-166.

Weiss, M. R., &Stuntz, C. P. (2004). A little friendly competition: Peer relationships and

psychosocial development in youth sport and physical activity contexts. In M. R. Weiss

(Ed.), Developmental sport and exercise psychology: A lifespan perspective (pp. 165-196).

Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology.

Gould, D., Finch, L. M., & Jackson, S. A. (1993). “Coping strategies used by national

champion figure skaters”. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 64, 453–468.

Smith, A. L. (2003). “Peer relationships in physical activity contexts: A road less traveled in

youth sport and exercise psychology research”. Psychology of Sport and Exercise.

6.26 6.43 0.17 0.18 0.97

5.86 6.40 0.54 0.20 0.21

5.86 6.43 0.58 0.18 0.07

6.40 6.43 0.03 0.22 1.00

Documents

A STUDY ON TASK AND EGO ORIENTATION AND SELF